Allow drivers to get net struct for devlink instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since errors are propagated all the way up to the caller, propagate
possible extack of the caller all the way down to the notifier block
callback.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike events for registered notifier, during the registration, the
errors that happened for the block being registered are not propagated
up to the caller. Make sure the error is propagated for FIB rules and
entries.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently all users of FIB notifier only cares about events in init_net.
Later in this patchset, users get interested in other namespaces too.
However, for every registered block user is interested only about one
namespace. Make the FIB notifier registration per-netns and avoid
unnecessary calls of notifier block for other namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There really is no need to make drivers call the
ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() function and then
schedule the worker if all we want is to set a bit.
Add a new return value (that was previously considered
invalid) to indicate that the driver is immediately
ready for the session, and make drivers use it. The
only drivers that remain different are the Intel ones
as they need to negotiate more with the firmware.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1570007543-I152912660131cbab2e5d80b4218238c20f8a06e5@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The struct __dsa_skb_cb is supposed to span the entire 48-byte skb
control block, while the struct dsa_skb_cb only the portion of it which
is used by the DSA core (the rest is available as private data to
drivers).
The DSA_SKB_CB and __DSA_SKB_CB helpers are supposed to help retrieve
this pointer based on a skb, but it turns out there is nobody directly
interested in the struct __dsa_skb_cb in the kernel. So remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Often the code for example in drivers is interested in getting notifier
call only from certain network namespace. In addition to the existing
global netdevice notifier chain introduce per-netns chains and allow
users to register to that. Eventually this would eliminate unnecessary
overhead in case there are many netdevices in many network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Push iterations over net namespaces and netdevices from
register_netdevice_notifier() and unregister_netdevice_notifier()
into helper functions. Along with that introduce continue_reverse macros
to make the code a bit nicer allowing to get rid of "last" marks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_twsk_unique() has a hard coded assumption about ipv4 loopback
being 127/8
Lets instead use the standard ipv4_is_loopback() method,
in a new ipv6_addr_v4mapped_loopback() helper.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Add NFT_CHAIN_POLICY_UNSET to replace hardcoded -1 to
specify that the chain policy is unset. The chain policy
field is actually defined as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2) Remove always true condition reported by smatch in
chain policy check.
3) Fix element lookup on dynamic sets, from Florian Westphal.
4) Use __u8 in ebtables uapi header, from Masahiro Yamada.
5) Bogus EBUSY when removing flowtable after chain flush,
from Laura Garcia Liebana.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ctl packets sent on behalf of TIME_WAIT sockets currently
have a zero skb->priority, which can cause various problems.
In this patch we :
- add a tw_priority field in struct inet_timewait_sock.
- populate it from sk->sk_priority when a TIME_WAIT is created.
- For IPv4, change ip_send_unicast_reply() and its two
callers to propagate tw_priority correctly.
ip_send_unicast_reply() no longer changes sk->sk_priority.
- For IPv6, make sure TIME_WAIT sockets pass their tw_priority
field to tcp_v6_send_response() and tcp_v6_send_ack().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ip6_xmit() sets skb->priority based on sk->sk_priority
This is not desirable for TCP since TCP shares the same ctl socket
for a given netns. We want to be able to send RST or ACK packets
with a non zero skb->priority.
This patch has no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The deletion of a flowtable after a flush in the same transaction
results in EBUSY. This patch adds an activation and deactivation of
flowtables in order to update the _use_ counter.
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Julian noted that rt_uses_gateway has a more subtle use than 'is gateway
set':
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/alpine.LFD.2.21.1909151104060.2546@ja.home.ssi.bg/
Revert that part of the commit referenced in the Fixes tag.
Currently, there are no u8 holes in 'struct rtable'. There is a 4-byte hole
in the second cacheline which contains the gateway declaration. So move
rt_gw_family down to the gateway declarations since they are always used
together, and then re-use that u8 for rt_uses_gateway. End result is that
rtable size is unchanged.
Fixes: 1550c17193 ("ipv4: Prepare rtable for IPv6 gateway")
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Default policy is defined as a unsigned 8-bit field, do not use a
negative value to leave it unset, use this new NFT_CHAIN_POLICY_UNSET
instead.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Support IPV6 RA Captive Portal Identifier, from Maciej Żenczykowski.
2) Use bio_vec in the networking instead of custom skb_frag_t, from
Matthew Wilcox.
3) Make use of xmit_more in r8169 driver, from Heiner Kallweit.
4) Add devmap_hash to xdp, from Toke Høiland-Jørgensen.
5) Support all variants of 5750X bnxt_en chips, from Michael Chan.
6) More RTNL avoidance work in the core and mlx5 driver, from Vlad
Buslov.
7) Add TCP syn cookies bpf helper, from Petar Penkov.
8) Add 'nettest' to selftests and use it, from David Ahern.
9) Add extack support to drop_monitor, add packet alert mode and
support for HW drops, from Ido Schimmel.
10) Add VLAN offload to stmmac, from Jose Abreu.
11) Lots of devm_platform_ioremap_resource() conversions, from
YueHaibing.
12) Add IONIC driver, from Shannon Nelson.
13) Several kTLS cleanups, from Jakub Kicinski.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next: (1930 commits)
mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Add the ability to query the CPU port's shared buffer
mlxsw: spectrum: Register CPU port with devlink
mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Prevent changing CPU port's configuration
net: ena: fix incorrect update of intr_delay_resolution
net: ena: fix retrieval of nonadaptive interrupt moderation intervals
net: ena: fix update of interrupt moderation register
net: ena: remove all old adaptive rx interrupt moderation code from ena_com
net: ena: remove ena_restore_ethtool_params() and relevant fields
net: ena: remove old adaptive interrupt moderation code from ena_netdev
net: ena: remove code duplication in ena_com_update_nonadaptive_moderation_interval _*()
net: ena: enable the interrupt_moderation in driver_supported_features
net: ena: reimplement set/get_coalesce()
net: ena: switch to dim algorithm for rx adaptive interrupt moderation
net: ena: add intr_moder_rx_interval to struct ena_com_dev and use it
net: phy: adin: implement Energy Detect Powerdown mode via phy-tunable
ethtool: implement Energy Detect Powerdown support via phy-tunable
xen-netfront: do not assume sk_buff_head list is empty in error handling
s390/ctcm: Delete unnecessary checks before the macro call “dev_kfree_skb”
net: ena: don't wake up tx queue when down
drop_monitor: Better sanitize notified packets
...
Pull crypto updates from Herbert Xu:
"API:
- Add the ability to abort a skcipher walk.
Algorithms:
- Fix XTS to actually do the stealing.
- Add library helpers for AES and DES for single-block users.
- Add library helpers for SHA256.
- Add new DES key verification helper.
- Add surrounding bits for ESSIV generator.
- Add accelerations for aegis128.
- Add test vectors for lzo-rle.
Drivers:
- Add i.MX8MQ support to caam.
- Add gcm/ccm/cfb/ofb aes support in inside-secure.
- Add ofb/cfb aes support in media-tek.
- Add HiSilicon ZIP accelerator support.
Others:
- Fix potential race condition in padata.
- Use unbound workqueues in padata"
* 'linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (311 commits)
crypto: caam - Cast to long first before pointer conversion
crypto: ccree - enable CTS support in AES-XTS
crypto: inside-secure - Probe transform record cache RAM sizes
crypto: inside-secure - Base RD fetchcount on actual RD FIFO size
crypto: inside-secure - Base CD fetchcount on actual CD FIFO size
crypto: inside-secure - Enable extended algorithms on newer HW
crypto: inside-secure: Corrected configuration of EIP96_TOKEN_CTRL
crypto: inside-secure - Add EIP97/EIP197 and endianness detection
padata: remove cpu_index from the parallel_queue
padata: unbind parallel jobs from specific CPUs
padata: use separate workqueues for parallel and serial work
padata, pcrypt: take CPU hotplug lock internally in padata_alloc_possible
crypto: pcrypt - remove padata cpumask notifier
padata: make padata_do_parallel find alternate callback CPU
workqueue: require CPU hotplug read exclusion for apply_workqueue_attrs
workqueue: unconfine alloc/apply/free_workqueue_attrs()
padata: allocate workqueue internally
arm64: dts: imx8mq: Add CAAM node
random: Use wait_event_freezable() in add_hwgenerator_randomness()
crypto: ux500 - Fix COMPILE_TEST warnings
...
DSA currently handles shared block filters (for the classifier-action
qdisc) in the core due to what I believe are simply pragmatic reasons -
hiding the complexity from drivers and offerring a simple API for port
mirroring.
Extend the dsa_slave_setup_tc function by passing all other qdisc
offloads to the driver layer, where the driver may choose what it
implements and how. DSA is simply a pass-through in this case.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows taprio to offload the schedule enforcement to capable
network cards, resulting in more precise windows and less CPU usage.
The gate mask acts on traffic classes (groups of queues of same
priority), as specified in IEEE 802.1Q-2018, and following the existing
taprio and mqprio semantics.
It is up to the driver to perform conversion between tc and individual
netdev queues if for some reason it needs to make that distinction.
Full offload is requested from the network interface by specifying
"flags 2" in the tc qdisc creation command, which in turn corresponds to
the TCA_TAPRIO_ATTR_FLAG_FULL_OFFLOAD bit.
The important detail here is the clockid which is implicitly /dev/ptpN
for full offload, and hence not configurable.
A reference counting API is added to support the use case where Ethernet
drivers need to keep the taprio offload structure locally (i.e. they are
a multi-port switch driver, and configuring a port depends on the
settings of other ports as well). The refcount_t variable is kept in a
private structure (__tc_taprio_qopt_offload) and not exposed to drivers.
In the future, the private structure might also be expanded with a
backpointer to taprio_sched *q, to implement the notification system
described in the patch (of when admin became oper, or an error occurred,
etc, so the offload can be monitored with 'tc qdisc show').
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Voon Weifeng <weifeng.voon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When filling in hardware intermediate representation tc_setup_flow_action()
directly obtains, checks and takes reference to dev used by mirred action,
instead of using act->ops->get_dev() API created specifically for this
purpose. In order to remove code duplication, refactor flow_action infra to
use action API when obtaining mirred action target dev. Extend get_dev()
with additional argument that is used to provide dev destructor to the
user.
Fixes: 5a6ff4b13d ("net: sched: take reference to action dev before calling offloads")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With recent patch set that removed rtnl lock dependency from cls hardware
offload API rtnl lock is only taken when reading action data and can be
released after action-specific data is parsed into intermediate
representation. However, sample action psample group is passed by pointer
without obtaining reference to it first, which makes it possible to
concurrently overwrite the action and deallocate object pointed by
psample_group pointer after rtnl lock is released but before driver
finished using the pointer.
To prevent such race condition, obtain reference to psample group while it
is used by flow_action infra. Extend psample API with function
psample_group_take() that increments psample group reference counter.
Extend struct tc_action_ops with new get_psample_group() API. Implement the
API for action sample using psample_group_take() and already existing
psample_group_put() as a destructor. Use it in tc_setup_flow_action() to
take reference to psample group pointed to by entry->sample.psample_group
and release it in tc_cleanup_flow_action().
Disable bh when taking psample_groups_lock. The lock is now taken while
holding action tcf_lock that is used by data path and requires bh to be
disabled, so doing the same for psample_groups_lock is necessary to
preserve SOFTIRQ-irq-safety.
Fixes: 918190f50e ("net: sched: flower: don't take rtnl lock for cls hw offloads API")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generalize flow_action_entry cleanup by extending the structure with
pointer to destructor function. Set the destructor in
tc_setup_flow_action(). Refactor tc_cleanup_flow_action() to call
entry->destructor() instead of using switch that dispatches by entry->id
and manually executes cleanup.
This refactoring is necessary for following patches in this series that
require destructor to use tc_action->ops callbacks that can't be easily
obtained in tc_cleanup_flow_action().
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP reuseport groups can hold a mix unconnected and connected sockets.
Ensure that connections only receive all traffic to their 4-tuple.
Fast reuseport returns on the first reuseport match on the assumption
that all matches are equal. Only if connections are present, return to
the previous behavior of scoring all sockets.
Record if connections are present and if so (1) treat such connected
sockets as an independent match from the group, (2) only return
2-tuple matches from reuseport and (3) do not return on the first
2-tuple reuseport match to allow for a higher scoring match later.
New field has_conns is set without locks. No other fields in the
bitmap are modified at runtime and the field is only ever set
unconditionally, so an RMW cannot miss a change.
Fixes: e32ea7e747 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport UDP socket selection")
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+FuTSfRP09aJNYRt04SS6qj22ViiOEWaWmLAwX0psk8-PGNxw@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The test implemented by some_qdisc_is_busy() is somewhat loosy for
NOLOCK qdisc, as we may hit the following scenario:
CPU1 CPU2
// in net_tx_action()
clear_bit(__QDISC_STATE_SCHED...);
// in some_qdisc_is_busy()
val = (qdisc_is_running(q) ||
test_bit(__QDISC_STATE_SCHED,
&q->state));
// here val is 0 but...
qdisc_run(q)
// ... CPU1 is going to run the qdisc next
As a conseguence qdisc_run() in net_tx_action() can race with qdisc_reset()
in dev_qdisc_reset(). Such race is not possible for !NOLOCK qdisc as
both the above bit operations are under the root qdisc lock().
After commit 021a17ed79 ("pfifo_fast: drop unneeded additional lock on dequeue")
the race can cause use after free and/or null ptr dereference, but the root
cause is likely older.
This patch addresses the issue explicitly checking for deactivation under
the seqlock for NOLOCK qdisc, so that the qdisc_run() in the critical
scenario becomes a no-op.
Note that the enqueue() op can still execute concurrently with dev_qdisc_reset(),
but that is safe due to the skb_array() locking, and we can't avoid that
for NOLOCK qdiscs.
Fixes: 021a17ed79 ("pfifo_fast: drop unneeded additional lock on dequeue")
Reported-by: Li Shuang <shuali@redhat.com>
Reported-and-tested-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the fact that devlink reload failed is stored in drivers.
Move this flag into devlink core. Also, expose it to the user.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to properly implement failure indication during reload,
split the reload op into two ops, one for down phase and one for
up phase.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable setting skb->mark for UDP and RAW sockets using cmsg.
This is analogous to existing support for TOS, TTL, txtime, etc.
Packet sockets already support this as of commit c7d39e3263
("packet: support per-packet fwmark for af_packet sendmsg").
Similar to other fields, implement by
1. initialize the sockcm_cookie.mark from socket option sk_mark
2. optionally overwrite this in ip_cmsg_send/ip6_datagram_send_ctl
3. initialize inet_cork.mark from sockcm_cookie.mark
4. initialize each (usually just one) skb->mark from inet_cork.mark
Step 1 is handled in one location for most protocols by ipcm_init_sk
as of commit 351782067b ("ipv4: ipcm_cookie initializers").
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Fix error path of nf_tables_updobj(), from Dan Carpenter.
2) Move large structure away from stack in the nf_tables offload
infrastructure, from Arnd Bergmann.
3) Move indirect flow_block logic to nf_tables_offload.
4) Support for synproxy objects, from Fernando Fernandez Mancera.
5) Support for fwd and dup offload.
6) Add __nft_offload_get_chain() helper, this implicitly fixes missing
mutex and check for offload flags in the indirect block support,
patch from wenxu.
7) Remove rules on device unregistration, from wenxu. This includes
two preparation patches to reuse nft_flow_offload_chain() and
nft_flow_offload_rule().
Large batch from Jeremy Sowden to make a second pass to the
CONFIG_HEADER_TEST support and a bit of housekeeping:
8) Missing include guard in conntrack label header, from Jeremy Sowden.
9) A few coding style errors: trailing whitespace, incorrect indent in
Kconfig, and semicolons at the end of function definitions.
10) Remove unused ipt_init() and ip6t_init() declarations.
11) Inline xt_hashlimit, ebt_802_3 and xt_physdev headers. They are
only used once.
12) Update include directive in several netfilter files.
13) Remove unused include/net/netfilter/ipv6/nf_conntrack_icmpv6.h.
14) Move nf_ip6_ext_hdr() to include/linux/netfilter_ipv6.h
15) Move several synproxy structure definitions to nf_synproxy.h
16) Move nf_bridge_frag_data structure to include/linux/netfilter_bridge.h
17) Clean up static inline definitions in nf_conntrack_ecache.h.
18) Replace defined(CONFIG...) || defined(CONFIG...MODULE) with IS_ENABLED(CONFIG...).
19) Missing inline function conditional definitions based on Kconfig
preferences in synproxy and nf_conntrack_timeout.
20) Update br_nf_pre_routing_ipv6() definition.
21) Move conntrack code in linux/skbuff.h to nf_conntrack headers.
22) Several patches to remove superfluous CONFIG_NETFILTER and
CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK checks in headers, coming from the initial batch
support for CONFIG_HEADER_TEST for netfilter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two inline functions defined in nf_conntrack_timestamp.h,
`nf_ct_tstamp_enabled` and `nf_ct_set_tstamp`, are not called anywhere.
Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack_zones.h was wrapped in a CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK check in order
to fix compilation failures:
37ee3d5b3e ("netfilter: nf_defrag_ipv4: fix compilation error with NF_CONNTRACK=n")
Subsequent changes mean that these failures will no longer occur and the
check is unnecessary. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
`struct nf_hook_ops`, `struct nf_hook_state` and the `nf_hookfn`
function typedef appear in function and struct declarations and
definitions in a number of netfilter headers. The structs and typedef
themselves are defined by linux/netfilter.h but only when
CONFIG_NETFILTER is enabled. Define them unconditionally and add
forward declarations in order to remove CONFIG_NETFILTER conditionals
from the other headers.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is a superfluous `#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK)` check
wrapping some function declarations. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move some `struct nf_conntrack` code from linux/skbuff.h to
linux/nf_conntrack_common.h. Together with a couple of helpers for
getting and setting skb->_nfct, it allows us to remove
CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK checks from net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The real br_nf_pre_routing_ipv6 function, defined when CONFIG_IPV6 is
enabled, expects `void *priv`, not `const struct nf_hook_ops *ops`.
Update the stub br_nf_pre_routing_ipv6, defined when CONFIG_IPV6 is
disabled, to match.
Fixes: 06198b34a3 ("netfilter: Pass priv instead of nf_hook_ops to netfilter hooks")
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack_synproxy.h contains three inline functions. The contents
of two of them are wrapped in CONFIG_NETFILTER_SYNPROXY checks and just
return NULL if it is not enabled. The third does nothing if they return
NULL, so wrap its contents as well.
nf_ct_timeout_data is only called if CONFIG_NETFILTER_TIMEOUT is
enabled. Wrap its contents in a CONFIG_NETFILTER_TIMEOUT check like the
other inline functions in nf_conntrack_timeout.h.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A few headers contain instances of:
#if defined(CONFIG_XXX) or defined(CONFIG_XXX_MODULE)
Replace them with:
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_XXX)
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The header contains some inline functions defined as:
static inline f (...)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS
...
#else
...
#endif
}
and a few others as:
#ifdef CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS
static inline f (...)
{
...
}
#else
static inline f (...)
{
...
}
#endif
Prefer the former style, which is more numerous.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is a struct definition function in nf_conntrack_bridge.h which is
not specific to conntrack and is used elswhere in netfilter. Move it
into netfilter_bridge.h.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is some non-conntrack code in the nf_conntrack_synproxy.h header.
Move it to the nf_synproxy.h header.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack_icmpv6.h contains two object macros which duplicate macros
in linux/icmpv6.h. The latter definitions are also visible wherever it
is included, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Include some headers in files which require them, and remove others
which are not required.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Several header-files, Kconfig files and Makefiles have trailing
white-space. Remove it.
In netfilter/Kconfig, indent the type of CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_ACCT
correctly.
There are semicolons at the end of two function definitions in
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_acct.h and
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h. Remove them.
Fix indentation in nf_conntrack_l4proto.h.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack_labels.h has no include guard. Add it.
The comment following the #endif in the nf_flow_table.h include guard
referred to the wrong macro. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If the net_device unregisters, clean up the offload rules before the
chain is destroy.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* a fix in the new 6 GHz channel support
* a fix for recent minstrel (rate control) updates
for an infinite loop
* handle interface type changes better wrt. management frame
registrations (for management frames sent to userspace)
* add in-BSS RX time to survey information
* handle HW rfkill properly if !CONFIG_RFKILL
* send deauth on IBSS station expiry, to avoid state mismatches
* handle deferred crypto tailroom updates in mac80211 better
when device restart happens
* fix a spectre-v1 - really a continuation of a previous patch
* advertise NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES as supported if so
* add some missing parsing in VHT extended NSS support
* support HE in mac80211_hwsim
* let mac80211 drivers determine the max MTU themselves
along with the usual cleanups etc.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=HAuT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2019-09-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have a number of changes, but things are settling down:
* a fix in the new 6 GHz channel support
* a fix for recent minstrel (rate control) updates
for an infinite loop
* handle interface type changes better wrt. management frame
registrations (for management frames sent to userspace)
* add in-BSS RX time to survey information
* handle HW rfkill properly if !CONFIG_RFKILL
* send deauth on IBSS station expiry, to avoid state mismatches
* handle deferred crypto tailroom updates in mac80211 better
when device restart happens
* fix a spectre-v1 - really a continuation of a previous patch
* advertise NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES as supported if so
* add some missing parsing in VHT extended NSS support
* support HE in mac80211_hwsim
* let mac80211 drivers determine the max MTU themselves
along with the usual cleanups etc.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it possibly for drivers to adjust the default max_mtu
by storing it in the hardware struct and using that value
for all interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1567738137-31748-1-git-send-email-wgong@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds support for packet mirroring and redirection. The
nft_fwd_dup_netdev_offload() function configures the flow_action object
for the fwd and the dup actions.
Extend nft_flow_rule_destroy() to release the net_device object when the
flow_rule object is released, since nft_fwd_dup_netdev_offload() bumps
the net_device reference counter.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Add the 'reset_dev_on_drv_probe' devlink parameter, controlling the
device reset policy on driver probe.
This parameter is useful in conjunction with the existing
'fw_load_policy' parameter.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add nft_offload_init() and nft_offload_exit() function to deal with the
init and the exit path of the offload infrastructure.
Rename nft_indr_block_get_and_ing_cmd() to nft_indr_block_cb().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2019-09-06
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 5.4 kernel.
- Cleanups & fixes to btrtl driver
- Fixes for Realtek devices in btusb, e.g. for suspend handling
- Firmware loading support for BCM4345C5
- hidp_send_message() return value handling fixes
- Added support for utilizing Fast Advertising Interval
- Various other minor cleanups & fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need for fib_notifier_ops to be in struct net. It is used only by
fib_notifier as a private data. Use net_generic to introduce per-net
fib_notifier struct and move fib_notifier_ops there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Add nft_reg_store64() and nft_reg_load64() helpers, from Ander Juaristi.
2) Time matching support, also from Ander Juaristi.
3) VLAN support for nfnetlink_log, from Michael Braun.
4) Support for set element deletions from the packet path, also from Ander.
5) Remove __read_mostly from conntrack spinlock, from Li RongQing.
6) Support for updating stateful objects, this also includes the initial
client for this infrastructure: the quota extension. A follow up fix
for the control plane also comes in this batch. Patches from
Fernando Fernandez Mancera.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add the ability to use unaligned chunks in the AF_XDP umem. By
relaxing where the chunks can be placed, it allows to use an
arbitrary buffer size and place whenever there is a free
address in the umem. Helps more seamless DPDK AF_XDP driver
integration. Support for i40e, ixgbe and mlx5e, from Kevin and
Maxim.
2) Addition of a wakeup flag for AF_XDP tx and fill rings so the
application can wake up the kernel for rx/tx processing which
avoids busy-spinning of the latter, useful when app and driver
is located on the same core. Support for i40e, ixgbe and mlx5e,
from Magnus and Maxim.
3) bpftool fixes for printf()-like functions so compiler can actually
enforce checks, bpftool build system improvements for custom output
directories, and addition of 'bpftool map freeze' command, from Quentin.
4) Support attaching/detaching XDP programs from 'bpftool net' command,
from Daniel.
5) Automatic xskmap cleanup when AF_XDP socket is released, and several
barrier/{read,write}_once fixes in AF_XDP code, from Björn.
6) Relicense of bpf_helpers.h/bpf_endian.h for future libbpf
inclusion as well as libbpf versioning improvements, from Andrii.
7) Several new BPF kselftests for verifier precision tracking, from Alexei.
8) Several BPF kselftest fixes wrt endianess to run on s390x, from Ilya.
9) And more BPF kselftest improvements all over the place, from Stanislav.
10) Add simple BPF map op cache for nfp driver to batch dumps, from Jakub.
11) AF_XDP socket umem mapping improvements for 32bit archs, from Ivan.
12) Add BPF-to-BPF call and BTF line info support for s390x JIT, from Yauheni.
13) Small optimization in arm64 JIT to spare 1 insns for BPF_MOD, from Jerin.
14) Fix an error check in bpf_tcp_gen_syncookie() helper, from Petar.
15) Various minor fixes and cleanups, from Nathan, Masahiro, Masanari,
Peter, Wei, Yue.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2019-09-05
1) Several xfrm interface fixes from Nicolas Dichtel:
- Avoid an interface ID corruption on changelink.
- Fix wrong intterface names in the logs.
- Fix a list corruption when changing network namespaces.
- Fix unregistation of the underying phydev.
2) Fix a potential warning when merging xfrm_plocy nodes.
From Florian Westphal.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes made to add support for fast advertising interval
as per core 4.1 specification, section 9.3.11.2.
A peripheral device entering any of the following GAP modes and
sending either non-connectable advertising events or scannable
undirected advertising events should use adv_fast_interval2
(100ms - 150ms) for adv_fast_period(30s).
- Non-Discoverable Mode
- Non-Connectable Mode
- Limited Discoverable Mode
- General Discoverable Mode
Signed-off-by: Spoorthi Ravishankar Koppad <spoorthix.k@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When creating a v4 route that uses a v6 nexthop from a nexthop group.
Allow the kernel to properly send the nexthop as v6 via the RTA_VIA
attribute.
Broken behavior:
$ ip nexthop add via fe80::9 dev eth0
$ ip nexthop show
id 1 via fe80::9 dev eth0 scope link
$ ip route add 4.5.6.7/32 nhid 1
$ ip route show
default via 10.0.2.2 dev eth0
4.5.6.7 nhid 1 via 254.128.0.0 dev eth0
10.0.2.0/24 dev eth0 proto kernel scope link src 10.0.2.15
$
Fixed behavior:
$ ip nexthop add via fe80::9 dev eth0
$ ip nexthop show
id 1 via fe80::9 dev eth0 scope link
$ ip route add 4.5.6.7/32 nhid 1
$ ip route show
default via 10.0.2.2 dev eth0
4.5.6.7 nhid 1 via inet6 fe80::9 dev eth0
10.0.2.0/24 dev eth0 proto kernel scope link src 10.0.2.15
$
v2, v3: Addresses code review comments from David Ahern
Fixes: dcb1ecb50e (“ipv4: Prepare for fib6_nh from a nexthop object”)
Signed-off-by: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEEmvEkXzgOfc881GuFWsYho5HknSAFAl1vrJITHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRBaxiGjkeSdIC8BB/98XcWiaInD+SM6UjD2dVd1r0zhPKJS
WBK58G81+op3YP4DY8Iy+C24uZBlSlutVGoD/PIrZF39xXsnOtJuMVHC4LvtdADC
30uI/61JQNEjuX2AiTFudqDvYjZZKZ28HLqEnO2pWk3dMVL3+fkS3i7VQR7KJ/Gr
BYM6EzCdkbuWW/zsAVbKLJ8NswVmcdjP7eSK+exKppoWMtgCglZw1X6iP5YXDnbK
h3dGs687u8RfUra7j7vgnJzyQU4draMPsabaLDT5qw1PgYQ3k8MTVMBlULR0+HHO
qkBqumRwfOxay0z0XOgRuWrICKTH/b0SRLp3H53ZyfDo6+4TC9KGHRgX
=gwfZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-5.4-20190904' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2019-09-04 j1939
this is a pull request for net-next/master consisting of 21 patches.
the first 12 patches are by me and target the CAN core infrastructure.
They clean up the names of variables , structs and struct members,
convert can_rx_register() to use max() instead of open coding it and
remove unneeded code from the can_pernet_exit() callback.
The next three patches are also by me and they introduce and make use of
the CAN midlayer private structure. It is used to hold protocol specific
per device data structures.
The next patch is by Oleksij Rempel, switches the
&net->can.rcvlists_lock from a spin_lock() to a spin_lock_bh(), so that
it can be used from NAPI (soft IRQ) context.
The next 4 patches are by Kurt Van Dijck, he first updates his email
address via mailmap and then extends sockaddr_can to include j1939
members.
The final patch is the collective effort of many entities (The j1939
authors: Oliver Hartkopp, Bastian Stender, Elenita Hinds, kbuild test
robot, Kurt Van Dijck, Maxime Jayat, Robin van der Gracht, Oleksij
Rempel, Marc Kleine-Budde). It adds support of SAE J1939 protocol to the
CAN networking stack.
SAE J1939 is the vehicle bus recommended practice used for communication
and diagnostics among vehicle components. Originating in the car and
heavy-duty truck industry in the United States, it is now widely used in
other parts of the world.
P.S.: This pull request doesn't invalidate my last pull request:
"pull-request: can-next 2019-09-03".
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS code has a number of #ifdefs which make the code a little
harder to follow. Recent fixes removed the ifdef around the
TLS_HW define, so we can switch to the often used pattern
of defining tls_device functions as empty static inlines
in the header when CONFIG_TLS_DEVICE=n.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we already have the pointer to the full original sk_proto
stored use that instead of storing all individual callback
pointers as well.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IN_MULTICAST's primary intent is as a uapi macro.
Elsewhere in the kernel we use ipv4_is_multicast consistently.
This patch unifies linux's multicast checks to use that function
rather than this macro.
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current tag set is still rather small and needs a couple
more tags to help with ASIC identification and to have a
more generic FW version.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves the code reability by removing the redundant "can_"
prefix from the members of struct netns_can (as the struct netns_can itself
is the member "can" of the struct net.)
The conversion is done with:
sed -i \
-e "s/struct can_dev_rcv_lists \*can_rx_alldev_list;/struct can_dev_rcv_lists *rx_alldev_list;/" \
-e "s/spinlock_t can_rcvlists_lock;/spinlock_t rcvlists_lock;/" \
-e "s/struct timer_list can_stattimer;/struct timer_list stattimer; /" \
-e "s/can\.can_rx_alldev_list/can.rx_alldev_list/g" \
-e "s/can\.can_rcvlists_lock/can.rcvlists_lock/g" \
-e "s/can\.can_stattimer/can.stattimer/g" \
include/net/netns/can.h \
net/can/*.[ch]
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch gives the members of the struct netns_can that are holding
the statistics a sensible name, by renaming struct netns_can::can_stats
into struct netns_can::pkg_stats and struct netns_can::can_pstats into
struct netns_can::rcv_lists_stats.
The conversion is done with:
sed -i \
-e "s:\(struct[^*]*\*\)can_stats;.*:\1pkg_stats;:" \
-e "s:\(struct[^*]*\*\)can_pstats;.*:\1rcv_lists_stats;:" \
-e "s/can\.can_stats/can.pkg_stats/g" \
-e "s/can\.can_pstats/can.rcv_lists_stats/g" \
net/can/*.[ch] \
include/net/netns/can.h
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch renames both "struct s_stats" and "struct s_pstats", to
"struct can_pkg_stats" and "struct can_rcv_lists_stats" to better
reflect their meaning and improve code readability.
The conversion is done with:
sed -i \
-e "s/struct s_stats/struct can_pkg_stats/g" \
-e "s/struct s_pstats/struct can_rcv_lists_stats/g" \
net/can/*.[ch] \
include/net/netns/can.h
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds the infrastructure needed for the stateful object update
support.
Signed-off-by: Fernando Fernandez Mancera <ffmancera@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Devlink port index attribute is returned to users as u32 through
netlink response.
Change index data type from 'unsigned' to 'unsigned int' to avoid
below checkpatch.pl warning.
WARNING: Prefer 'unsigned int' to bare use of 'unsigned'
81: FILE: include/net/devlink.h:81:
+ unsigned index;
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an application configures kernel TLS on top of a TCP socket, it's
now possible for inet_diag_handler() to collect information regarding the
protocol version, the cipher type and TX / RX configuration, in case
INET_DIAG_INFO is requested.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
currently, only getsockopt(TCP_ULP) can be invoked to know if a ULP is on
top of a TCP socket. Extend idiag_get_aux() and idiag_get_aux_size(),
introduced by commit b37e88407c ("inet_diag: allow protocols to provide
additional data"), to report the ULP name and other information that can
be made available by the ULP through optional functions.
Users having CAP_NET_ADMIN privileges will then be able to retrieve this
information through inet_diag_handler, if they specify INET_DIAG_INFO in
the request.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to make sure context does not get freed while diag
code is interrogating it. Free struct tls_context with
kfree_rcu().
We add the __rcu annotation directly in icsk, and cast it
away in the datapath accessor. Presumably all ULPs will
do a similar thing.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"unlikely(IS_ERR_OR_NULL(x))" is excessive. IS_ERR_OR_NULL() already uses
unlikely() internally.
Signed-off-by: Denis Efremov <efremov@linux.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, addresses are chunk size aligned. This means, we are very
restricted in terms of where we can place chunk within the umem. For
example, if we have a chunk size of 2k, then our chunks can only be placed
at 0,2k,4k,6k,8k... and so on (ie. every 2k starting from 0).
This patch introduces the ability to use unaligned chunks. With these
changes, we are no longer bound to having to place chunks at a 2k (or
whatever your chunk size is) interval. Since we are no longer dealing with
aligned chunks, they can now cross page boundaries. Checks for page
contiguity have been added in order to keep track of which pages are
followed by a physically contiguous page.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Laatz <kevin.laatz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ciara Loftus <ciara.loftus@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Richardson <bruce.richardson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This is useful for checking how much airtime is being used up by other
transmissions on the channel, e.g. by calculating (time_rx - time_bss_rx)
or (time_busy - time_bss_rx - time_tx)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190828102042.58016-1-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Action sample doesn't properly handle psample_group pointer in overwrite
case. Following issues need to be fixed:
- In tcf_sample_init() function RCU_INIT_POINTER() is used to set
s->psample_group, even though we neither setting the pointer to NULL, nor
preventing concurrent readers from accessing the pointer in some way.
Use rcu_swap_protected() instead to safely reset the pointer.
- Old value of s->psample_group is not released or deallocated in any way,
which results resource leak. Use psample_group_put() on non-NULL value
obtained with rcu_swap_protected().
- The function psample_group_put() that released reference to struct
psample_group pointed by rcu-pointer s->psample_group doesn't respect rcu
grace period when deallocating it. Extend struct psample_group with rcu
head and use kfree_rcu when freeing it.
Fixes: 5c5670fae4 ("net/sched: Introduce sample tc action")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove two holes on 64bit arches, to bring the size
to one cache line exactly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add ecn flag for both netns_sctp and sctp_endpoint,
net->sctp.ecn_enable is set 1 by default, and ep->ecn_enable will
be initialized with net->sctp.ecn_enable.
asoc->peer.ecn_capable will be set during negotiation only when
ep->ecn_enable is set on both sides.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bitmap operations were introduced to simplify the switch drivers
in the future, since most of them could implement the common VLAN and
MDB operations (add, del, dump) with simple functions taking all target
ports at once, and thus limiting the number of hardware accesses.
Programming an MDB or VLAN this way in a single operation would clearly
simplify the drivers a lot but would require a new get-set interface
in DSA. The usage of such bitmap from the stack also raised concerned
in the past, leading to the dynamic allocation of a new ds->_bitmap
member in the dsa_switch structure. So let's get rid of them for now.
This commit nicely wraps the ds->ops->port_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add}
switch operations into new dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add}
variants not using any bitmap argument anymore.
New dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_match helpers have been introduced to make
clear which local port of a switch must be programmed with the target
object. While the targeted user port is an obvious candidate, the
DSA links must also be programmed, as well as the CPU port for VLANs.
While at it, also remove local variables that are only used once.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net pointer in struct xt_tgdtor_param is not explicitly
initialized therefore is still NULL when dereferencing it.
So we have to find a way to pass the correct net pointer to
ipt_destroy_target().
The best way I find is just saving the net pointer inside the per
netns struct tcf_idrinfo, which could make this patch smaller.
Fixes: 0c66dc1ea3 ("netfilter: conntrack: register hooks in netns when needed by ruleset")
Reported-and-tested-by: itugrok@yahoo.com
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the delete operation from the ruleset.
It implements a new delete() function in nft_set_rhash. It is simpler
to use than the already existing remove(), because it only takes the set
and the key as arguments, whereas remove() expects a full
nft_set_elem structure.
Signed-off-by: Ander Juaristi <a@juaristi.eus>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock, modify tc_setup_flow_action()
to copy tunnel info, instead of just saving pointer to tunnel_key action
tunnel info. This is necessary to prevent concurrent action overwrite from
releasing tunnel info while it is being used by rtnl-unlocked driver.
Implement helper tcf_tunnel_info_copy() that is used to copy tunnel info
with all its options to dynamically allocated memory block. Modify
tc_cleanup_flow_action() to free dynamically allocated tunnel info.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock when calling hardware offload
API, take reference to action mirred dev when initializing flow_action
structure in tc_setup_flow_action(). Implement function
tc_cleanup_flow_action(), use it to release the device after hardware
offload API is done using it.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow using new flow_action infrastructure from unlocked
classifiers, modify tc_setup_flow_action() to accept new 'rtnl_held'
argument. Take rtnl lock before accessing tc_action data. This is necessary
to protect from concurrent action replace.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend struct flow_block_offload with "unlocked_driver_cb" flag to allow
registering and unregistering block hardware offload callbacks that do not
require caller to hold rtnl lock. Extend tcf_block with additional
lockeddevcnt counter that is incremented for each non-unlocked driver
callback attached to device. This counter is necessary to conditionally
obtain rtnl lock before calling hardware callbacks in following patches.
Register mlx5 tc block offload callbacks as "unlocked".
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To remove dependency on rtnl lock, extend classifier ops with new
ops->hw_add() and ops->hw_del() callbacks. Call them from cls API while
holding cb_lock every time filter if successfully added to or deleted from
hardware.
Implement the new API in flower classifier. Use it to manage hw_filters
list under cb_lock protection, instead of relying on rtnl lock to
synchronize with concurrent fl_reoffload() call.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without rtnl lock protection filters can no longer safely manage block
offloads counter themselves. Refactor cls API to protect block offloadcnt
with tcf_block->cb_lock that is already used to protect driver callback
list and nooffloaddevcnt counter. The counter can be modified by concurrent
tasks by new functions that execute block callbacks (which is safe with
previous patch that changed its type to atomic_t), however, block
bind/unbind code that checks the counter value takes cb_lock in write mode
to exclude any concurrent modifications. This approach prevents race
conditions between bind/unbind and callback execution code but allows for
concurrency for tc rule update path.
Move block offload counter, filter in hardware counter and filter flags
management from classifiers into cls hardware offloads API. Make functions
tcf_block_offload_{inc|dec}() and tc_cls_offload_cnt_update() to be cls API
private. Implement following new cls API to be used instead:
tc_setup_cb_add() - non-destructive filter add. If filter that wasn't
already in hardware is successfully offloaded, increment block offloads
counter, set filter in hardware counter and flag. On failure, previously
offloaded filter is considered to be intact and offloads counter is not
decremented.
tc_setup_cb_replace() - destructive filter replace. Release existing
filter block offload counter and reset its in hardware counter and flag.
Set new filter in hardware counter and flag. On failure, previously
offloaded filter is considered to be destroyed and offload counter is
decremented.
tc_setup_cb_destroy() - filter destroy. Unconditionally decrement block
offloads counter.
tc_setup_cb_reoffload() - reoffload filter to single cb. Execute cb() and
call tc_cls_offload_cnt_update() if cb() didn't return an error.
Refactor all offload-capable classifiers to atomically offload filters to
hardware, change block offload counter, and set filter in hardware counter
and flag by means of the new cls API functions.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for running proto ops functions without rtnl lock, change
offload counter type to atomic. This is necessary to allow updating the
counter by multiple concurrent users when offloading filters to hardware
from unlocked classifiers.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock, extend tcf_block with 'cb_lock'
rwsem and use it to protect flow_block->cb_list and related counters from
concurrent modification. The lock is taken in read mode for read-only
traversal of cb_list in tc_setup_cb_call() and write mode in all other
cases. This approach ensures that:
- cb_list is not changed concurrently while filters is being offloaded on
block.
- block->nooffloaddevcnt is checked while holding the lock in read mode,
but is only changed by bind/unbind code when holding the cb_lock in write
mode to prevent concurrent modification.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new helper functions to load/store 64-bit values onto/from
registers:
- nft_reg_store64
- nft_reg_load64
This commit also re-orders all these helpers from smallest to largest
target bit size.
Signed-off-by: Ander Juaristi <a@juaristi.eus>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Donald reported this sequence:
ip next add id 1 blackhole
ip next add id 2 blackhole
ip ro add 1.1.1.1/32 nhid 1
ip ro add 1.1.1.2/32 nhid 2
would cause a crash. Backtrace is:
[ 151.302790] general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC KASAN PTI
[ 151.304043] CPU: 1 PID: 277 Comm: ip Not tainted 5.3.0-rc5+ #37
[ 151.305078] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.11.1-1 04/01/2014
[ 151.306526] RIP: 0010:fib_add_nexthop+0x8b/0x2aa
[ 151.307343] Code: 35 f7 81 48 8d 14 01 c7 02 f1 f1 f1 f1 c7 42 04 01 f4 f4 f4 48 89 f2 48 c1 ea 03 65 48 8b 0c 25 28 00 00 00 48 89 4d d0 31 c9 <80> 3c 02 00 74 08 48 89 f7 e8 1a e8 53 ff be 08 00 00 00 4c 89 e7
[ 151.310549] RSP: 0018:ffff888116c27340 EFLAGS: 00010246
[ 151.311469] RAX: dffffc0000000000 RBX: ffff8881154ece00 RCX: 0000000000000000
[ 151.312713] RDX: 0000000000000004 RSI: 0000000000000020 RDI: ffff888115649b40
[ 151.313968] RBP: ffff888116c273d8 R08: ffffed10221e3757 R09: ffff888110f1bab8
[ 151.315212] R10: 0000000000000001 R11: ffff888110f1bab3 R12: ffff888115649b40
[ 151.316456] R13: 0000000000000020 R14: ffff888116c273b0 R15: ffff888115649b40
[ 151.317707] FS: 00007f60b4d8d800(0000) GS:ffff88811ac00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
[ 151.319113] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
[ 151.320119] CR2: 0000555671ffdc00 CR3: 00000001136ba005 CR4: 0000000000020ee0
[ 151.321367] Call Trace:
[ 151.321820] ? fib_nexthop_info+0x635/0x635
[ 151.322572] fib_dump_info+0xaa4/0xde0
[ 151.323247] ? fib_create_info+0x2431/0x2431
[ 151.324008] ? napi_alloc_frag+0x2a/0x2a
[ 151.324711] rtmsg_fib+0x2c4/0x3be
[ 151.325339] fib_table_insert+0xe2f/0xeee
...
fib_dump_info incorrectly has nhs = 0 for blackhole nexthops, so it
believes the nexthop object is a multipath group (nhs != 1) and ends
up down the nexthop_mpath_fill_node() path which is wrong for a
blackhole.
The blackhole check in nexthop_num_path is leftover from early days
of the blackhole implementation which did not initialize the device.
In the end the design was simpler (fewer special case checks) to set
the device to loopback in nh_info, so the check in nexthop_num_path
should have been removed.
Fixes: 430a049190 ("nexthop: Add support for nexthop groups")
Reported-by: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An excerpt from netlink(7) man page,
In multipart messages (multiple nlmsghdr headers with associated payload
in one byte stream) the first and all following headers have the
NLM_F_MULTI flag set, except for the last header which has the type
NLMSG_DONE.
but, after (ee28906) there is a missing NLM_F_MULTI flag in the middle of a
FIB dump. The result is user space applications following above man page
excerpt may get confused and may stop parsing msg believing something went
wrong.
In the golang netlink lib [0] the library logic stops parsing believing the
message is not a multipart message. Found this running Cilium[1] against
net-next while adding a feature to auto-detect routes. I noticed with
multiple route tables we no longer could detect the default routes on net
tree kernels because the library logic was not returning them.
Fix this by handling the fib_dump_info_fnhe() case the same way the
fib_dump_info() handles it by passing the flags argument through the
call chain and adding a flags argument to rt_fill_info().
Tested with Cilium stack and auto-detection of routes works again. Also
annotated libs to dump netlink msgs and inspected NLM_F_MULTI and
NLMSG_DONE flags look correct after this.
Note: In inet_rtm_getroute() pass rt_fill_info() '0' for flags the same
as is done for fib_dump_info() so this looks correct to me.
[0] https://github.com/vishvananda/netlink/
[1] https://github.com/cilium/
Fixes: ee28906fd7 ("ipv4: Dump route exceptions if requested")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace 'decided' with 'decide' so that comment would be
/* To decide when the network namespace should be freed. */
Signed-off-by: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
802.11ay specification defines Enhanced Directional Multi-Gigabit
(EDMG) STA and AP which allow channel bonding of 2 channels and more.
Introduce new NL attributes that are needed for enabling and
configuring EDMG support.
Two new attributes are used by kernel to publish driver's EDMG
capabilities to the userspace:
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS - bitmap field that indicates the 2.16
GHz channel(s) that are supported by the driver.
When this attribute is not set it means driver does not support EDMG.
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG - represent the channel bandwidth
configurations supported by the driver.
Additional two new attributes are used by the userspace for connect
command and for AP configuration:
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG
New rate info flag - RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG, can be reported from driver
and used for bitrate calculation that will take into account EDMG
according to the 802.11ay specification.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1566138918-3823-2-git-send-email-ailizaro@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch is to factor out sctp_auth_init and sctp_auth_free
functions, and sctp_auth_init will also be used in the next
patch for SCTP_AUTH_SUPPORTED sockopt.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to make addip/asconf flag per endpoint,
and its value is initialized by the per netns flag,
net->sctp.addip_enable.
It also replaces the checks of net->sctp.addip_enable
with ep->asconf_enable in some places.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ba5ea61462 ("bridge: simplify ip_mc_check_igmp() and
ipv6_mc_check_mld() calls") replaces direct calls to pskb_may_pull()
in br_ipv6_multicast_mld2_report() with calls to ipv6_mc_may_pull(),
that returns -EINVAL on buffers too short to be valid IPv6 packets,
while maintaining the previous handling of the return code.
This leads to the direct opposite of the intended effect: if the
packet is malformed, -EINVAL evaluates as true, and we'll happily
proceed with the processing.
Return 0 if the packet is too short, in the same way as this was
fixed for IPv4 by commit 083b78a9ed ("ip: fix ip_mc_may_pull()
return value").
I don't have a reproducer for this, unlike the one referred to by
the IPv4 commit, but this is clearly broken.
Fixes: ba5ea61462 ("bridge: simplify ip_mc_check_igmp() and ipv6_mc_check_mld() calls")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds initial support for offloading basechains using the
priority range from 1 to 65535. This is restricting the netfilter
priority range to 16-bit integer since this is what most drivers assume
so far from tc. It should be possible to extend this range of supported
priorities later on once drivers are updated to support for 32-bit
integer priorities.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc transparently maps the software priority number to hardware. Update
it to pass the major priority which is what most drivers expect. Update
drivers too so they do not need to lshift the priority field of the
flow_cls_common_offload object. The stmmac driver is an exception, since
this code assumes the tc software priority is fine, therefore, lshift it
just to be conservative.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an AF_XDP socket is released/closed the XSKMAP still holds a
reference to the socket in a "released" state. The socket will still
use the netdev queue resource, and block newly created sockets from
attaching to that queue, but no user application can access the
fill/complete/rx/tx queues. This results in that all applications need
to explicitly clear the map entry from the old "zombie state"
socket. This should be done automatically.
In this patch, the sockets tracks, and have a reference to, which maps
it resides in. When the socket is released, it will remove itself from
all maps.
Suggested-by: Bruce Richardson <bruce.richardson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add new helper bpf_sk_storage_clone which optionally clones sk storage
and call it from sk_clone_lock.
Cc: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Yonghong Song <yhs@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This commit adds support for a new flag called need_wakeup in the
AF_XDP Tx and fill rings. When this flag is set, it means that the
application has to explicitly wake up the kernel Rx (for the bit in
the fill ring) or kernel Tx (for bit in the Tx ring) processing by
issuing a syscall. Poll() can wake up both depending on the flags
submitted and sendto() will wake up tx processing only.
The main reason for introducing this new flag is to be able to
efficiently support the case when application and driver is executing
on the same core. Previously, the driver was just busy-spinning on the
fill ring if it ran out of buffers in the HW and there were none on
the fill ring. This approach works when the application is running on
another core as it can replenish the fill ring while the driver is
busy-spinning. Though, this is a lousy approach if both of them are
running on the same core as the probability of the fill ring getting
more entries when the driver is busy-spinning is zero. With this new
feature the driver now sets the need_wakeup flag and returns to the
application. The application can then replenish the fill queue and
then explicitly wake up the Rx processing in the kernel using the
syscall poll(). For Tx, the flag is only set to one if the driver has
no outstanding Tx completion interrupts. If it has some, the flag is
zero as it will be woken up by a completion interrupt anyway.
As a nice side effect, this new flag also improves the performance of
the case where application and driver are running on two different
cores as it reduces the number of syscalls to the kernel. The kernel
tells user space if it needs to be woken up by a syscall, and this
eliminates many of the syscalls.
This flag needs some simple driver support. If the driver does not
support this, the Rx flag is always zero and the Tx flag is always
one. This makes any application relying on this feature default to the
old behaviour of not requiring any syscalls in the Rx path and always
having to call sendto() in the Tx path.
For backwards compatibility reasons, this feature has to be explicitly
turned on using a new bind flag (XDP_USE_NEED_WAKEUP). I recommend
that you always turn it on as it so far always have had a positive
performance impact.
The name and inspiration of the flag has been taken from io_uring by
Jens Axboe. Details about this feature in io_uring can be found in
http://kernel.dk/io_uring.pdf, section 8.3.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add initial documentation of the devlink-trap mechanism, explaining the
background, motivation and the semantics of the interface.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as
well as exceptions such as TTL error.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to
register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink.
Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each
supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata
types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The
currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will
be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class.
Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In
addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap
statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be
extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit
the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU.
Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also
expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant
metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each
packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its
metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel.
The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set
the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported:
'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide
the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink.
When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not
send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added,
such as 'mirror'.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export a function that can be invoked in order to report packets that
were dropped by the underlying hardware along with metadata.
Subsequent patches will add support for the different alert modes.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2019-08-17
Here's a set of Bluetooth fixes for the 5.3-rc series:
- Multiple fixes for Qualcomm (btqca & hci_qca) drivers
- Minimum encryption key size debugfs setting (this is required for
Bluetooth Qualification)
- Fix hidp_send_message() to have a meaningful return value
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For testing and qualification purposes it is useful to allow changing
the minimum encryption key size value that the host stack is going to
enforce. This adds a new debugfs setting min_encrypt_key_size to achieve
this functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
This patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Extend selftest to cover flowtable with ipsec, from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix interaction of ipsec with flowtable, also from Florian.
3) User-after-free with bound set to rule that fails to load.
4) Adjust state and timeout for flows that expire.
5) Timeout update race with flows in teardown state.
6) Ensure conntrack id hash calculation use invariants as input,
from Dirk Morris.
7) Do not push flows into flowtable for TCP fin/rst packets.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric reported a syzbot warning:
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in nh_valid_get_del_req+0x6f1/0x8c0 net/ipv4/nexthop.c:1510
CPU: 0 PID: 11812 Comm: syz-executor444 Not tainted 5.3.0-rc3+ #17
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:77 [inline]
dump_stack+0x191/0x1f0 lib/dump_stack.c:113
kmsan_report+0x162/0x2d0 mm/kmsan/kmsan_report.c:109
__msan_warning+0x75/0xe0 mm/kmsan/kmsan_instr.c:294
nh_valid_get_del_req+0x6f1/0x8c0 net/ipv4/nexthop.c:1510
rtm_del_nexthop+0x1b1/0x610 net/ipv4/nexthop.c:1543
rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x115a/0x1580 net/core/rtnetlink.c:5223
netlink_rcv_skb+0x431/0x620 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:2477
rtnetlink_rcv+0x50/0x60 net/core/rtnetlink.c:5241
netlink_unicast_kernel net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1302 [inline]
netlink_unicast+0xf6c/0x1050 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1328
netlink_sendmsg+0x110f/0x1330 net/netlink/af_netlink.c:1917
sock_sendmsg_nosec net/socket.c:637 [inline]
sock_sendmsg net/socket.c:657 [inline]
___sys_sendmsg+0x14ff/0x1590 net/socket.c:2311
__sys_sendmmsg+0x53a/0xae0 net/socket.c:2413
__do_sys_sendmmsg net/socket.c:2442 [inline]
__se_sys_sendmmsg+0xbd/0xe0 net/socket.c:2439
__x64_sys_sendmmsg+0x56/0x70 net/socket.c:2439
do_syscall_64+0xbc/0xf0 arch/x86/entry/common.c:297
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x63/0xe7
The root cause is nlmsg_parse calling __nla_parse which means the
header struct size is not checked.
nlmsg_parse should be a wrapper around __nlmsg_parse with
NL_VALIDATE_STRICT for the validate argument very much like
nlmsg_parse_deprecated is for NL_VALIDATE_LIBERAL.
Fixes: 3de6440354 ("netlink: re-add parse/validate functions in strict mode")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next:
1) Rename mss field to mss_option field in synproxy, from Fernando Mancera.
2) Use SYSCTL_{ZERO,ONE} definitions in conntrack, from Matteo Croce.
3) More strict validation of IPVS sysctl values, from Junwei Hu.
4) Remove unnecessary spaces after on the right hand side of assignments,
from yangxingwu.
5) Add offload support for bitwise operation.
6) Extend the nft_offload_reg structure to store immediate date.
7) Collapse several ip_set header files into ip_set.h, from
Jeremy Sowden.
8) Make netfilter headers compile with CONFIG_KERNEL_HEADER_TEST=y,
from Jeremy Sowden.
9) Fix several sparse warnings due to missing prototypes, from
Valdis Kletnieks.
10) Use static lock initialiser to ensure connlabel spinlock is
initialized on boot time to fix sched/act_ct.c, patch
from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
There is a small merge conflict in libbpf (Cc Andrii so he's in the loop
as well):
for (i = 1; i <= btf__get_nr_types(btf); i++) {
t = (struct btf_type *)btf__type_by_id(btf, i);
if (!has_datasec && btf_is_var(t)) {
/* replace VAR with INT */
t->info = BTF_INFO_ENC(BTF_KIND_INT, 0, 0);
<<<<<<< HEAD
/*
* using size = 1 is the safest choice, 4 will be too
* big and cause kernel BTF validation failure if
* original variable took less than 4 bytes
*/
t->size = 1;
*(int *)(t+1) = BTF_INT_ENC(0, 0, 8);
} else if (!has_datasec && kind == BTF_KIND_DATASEC) {
=======
t->size = sizeof(int);
*(int *)(t + 1) = BTF_INT_ENC(0, 0, 32);
} else if (!has_datasec && btf_is_datasec(t)) {
>>>>>>> 72ef80b5ee
/* replace DATASEC with STRUCT */
Conflict is between the two commits 1d4126c4e1 ("libbpf: sanitize VAR to
conservative 1-byte INT") and b03bc6853c ("libbpf: convert libbpf code to
use new btf helpers"), so we need to pick the sanitation fixup as well as
use the new btf_is_datasec() helper and the whitespace cleanup. Looks like
the following:
[...]
if (!has_datasec && btf_is_var(t)) {
/* replace VAR with INT */
t->info = BTF_INFO_ENC(BTF_KIND_INT, 0, 0);
/*
* using size = 1 is the safest choice, 4 will be too
* big and cause kernel BTF validation failure if
* original variable took less than 4 bytes
*/
t->size = 1;
*(int *)(t + 1) = BTF_INT_ENC(0, 0, 8);
} else if (!has_datasec && btf_is_datasec(t)) {
/* replace DATASEC with STRUCT */
[...]
The main changes are:
1) Addition of core parts of compile once - run everywhere (co-re) effort,
that is, relocation of fields offsets in libbpf as well as exposure of
kernel's own BTF via sysfs and loading through libbpf, from Andrii.
More info on co-re: http://vger.kernel.org/bpfconf2019.html#session-2
and http://vger.kernel.org/lpc-bpf2018.html#session-2
2) Enable passing input flags to the BPF flow dissector to customize parsing
and allowing it to stop early similar to the C based one, from Stanislav.
3) Add a BPF helper function that allows generating SYN cookies from XDP and
tc BPF, from Petar.
4) Add devmap hash-based map type for more flexibility in device lookup for
redirects, from Toke.
5) Improvements to XDP forwarding sample code now utilizing recently enabled
devmap lookups, from Jesper.
6) Add support for reporting the effective cgroup progs in bpftool, from Jakub
and Takshak.
7) Fix reading kernel config from bpftool via /proc/config.gz, from Peter.
8) Fix AF_XDP umem pages mapping for 32 bit architectures, from Ivan.
9) Follow-up to add two more BPF loop tests for the selftest suite, from Alexei.
10) Add perf event output helper also for other skb-based program types, from Allan.
11) Fix a co-re related compilation error in selftests, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
linux/netfilter.h defines a number of struct and inline function
definitions which are only available is CONFIG_NETFILTER is enabled.
These structs and functions are used in declarations and definitions in
other header-files. Added preprocessor checks to make sure these
headers will compile if CONFIG_NETFILTER is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
struct nf_conn contains a "struct nf_conntrack ct_general" member and
struct net contains a "struct netns_ct ct" member which are both only
defined in CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK is enabled. These members are used in a
number of inline functions defined in other header-files. Added
preprocessor checks to make sure the headers will compile if
CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_tables.h defines an API comprising several inline functions and
macros that depend on the nft member of struct net. However, this is
only defined is CONFIG_NF_TABLES is enabled. Added preprocessor checks
to ensure that nf_tables.h will compile if CONFIG_NF_TABLES is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
br_netfilter.h defines inline functions that use an enum constant and
struct member that are only defined if CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER is
enabled. Added preprocessor checks to ensure br_netfilter.h will
compile if CONFIG_BRIDGE_NETFILTER is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A number of netfilter header-files used declarations and definitions
from other headers without including them. Added include directives to
make those declarations and definitions available.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Sowden <jeremy@azazel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Store immediate data into offload context register. This allows follow
up instructions to take it from the corresponding source register.
This patch is required to support for payload mangling, although other
instructions that take data from source register will benefit from this
too.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Generating and retrieving socket cookies are a useful feature that is
exposed to BPF for various program types through bpf_get_socket_cookie()
helper.
The fact that the cookie counter is per netns is quite a limitation
for BPF in practice in particular for programs in host namespace that
use socket cookies as part of a map lookup key since they will be
causing socket cookie collisions e.g. when attached to BPF cgroup hooks
or cls_bpf on tc egress in host namespace handling container traffic
from veth or ipvlan devices with peer in different netns. Change the
counter to be global instead.
Socket cookie consumers must assume the value as opqaue in any case.
Not every socket must have a cookie generated and knowledge of the
counter value itself does not provide much value either way hence
conversion to global is fine.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Martynas Pumputis <m@lambda.lt>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_BASE_MSS is used as the default initial MSS value when MTU probing is
enabled. Update the comment to reflect this.
Suggested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current implementation of TCP MTU probing can considerably
underestimate the MTU on lossy connections allowing the MSS to get down to
48. We have found that in almost all of these cases on our networks these
paths can handle much larger MTUs meaning the connections are being
artificially limited. Even though TCP MTU probing can raise the MSS back up
we have seen this not to be the case causing connections to be "stuck" with
an MSS of 48 when heavy loss is present.
Prior to pushing out this change we could not keep TCP MTU probing enabled
b/c of the above reasons. Now with a reasonble floor set we've had it
enabled for the past 6 months.
The new sysctl will still default to TCP_MIN_SND_MSS (48), but gives
administrators the ability to control the floor of MSS probing.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of the snapshot has to be the same as the size of the region,
therefore no need to pass it again during snapshot creation. Remove the
arg and use region->size instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a rule that has already a bound anonymous set fails to be added, the
preparation phase releases the rule and the bound set. However, the
transaction object from the abort path still has a reference to the set
object that is stale, leading to a use-after-free when checking for the
set->bound field. Add a new field to the transaction that specifies if
the set is bound, so the abort path can skip releasing it since the rule
command owns it and it takes care of releasing it. After this update,
the set->bound field is removed.
[ 24.649883] Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 0000000000040434
[ 24.657858] Mem abort info:
[ 24.660686] ESR = 0x96000004
[ 24.663769] Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[ 24.669725] SET = 0, FnV = 0
[ 24.672804] EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[ 24.675975] Data abort info:
[ 24.678880] ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000004
[ 24.682743] CM = 0, WnR = 0
[ 24.685723] user pgtable: 4k pages, 48-bit VAs, pgdp=0000000428952000
[ 24.692207] [0000000000040434] pgd=0000000000000000
[ 24.697119] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] SMP
[...]
[ 24.889414] Call trace:
[ 24.891870] __nf_tables_abort+0x3f0/0x7a0
[ 24.895984] nf_tables_abort+0x20/0x40
[ 24.899750] nfnetlink_rcv_batch+0x17c/0x588
[ 24.904037] nfnetlink_rcv+0x13c/0x190
[ 24.907803] netlink_unicast+0x18c/0x208
[ 24.911742] netlink_sendmsg+0x1b0/0x350
[ 24.915682] sock_sendmsg+0x4c/0x68
[ 24.919185] ___sys_sendmsg+0x288/0x2c8
[ 24.923037] __sys_sendmsg+0x7c/0xd0
[ 24.926628] __arm64_sys_sendmsg+0x2c/0x38
[ 24.930744] el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x94/0x158
[ 24.935556] el0_svc_handler+0x34/0x90
[ 24.939322] el0_svc+0x8/0xc
[ 24.942216] Code: 37280300 f9404023 91014262 aa1703e0 (f9401863)
[ 24.948336] ---[ end trace cebbb9dcbed3b56f ]---
Fixes: f6ac858589 ("netfilter: nf_tables: unbind set in rule from commit path")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
sk_validate_xmit_skb() and drivers depend on the sk member of
struct sk_buff to identify segments requiring encryption.
Any operation which removes or does not preserve the original TLS
socket such as skb_orphan() or skb_clone() will cause clear text
leaks.
Make the TCP socket underlying an offloaded TLS connection
mark all skbs as decrypted, if TLS TX is in offload mode.
Then in sk_validate_xmit_skb() catch skbs which have no socket
(or a socket with no validation) and decrypted flag set.
Note that CONFIG_SOCK_VALIDATE_XMIT, CONFIG_TLS_DEVICE and
sk->sk_validate_xmit_skb are slightly interchangeable right now,
they all imply TLS offload. The new checks are guarded by
CONFIG_TLS_DEVICE because that's the option guarding the
sk_buff->decrypted member.
Second, smaller issue with orphaning is that it breaks
the guarantee that packets will be delivered to device
queues in-order. All TLS offload drivers depend on that
scheduling property. This means skb_orphan_partial()'s
trick of preserving partial socket references will cause
issues in the drivers. We need a full orphan, and as a
result netem delay/throttling will cause all TLS offload
skbs to be dropped.
Reusing the sk_buff->decrypted flag also protects from
leaking clear text when incoming, decrypted skb is redirected
(e.g. by TC).
See commit 0608c69c9a ("bpf: sk_msg, sock{map|hash} redirect
through ULP") for justification why the internal flag is safe.
The only location which could leak the flag in is tcp_bpf_sendmsg(),
which is taken care of by clearing the previously unused bit.
v2:
- remove superfluous decrypted mark copy (Willem);
- remove the stale doc entry (Boris);
- rely entirely on EOR marking to prevent coalescing (Boris);
- use an internal sendpages flag instead of marking the socket
(Boris).
v3 (Willem):
- reorganize the can_skb_orphan_partial() condition;
- fix the flag leak-in through tcp_bpf_sendmsg.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It provide a callback list to find the blocks of tc
and nft subsystems
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move tc indirect block to flow_offload and rename
it to flow indirect block.The nf_tables can use the
indr block architecture.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before commit d4289fcc9b ("net: IP6 defrag: use rbtrees for IPv6
defrag"), a netperf UDP_STREAM test[0] using big IPv6 datagrams (thus
generating many fragments) and running over an IPsec tunnel, reported
more than 6Gbps throughput. After that patch, the same test gets only
9Mbps when receiving on a be2net nic (driver can make a big difference
here, for example, ixgbe doesn't seem to be affected).
By reusing the IPv4 defragmentation code, IPv6 lost fragment coalescing
(IPv4 fragment coalescing was dropped by commit 14fe22e334 ("Revert
"ipv4: use skb coalescing in defragmentation"")).
Without fragment coalescing, be2net runs out of Rx ring entries and
starts to drop frames (ethtool reports rx_drops_no_frags errors). Since
the netperf traffic is only composed of UDP fragments, any lost packet
prevents reassembly of the full datagram. Therefore, fragments which
have no possibility to ever get reassembled pile up in the reassembly
queue, until the memory accounting exeeds the threshold. At that point
no fragment is accepted anymore, which effectively discards all
netperf traffic.
When reassembly timeout expires, some stale fragments are removed from
the reassembly queue, so a few packets can be received, reassembled
and delivered to the netperf receiver. But the nic still drops frames
and soon the reassembly queue gets filled again with stale fragments.
These long time frames where no datagram can be received explain why
the performance drop is so significant.
Re-introducing fragment coalescing is enough to get the initial
performances again (6.6Gbps with be2net): driver doesn't drop frames
anymore (no more rx_drops_no_frags errors) and the reassembly engine
works at full speed.
This patch is quite conservative and only coalesces skbs for local
IPv4 and IPv6 delivery (in order to avoid changing skb geometry when
forwarding). Coalescing could be extended in the future if need be, as
more scenarios would probably benefit from it.
[0]: Test configuration
Sender:
ip xfrm policy flush
ip xfrm state flush
ip xfrm state add src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 proto esp spi 0x1000 aead 'rfc4106(gcm(aes))' 0x0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b 96 mode transport sel src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1
ip xfrm policy add src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 dir in tmpl src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 proto esp mode transport action allow
ip xfrm state add src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 proto esp spi 0x1001 aead 'rfc4106(gcm(aes))' 0x0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b 96 mode transport sel src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1
ip xfrm policy add src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 dir out tmpl src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 proto esp mode transport action allow
netserver -D -L fc00:2::1
Receiver:
ip xfrm policy flush
ip xfrm state flush
ip xfrm state add src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 proto esp spi 0x1001 aead 'rfc4106(gcm(aes))' 0x0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b 96 mode transport sel src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1
ip xfrm policy add src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 dir in tmpl src fc00:2::1 dst fc00:1::1 proto esp mode transport action allow
ip xfrm state add src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 proto esp spi 0x1000 aead 'rfc4106(gcm(aes))' 0x0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b0b 96 mode transport sel src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1
ip xfrm policy add src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 dir out tmpl src fc00:1::1 dst fc00:2::1 proto esp mode transport action allow
netperf -H fc00:2::1 -f k -P 0 -L fc00:1::1 -l 60 -t UDP_STREAM -I 99,5 -i 5,5 -T5,5 -6
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC mirred actions (redirect and mirred) can send to egress or ingress of a
device. Currently only egress is used for hw offload rules.
Modify the intermediate representation for hw offload to include mirred
actions that go to ingress. This gives drivers access to such rules and
can decide whether or not to offload them.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC mirred actions can send to egress or ingress on a given netdev. Helpers
exist to detect actions that are mirred to egress. Extend the header file
to include helpers to detect ingress mirred actions.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC rules can impliment skbedit actions. Currently actions that modify the
skb mark are passed to offloading drivers via the hardware intermediate
representation in the flow_offload API.
Extend this to include skbedit actions that modify the packet type of the
skb. Such actions may be used to set the ptype to HOST when redirecting a
packet to ingress.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tc_act header file contains an inline function that checks if an
action is changing the skb mark of a packet and a further function to
extract the mark.
Add similar functions to check for and get skbedit actions that modify
the packet type of the skb.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like we were slightly overzealous with the shutdown()
cleanup. Even though the sock->sk_state can reach CLOSED again,
socket->state will not got back to SS_UNCONNECTED once
connections is ESTABLISHED. Meaning we will see EISCONN if
we try to reconnect, and EINVAL if we try to listen.
Only listen sockets can be shutdown() and reused, but since
ESTABLISHED sockets can never be re-connected() or used for
listen() we don't need to try to clean up the ULP state early.
Fixes: 32857cf57f ("net/tls: fix transition through disconnect with close")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After introduce "mss_encode" field in the synproxy_options struct the field
"mss" is a little confusing. It has been renamed to "mss_option".
Signed-off-by: Fernando Fernandez Mancera <ffmancera@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* lots more HE (802.11ax) support, particularly things
relevant for the the AP side, but also mesh support
* debugfs cleanups from Greg
* some more work on extended key ID
* start using genl parallel_ops, as preparation for
weaning ourselves off RTNL and getting parallelism
* various other changes all over
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=eUnh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2019-07-31' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have a reasonably large number of changes:
* lots more HE (802.11ax) support, particularly things
relevant for the the AP side, but also mesh support
* debugfs cleanups from Greg
* some more work on extended key ID
* start using genl parallel_ops, as preparation for
weaning ourselves off RTNL and getting parallelism
* various other changes all over
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* revert NETIF_F_LLTX usage as it caused problems
* avoid warning on WMM parameters from AP that are too short
* fix possible null-ptr dereference in hwsim
* fix interface combinations with 4-addr and crypto control
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=rE1e
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2019-07-31' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Just a few fixes:
* revert NETIF_F_LLTX usage as it caused problems
* avoid warning on WMM parameters from AP that are too short
* fix possible null-ptr dereference in hwsim
* fix interface combinations with 4-addr and crypto control
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store the OBSS PD parameters inside bss_conf when bringing up an AP and/or
when a station connects to an AP. This allows the driver to configure the
HW accordingly.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190730163701.18836-3-john@phrozen.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the data structure, policy and parsing code allowing userland to send
the OBSS PD information into the kernel.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190730163701.18836-2-john@phrozen.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch allows generation of a SYN cookie before an SKB has been
allocated, as is the case at XDP.
Signed-off-by: Petar Penkov <ppenkov@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Add DSA tag code for Microchip KSZ8795 switch. The switch is simpler
and the tag is only 1 byte, instead of 2 as is the case with KSZ9477.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon a successful assoc a station shall store the content of the HE
operation element inside bss_conf so that the driver can setup the
hardware accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190729102342.8659-2-john@phrozen.org
[use struct copy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE flag to ieee80211_key_flags in order
to allow the driver to notify mac80211 to generate MMIE and that it
requires sequence number generation only.
This is a preliminary patch to add BIP_CMAC_128 hw support to mt7615
driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/dfe275f9aa0f1cc6b33085f9efd5d8447f68ad13.1563228405.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, NETLINK_CRYPTO works only in the init network namespace. It
doesn't make much sense to cut it out of the other network namespaces,
so do the minor plumbing work necessary to make it work in any network
namespace. Code inspired by net/core/sock_diag.c.
Tested using kcapi-dgst from libkcapi [1]:
Before:
# unshare -n kcapi-dgst -c sha256 </dev/null | wc -c
libkcapi - Error: Netlink error: sendmsg failed
libkcapi - Error: Netlink error: sendmsg failed
libkcapi - Error: NETLINK_CRYPTO: cannot obtain cipher information for hmac(sha512) (is required crypto_user.c patch missing? see documentation)
0
After:
# unshare -n kcapi-dgst -c sha256 </dev/null | wc -c
32
[1] https://github.com/smuellerDD/libkcapi
Signed-off-by: Ondrej Mosnacek <omosnace@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Commit 33d915d9e8 ("{nl,mac}80211: allow 4addr AP operation on
crypto controlled devices") has introduced a change which allows
4addr operation on crypto controlled devices (ex: ath10k). This
change has inadvertently impacted the interface combinations logic
on such devices.
General rule is that software interfaces like AP/VLAN should not be
listed under supported interface combinations and should not be
considered during validation of these combinations; because of the
aforementioned change, AP/VLAN interfaces(if present) will be checked
against interfaces supported by the device and blocks valid interface
combinations.
Consider a case where an AP and AP/VLAN are up and running; when a
second AP device is brought up on the same physical device, this AP
will be checked against the AP/VLAN interface (which will not be
part of supported interface combinations of the device) and blocks
second AP to come up.
Add a new API cfg80211_iftype_allowed() to fix the problem, this
API works for all devices with/without SW crypto control.
Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org>
Fixes: 33d915d9e8 ("{nl,mac}80211: allow 4addr AP operation on crypto controlled devices")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1563779690-9716-1-git-send-email-mpubbise@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Right now struct ieee80211_tx_rate cannot hold HE rates. Lets use
struct ieee80211_tx_status instead. This will also make the code
future-proof for when we have EHT.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190714154419.11854-2-john@phrozen.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extended Key ID allows A-MPDU sessions while rekeying as long as each
A-MPDU aggregates only MPDUs with one keyid together.
Drivers able to segregate MPDUs accordingly can tell mac80211 to not
stop A-MPDU sessions when rekeying by setting the new flag
IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190629195015.19680-3-alexander@wetzel-home.de
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
1) Drop IEEE80211_HW_EXT_KEY_ID_NATIVE and let drivers directly set
the NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID flag.
2) Drop IEEE80211_HW_NO_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT and simply assume all
drivers are unable to handle A-MPDU key borders.
The new Extended Key ID API now requires all mac80211 drivers to set
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID when they implement set_key() and can
handle Extended Key ID. For drivers not providing set_key() mac80211
itself enables Extended Key ID support, using the internal SW crypto
services.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190629195015.19680-2-alexander@wetzel-home.de
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since ieee80211_tx_dequeue() must not be called with softirqs enabled
(i.e. from process context without proper disable of bottom halves),
we add a wrapper that disables bottom halves before calling
ieee80211_tx_dequeue()
The new function is named ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() just as all other
from-process-context versions found in mac80211.
The documentation of ieee80211_tx_dequeue() is also updated so it
mentions that the function should not be called from process context.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190617200140.6189-1-erik.stromdahl@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The remove_sta_debugfs callback in struct rate_control_ops is no longer
used by any driver, as there is no need for it (the debugfs directory is
already removed recursivly by the mac80211 core.) Because no one needs
it, just remove it to keep anyone else from accidentally using it in the
future.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190612142658.12792-5-gregkh@linuxfoundation.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This low level driver can find it useful to get the vif
when a remain on channel session is cancelled.
iwlwifi will need this soon.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190723180001.5828-1-emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2019-07-25
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) fix segfault in libbpf, from Andrii.
2) fix gso_segs access, from Eric.
3) tls/sockmap fixes, from Jakub and John.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent addition to TC actions is the ability to manipulate the MPLS
headers on packets.
In preparation to offload such actions to hardware, update the IR code to
accept and prepare the new actions.
Note that no driver currently impliments the MPLS dec_ttl action so this
is not included.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is trivial since we already have support for the entirely
identical (from the kernel's point of view) RDNSS and DNSSL that
also contain opaque data that needs to be passed down to userspace.
As specified in RFC7710, Captive Portal option contains a URL.
8-bit identifier of the option type as assigned by the IANA is 37.
This option should also be treated as userland.
Hence, treat ND option 37 as userland (Captive Portal support)
See:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7710https://www.iana.org/assignments/icmpv6-parameters/icmpv6-parameters.xhtml
Fixes: e35f30c131
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: Remin Nguyen Van <reminv@google.com>
Cc: Alexey I. Froloff <raorn@raorn.name>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a map free is called and in parallel a socket is closed we
have two paths that can potentially reset the socket prot ops, the
bpf close() path and the map free path. This creates a problem
with which prot ops should be used from the socket closed side.
If the map_free side completes first then we want to call the
original lowest level ops. However, if the tls path runs first
we want to call the sockmap ops. Additionally there was no locking
around prot updates in TLS code paths so the prot ops could
be changed multiple times once from TLS path and again from sockmap
side potentially leaving ops pointed at either TLS or sockmap
when psock and/or tls context have already been destroyed.
To fix this race first only update ops inside callback lock
so that TLS, sockmap and lowest level all agree on prot state.
Second and a ULP callback update() so that lower layers can
inform the upper layer when they are being removed allowing the
upper layer to reset prot ops.
This gets us close to allowing sockmap and tls to be stacked
in arbitrary order but will save that patch for *next trees.
v4:
- make sure we don't free things for device;
- remove the checks which swap the callbacks back
only if TLS is at the top.
Reported-by: syzbot+06537213db7ba2745c4a@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: 02c558b2d5 ("bpf: sockmap, support for msg_peek in sk_msg with redirect ingress")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
It is possible (via shutdown()) for TCP socks to go through TCP_CLOSE
state via tcp_disconnect() without actually calling tcp_close which
would then call the tls close callback. Because of this a user could
disconnect a socket then put it in a LISTEN state which would break
our assumptions about sockets always being ESTABLISHED state.
More directly because close() can call unhash() and unhash is
implemented by sockmap if a sockmap socket has TLS enabled we can
incorrectly destroy the psock from unhash() and then call its close
handler again. But because the psock (sockmap socket representation)
is already destroyed we call close handler in sk->prot. However,
in some cases (TLS BASE/BASE case) this will still point at the
sockmap close handler resulting in a circular call and crash reported
by syzbot.
To fix both above issues implement the unhash() routine for TLS.
v4:
- add note about tls offload still needing the fix;
- move sk_proto to the cold cache line;
- split TX context free into "release" and "free",
otherwise the GC work itself is in already freed
memory;
- more TX before RX for consistency;
- reuse tls_ctx_free();
- schedule the GC work after we're done with context
to avoid UAF;
- don't set the unhash in all modes, all modes "inherit"
TLS_BASE's callbacks anyway;
- disable the unhash hook for TLS_HW.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ("tls: kernel TLS support")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The tls close() callback currently drops the sock lock to call
strp_done(). Split up the RX cleanup into stopping the strparser
and releasing most resources, syncing strparser and finally
freeing the context.
To avoid the need for a strp_done() call on the cleanup path
of device offload make sure we don't arm the strparser until
we are sure init will be successful.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The tls close() callback currently drops the sock lock, makes a
cancel_delayed_work_sync() call, and then relocks the sock.
By restructuring the code we can avoid droping lock and then
reclaiming it. To simplify this we do the following,
tls_sk_proto_close
set_bit(CLOSING)
set_bit(SCHEDULE)
cancel_delay_work_sync() <- cancel workqueue
lock_sock(sk)
...
release_sock(sk)
strp_done()
Setting the CLOSING bit prevents the SCHEDULE bit from being
cleared by any workqueue items e.g. if one happens to be
scheduled and run between when we set SCHEDULE bit and cancel
work. Then because SCHEDULE bit is set now no new work will
be scheduled.
Tested with net selftests and bpf selftests.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
In tls_set_device_offload_rx() we prepare the software context
for RX fallback and proceed to add the connection to the device.
Unfortunately, software context prep includes arming strparser
so in case of a later error we have to release the socket lock
to call strp_done().
In preparation for not releasing the socket lock half way through
callbacks move arming strparser into a separate function.
Following patches will make use of that.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Some applications set tiny SO_SNDBUF values and expect
TCP to just work. Recent patches to address CVE-2019-11478
broke them in case of losses, since retransmits might
be prevented.
We should allow these flows to make progress.
This patch allows the first and last skb in retransmit queue
to be split even if memory limits are hit.
It also adds the some room due to the fact that tcp_sendmsg()
and tcp_sendpage() might overshoot sk_wmem_queued by about one full
TSO skb (64KB size). Note this allowance was already present
in stable backports for kernels < 4.15
Note for < 4.15 backports :
tcp_rtx_queue_tail() will probably look like :
static inline struct sk_buff *tcp_rtx_queue_tail(const struct sock *sk)
{
struct sk_buff *skb = tcp_send_head(sk);
return skb ? tcp_write_queue_prev(sk, skb) : tcp_write_queue_tail(sk);
}
Fixes: f070ef2ac6 ("tcp: tcp_fragment() should apply sane memory limits")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andrew Prout <aprout@ll.mit.edu>
Tested-by: Andrew Prout <aprout@ll.mit.edu>
Tested-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Cc: Jonathan Looney <jtl@netflix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ERR_PTR() is an inline, not a macro, just open-code it
here so it's usable as an initializer, fixing the build in
brcmfmac.
Reported-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Fixes: 901bb98918 ("nl80211: require and validate vendor command policy")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This object stores the flow block callbacks that are attached to this
block. Update flow_block_cb_lookup() to take this new object.
This patch restores the block sharing feature.
Fixes: da3eeb904f ("net: flow_offload: add list handling functions")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename this type definition and adapt users.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to annotate the netns on the flow block callback object,
flow_block_cb_is_busy() already checks for used blocks.
Fixes: d63db30c85 ("net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_alloc() and flow_block_cb_free()")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Fix a deadlock when module is requested via netlink_bind()
in nfnetlink, from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix ipt_rpfilter and ip6t_rpfilter with VRF, from Miaohe Lin.
3) Skip master comparison in SIP helper to fix expectation clash
under two valid scenarios, from xiao ruizhu.
4) Remove obsolete comments in nf_conntrack codebase, from
Yonatan Goldschmidt.
5) Fix redirect extension module autoload, from Christian Hesse.
6) Fix incorrect mssg option sent to client in synproxy,
from Fernando Fernandez.
7) Fix incorrect window calculations in TCP conntrack, from
Florian Westphal.
8) Don't bail out when updating basechain policy due to recent
offload works, also from Florian.
9) Allow symhash to use modulus 1 as other hash extensions do,
from Laura.Garcia.
10) Missing NAT chain module autoload for the inet family,
from Phil Sutter.
11) Fix missing adjustment of TCP RST packet in synproxy,
from Fernando Fernandez.
12) Skip EAGAIN path when nft_meta_bridge is built-in or
not selected.
13) Conntrack bridge does not depend on nf_tables_bridge.
14) Turn NF_TABLES_BRIDGE into tristate to fix possible
link break of nft_meta_bridge, from Arnd Bergmann.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Neal reported incorrect use of ns_capable() from bpf hook.
bpf_setsockopt(...TCP_CONGESTION...)
-> tcp_set_congestion_control()
-> ns_capable(sock_net(sk)->user_ns, CAP_NET_ADMIN)
-> ns_capable_common()
-> current_cred()
-> rcu_dereference_protected(current->cred, 1)
Accessing 'current' in bpf context makes no sense, since packets
are processed from softirq context.
As Neal stated : The capability check in tcp_set_congestion_control()
was written assuming a system call context, and then was reused from
a BPF call site.
The fix is to add a new parameter to tcp_set_congestion_control(),
so that the ns_capable() call is only performed under the right
context.
Fixes: 91b5b21c7c ("bpf: Add support for changing congestion control")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Reported-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the current implementation, phydev cannot be removed:
$ ip link add dummy type dummy
$ ip link add xfrm1 type xfrm dev dummy if_id 1
$ ip l d dummy
kernel:[77938.465445] unregister_netdevice: waiting for dummy to become free. Usage count = 1
Manage it like in ip tunnels, ie just keep the ifindex. Not that the side
effect, is that the phydev is now optional.
Fixes: f203b76d78 ("xfrm: Add virtual xfrm interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Julien Floret <julien.floret@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The ifname is copied when the interface is created, but is never updated
later. In fact, this property is used only in one error message, where the
netdevice pointer is available, thus let's use it.
Fixes: f203b76d78 ("xfrm: Add virtual xfrm interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Now synproxy sends the mss value set by the user on client syn-ack packet
instead of the mss value that client announced.
Fixes: 48b1de4c11 ("netfilter: add SYNPROXY core/target")
Signed-off-by: Fernando Fernandez Mancera <ffmancera@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When conntracks change during a dialog, SDP messages may be sent from
different conntracks to establish expects with identical tuples. In this
case expects conflict may be detected for the 2nd SDP message and end up
with a process failure.
The fixing here is to reuse an existing expect who has the same tuple for a
different conntrack if any.
Here are two scenarios for the case.
1)
SERVER CPE
| INVITE SDP |
5060 |<----------------------|5060
| 100 Trying |
5060 |---------------------->|5060
| 183 SDP |
5060 |---------------------->|5060 ===> Conntrack 1
| PRACK |
50601 |<----------------------|5060
| 200 OK (PRACK) |
50601 |---------------------->|5060
| 200 OK (INVITE) |
5060 |---------------------->|5060
| ACK |
50601 |<----------------------|5060
| |
|<--- RTP stream ------>|
| |
| INVITE SDP (t38) |
50601 |---------------------->|5060 ===> Conntrack 2
With a certain configuration in the CPE, SIP messages "183 with SDP" and
"re-INVITE with SDP t38" will go through the sip helper to create
expects for RTP and RTCP.
It is okay to create RTP and RTCP expects for "183", whose master
connection source port is 5060, and destination port is 5060.
In the "183" message, port in Contact header changes to 50601 (from the
original 5060). So the following requests e.g. PRACK and ACK are sent to
port 50601. It is a different conntrack (let call Conntrack 2) from the
original INVITE (let call Conntrack 1) due to the port difference.
In this example, after the call is established, there is RTP stream but no
RTCP stream for Conntrack 1, so the RTP expect created upon "183" is
cleared, and RTCP expect created for Conntrack 1 retains.
When "re-INVITE with SDP t38" arrives to create RTP&RTCP expects, current
ALG implementation will call nf_ct_expect_related() for RTP and RTCP. The
expects tuples are identical to those for Conntrack 1. RTP expect for
Conntrack 2 succeeds in creation as the one for Conntrack 1 has been
removed. RTCP expect for Conntrack 2 fails in creation because it has
idential tuples and 'conflict' with the one retained for Conntrack 1. And
then result in a failure in processing of the re-INVITE.
2)
SERVER A CPE
| REGISTER |
5060 |<------------------| 5060 ==> CT1
| 200 |
5060 |------------------>| 5060
| |
| INVITE SDP(1) |
5060 |<------------------| 5060
| 300(multi choice) |
5060 |------------------>| 5060 SERVER B
| ACK |
5060 |<------------------| 5060
| INVITE SDP(2) |
5060 |-------------------->| 5060 ==> CT2
| 100 |
5060 |<--------------------| 5060
| 200(contact changes)|
5060 |<--------------------| 5060
| ACK |
5060 |-------------------->| 50601 ==> CT3
| |
|<--- RTP stream ---->|
| |
| BYE |
5060 |<--------------------| 50601
| 200 |
5060 |-------------------->| 50601
| INVITE SDP(3) |
5060 |<------------------| 5060 ==> CT1
CPE sends an INVITE request(1) to Server A, and creates a RTP&RTCP expect
pair for this Conntrack 1 (CT1). Server A responds 300 to redirect to
Server B. The RTP&RTCP expect pairs created on CT1 are removed upon 300
response.
CPE sends the INVITE request(2) to Server B, and creates an expect pair
for the new conntrack (due to destination address difference), let call
CT2. Server B changes the port to 50601 in 200 OK response, and the
following requests ACK and BYE from CPE are sent to 50601. The call is
established. There is RTP stream and no RTCP stream. So RTP expect is
removed and RTCP expect for CT2 retains.
As BYE request is sent from port 50601, it is another conntrack, let call
CT3, different from CT2 due to the port difference. So the BYE request will
not remove the RTCP expect for CT2.
Then another outgoing call is made, with the same RTP port being used (not
definitely but possibly). CPE firstly sends the INVITE request(3) to Server
A, and tries to create a RTP&RTCP expect pairs for this CT1. In current ALG
implementation, the RTCP expect for CT1 fails in creation because it
'conflicts' with the residual one for CT2. As a result the INVITE request
fails to send.
Signed-off-by: xiao ruizhu <katrina.xiaorz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Rules matching on loopback iif do not need early flow dissection as the
packet originates from the host. Stop counting such rules in
fib_rule_requires_fldissect
Signed-off-by: Petar Penkov <ppenkov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Some highlights from this development cycle:
1) Big refactoring of ipv6 route and neigh handling to support
nexthop objects configurable as units from userspace. From David
Ahern.
2) Convert explored_states in BPF verifier into a hash table,
significantly decreased state held for programs with bpf2bpf
calls, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Implement bpf_send_signal() helper, from Yonghong Song.
4) Various classifier enhancements to mvpp2 driver, from Maxime
Chevallier.
5) Add aRFS support to hns3 driver, from Jian Shen.
6) Fix use after free in inet frags by allocating fqdirs dynamically
and reworking how rhashtable dismantle occurs, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add act_ctinfo packet classifier action, from Kevin
Darbyshire-Bryant.
8) Add TFO key backup infrastructure, from Jason Baron.
9) Remove several old and unused ISDN drivers, from Arnd Bergmann.
10) Add devlink notifications for flash update status to mlxsw driver,
from Jiri Pirko.
11) Lots of kTLS offload infrastructure fixes, from Jakub Kicinski.
12) Add support for mv88e6250 DSA chips, from Rasmus Villemoes.
13) Various enhancements to ipv6 flow label handling, from Eric
Dumazet and Willem de Bruijn.
14) Support TLS offload in nfp driver, from Jakub Kicinski, Dirk van
der Merwe, and others.
15) Various improvements to axienet driver including converting it to
phylink, from Robert Hancock.
16) Add PTP support to sja1105 DSA driver, from Vladimir Oltean.
17) Add mqprio qdisc offload support to dpaa2-eth, from Ioana
Radulescu.
18) Add devlink health reporting to mlx5, from Moshe Shemesh.
19) Convert stmmac over to phylink, from Jose Abreu.
20) Add PTP PHC (Physical Hardware Clock) support to mlxsw, from
Shalom Toledo.
21) Add nftables SYNPROXY support, from Fernando Fernandez Mancera.
22) Convert tcp_fastopen over to use SipHash, from Ard Biesheuvel.
23) Track spill/fill of constants in BPF verifier, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
24) Support bounded loops in BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
25) Various page_pool API fixes and improvements, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
26) Just like ipv4, support ref-countless ipv6 route handling. From
Wei Wang.
27) Support VLAN offloading in aquantia driver, from Igor Russkikh.
28) Add AF_XDP zero-copy support to mlx5, from Maxim Mikityanskiy.
29) Add flower GRE encap/decap support to nfp driver, from Pieter
Jansen van Vuuren.
30) Protect against stack overflow when using act_mirred, from John
Hurley.
31) Allow devmap map lookups from eBPF, from Toke Høiland-Jørgensen.
32) Use page_pool API in netsec driver, Ilias Apalodimas.
33) Add Google gve network driver, from Catherine Sullivan.
34) More indirect call avoidance, from Paolo Abeni.
35) Add kTLS TX HW offload support to mlx5, from Tariq Toukan.
36) Add XDP_REDIRECT support to bnxt_en, from Andy Gospodarek.
37) Add MPLS manipulation actions to TC, from John Hurley.
38) Add sending a packet to connection tracking from TC actions, and
then allow flower classifier matching on conntrack state. From
Paul Blakey.
39) Netfilter hw offload support, from Pablo Neira Ayuso"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2080 commits)
net/mlx5e: Return in default case statement in tx_post_resync_params
mlx5: Return -EINVAL when WARN_ON_ONCE triggers in mlx5e_tls_resync().
net: dsa: add support for BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute
pkt_sched: Include const.h
net: netsec: remove static declaration for netsec_set_tx_de()
net: netsec: remove superfluous if statement
netfilter: nf_tables: add hardware offload support
net: flow_offload: rename tc_cls_flower_offload to flow_cls_offload
net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_is_busy() and use it
net: sched: remove tcf block API
drivers: net: use flow block API
net: sched: use flow block API
net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_{priv, incref, decref}()
net: flow_offload: add list handling functions
net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_alloc() and flow_block_cb_free()
net: flow_offload: rename TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_*
net: flow_offload: rename TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND
net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_setup_simple()
net: hisilicon: Add an tx_desc to adapt HI13X1_GMAC
net: hisilicon: Add an rx_desc to adapt HI13X1_GMAC
...
This patch adds hardware offload support for nftables through the
existing netdev_ops->ndo_setup_tc() interface, the TC_SETUP_CLSFLOWER
classifier and the flow rule API. This hardware offload support is
available for the NFPROTO_NETDEV family and the ingress hook.
Each nftables expression has a new ->offload interface, that is used to
populate the flow rule object that is attached to the transaction
object.
There is a new per-table NFT_TABLE_F_HW flag, that is set on to offload
an entire table, including all of its chains.
This patch supports for basic metadata (layer 3 and 4 protocol numbers),
5-tuple payload matching and the accept/drop actions; this also includes
basechain hardware offload only.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And any other existing fields in this structure that refer to tc.
Specifically:
* tc_cls_flower_offload_flow_rule() to flow_cls_offload_flow_rule().
* TC_CLSFLOWER_* to FLOW_CLS_*.
* tc_cls_common_offload to tc_cls_common_offload.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a function to check if flow block callback is already in
use. Call this new function from flow_block_cb_setup_simple() and from
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API.
Several drivers are also adjusted to use it.
This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for
blocks that are already in use.
Remove tc_block_offload alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch completes the flow block API to introduce:
* flow_block_cb_priv() to access callback private data.
* flow_block_cb_incref() to bump reference counter on this flow block.
* flow_block_cb_decref() to decrement the reference counter.
These functions are taken from the existing tcf_block_cb_priv(),
tcf_block_cb_incref() and tcf_block_cb_decref().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the list handling functions for the flow block API:
* flow_block_cb_lookup() allows drivers to look up for existing flow blocks.
* flow_block_cb_add() adds a flow block to the per driver list to be registered
by the core.
* flow_block_cb_remove() to remove a flow block from the list of existing
flow blocks per driver and to request the core to unregister this.
The flow block API also annotates the netns this flow block belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new helper function to allocate flow_block_cb objects.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename from TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* and
remove temporary tcf_block_binder_type alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename from TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND and remove
temporary tc_block_command alias.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most drivers do the same thing to set up the flow block callbacks, this
patch adds a helper function to do this.
This preparation patch reduces the number of changes to adapt the
existing drivers to use the flow block callback API.
This new helper function takes a flow block list per-driver, which is
set to NULL until this driver list is used.
This patch also introduces the flow_block_command and
flow_block_binder_type enumerations, which are renamed to use
FLOW_BLOCK_* in follow up patches.
There are three definitions (aliases) in order to reduce the number of
updates in this patch, which go away once drivers are fully adapted to
use this flow block API.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Retreives connection tracking zone, mark, label, and state from
a SKB.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow sending a packet to conntrack module for connection tracking.
The packet will be marked with conntrack connection's state, and
any metadata such as conntrack mark and label. This state metadata
can later be matched against with tc classifers, for example with the
flower classifier as below.
In addition to committing new connections the user can optionally
specific a zone to track within, set a mark/label and configure nat
with an address range and port range.
Usage is as follows:
$ tc qdisc add dev ens1f0_0 ingress
$ tc qdisc add dev ens1f0_1 ingress
$ tc filter add dev ens1f0_0 ingress \
prio 1 chain 0 proto ip \
flower ip_proto tcp ct_state -trk \
action ct zone 2 pipe \
action goto chain 2
$ tc filter add dev ens1f0_0 ingress \
prio 1 chain 2 proto ip \
flower ct_state +trk+new \
action ct zone 2 commit mark 0xbb nat src addr 5.5.5.7 pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev ens1f0_1
$ tc filter add dev ens1f0_0 ingress \
prio 1 chain 2 proto ip \
flower ct_zone 2 ct_mark 0xbb ct_state +trk+est \
action ct nat pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev ens1f0_1
$ tc filter add dev ens1f0_1 ingress \
prio 1 chain 0 proto ip \
flower ip_proto tcp ct_state -trk \
action ct zone 2 pipe \
action goto chain 1
$ tc filter add dev ens1f0_1 ingress \
prio 1 chain 1 proto ip \
flower ct_zone 2 ct_mark 0xbb ct_state +trk+est \
action ct nat pipe \
action mirred egress redirect dev ens1f0_0
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yossi Kuperman <yossiku@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Changelog:
V5->V6:
Added CONFIG_NF_DEFRAG_IPV6 in handle fragments ipv6 case
V4->V5:
Reordered nf_conntrack_put() in tcf_ct_skb_nfct_cached()
V3->V4:
Added strict_start_type for act_ct policy
V2->V3:
Fixed david's comments: Removed extra newline after rcu in tcf_ct_params , and indent of break in act_ct.c
V1->V2:
Fixed parsing of ranges TCA_CT_NAT_IPV6_MAX as 'else' case overwritten ipv4 max
Refactored NAT_PORT_MIN_MAX range handling as well
Added ipv4/ipv6 defragmentation
Removed extra skb pull push of nw offset in exectute nat
Refactored tcf_ct_skb_network_trim after pull
Removed TCA_ACT_CT define
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using
a representor netdevice.
To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF,
and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour.
When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of
the port.
Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best
effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme.
$ devlink port show
pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0
pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0
pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented
using a representor netdevice.
To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with
PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port
flavour and port attriute.
When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the
port.
Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis.
So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme.
$ devlink port show
pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common
and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a
different structure.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a return code for the tls_dev_resync callback.
When the driver TX resync fails, kernel can retry the resync again
until it succeeds. This prevents drivers from attempting to offload
TLS packets if the connection is known to be out of sync.
We don't worry about the RX resync since they will be retried naturally
as more encrypted records get received.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like other endpoint features, strm_interleave should be moved to
sctp_endpoint and renamed to intl_enable.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To keep consistent with other asoc features, we move intl_enable
to peer.intl_capable in asoc.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like reconf_enable, prsctp_enable should also be removed from asoc,
as asoc->peer.prsctp_capable has taken its job.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
asoc's reconf support is actually decided by the 4-shakehand negotiation,
not something that users can set by sockopt. asoc->peer.reconf_capable is
working for this. So remove it from asoc.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, TC offers the ability to match on the MPLS fields of a packet
through the use of the flow_dissector_key_mpls struct. However, as yet, TC
actions do not allow the modification or manipulation of such fields.
Add a new module that registers TC action ops to allow manipulation of
MPLS. This includes the ability to push and pop headers as well as modify
the contents of new or existing headers. A further action to decrement the
TTL field of an MPLS header is also provided with a new helper added to
support this.
Examples of the usage of the new action with flower rules to push and pop
MPLS labels are:
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent ffff: flower \
action mpls push protocol mpls_uc label 123 \
action mirred egress redirect dev eth1
tc filter add dev eth0 protocol mpls_uc parent ffff: flower \
action mpls pop protocol ipv4 \
action mirred egress redirect dev eth1
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Processes can request ipv6 flowlabels with cmsg IPV6_FLOWINFO.
If not set, by default an autogenerated flowlabel is selected.
Explicit flowlabels require a control operation per label plus a
datapath check on every connection (every datagram if unconnected).
This is particularly expensive on unconnected sockets multiplexing
many flows, such as QUIC.
In the common case, where no lease is exclusive, the check can be
safely elided, as both lease request and check trivially succeed.
Indeed, autoflowlabel does the same even with exclusive leases.
Elide the check if no process has requested an exclusive lease.
fl6_sock_lookup previously returns either a reference to a lease or
NULL to denote failure. Modify to return a real error and update
all callers. On return NULL, they can use the label and will elide
the atomic_dec in fl6_sock_release.
This is an optimization. Robust applications still have to revert to
requesting leases if the fast path fails due to an exclusive lease.
Changes RFC->v1:
- use static_key_false_deferred to rate limit jump label operations
- call static_key_deferred_flush to stop timers on exit
- move decrement out of RCU context
- defer optimization also if opt data is associated with a lease
- updated all fp6_sock_lookup callers, not just udp
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIVAwUAXRU89Pu3V2unywtrAQIdBBAAmMBsrfv+LUN4Vru/D6KdUO4zdYGcNK6m
S56bcNfP6oIDEj6HrNNnzKkWIZpdZ61Odv1zle96+v4WZ/6rnLCTpcsdaFNTzaoO
YT2jk7jplss0ImrMv1DSoykGqO3f0ThMIpGCxHKZADGSu0HMbjSEh+zLPV4BaMtT
BVuF7P3eZtDRLdDtMtYcgvf5UlbdoBEY8w1FUjReQx8hKGxVopGmCo5vAeiY8W9S
ybFSZhPS5ka33ynVrLJH2dqDo5A8pDhY8I4bdlcxmNtRhnPCYZnuvTqeAzyUKKdI
YN9zJeDu1yHs9mi8dp45NPJiKy6xLzWmUwqH8AvR8MWEkrwzqbzNZCEHZ41j74hO
YZWI0JXi72cboszFvOwqJERvITKxrQQyVQLPRQE2vVbG0bIZPl8i7oslFVhitsl+
evWqHb4lXY91rI9cC6JIXR1OiUjp68zXPv7DAnxv08O+PGcioU1IeOvPivx8QSx4
5aUeCkYIIAti/GISzv7xvcYh8mfO76kBjZSB35fX+R9DkeQpxsHmmpWe+UCykzWn
EwhHQn86+VeBFP6RAXp8CgNCLbrwkEhjzXQl/70s1eYbwvK81VcpDAQ6+cjpf4Hb
QUmrUJ9iE0wCNl7oqvJZoJvWVGlArvPmzpkTJk3N070X2R0T7x1WCsMlPDMJGhQ2
fVHvA3QdgWs=
=Push
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'keys-namespace-20190627' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
Pull keyring namespacing from David Howells:
"These patches help make keys and keyrings more namespace aware.
Firstly some miscellaneous patches to make the process easier:
- Simplify key index_key handling so that the word-sized chunks
assoc_array requires don't have to be shifted about, making it
easier to add more bits into the key.
- Cache the hash value in the key so that we don't have to calculate
on every key we examine during a search (it involves a bunch of
multiplications).
- Allow keying_search() to search non-recursively.
Then the main patches:
- Make it so that keyring names are per-user_namespace from the point
of view of KEYCTL_JOIN_SESSION_KEYRING so that they're not
accessible cross-user_namespace.
keyctl_capabilities() shows KEYCTL_CAPS1_NS_KEYRING_NAME for this.
- Move the user and user-session keyrings to the user_namespace
rather than the user_struct. This prevents them propagating
directly across user_namespaces boundaries (ie. the KEY_SPEC_*
flags will only pick from the current user_namespace).
- Make it possible to include the target namespace in which the key
shall operate in the index_key. This will allow the possibility of
multiple keys with the same description, but different target
domains to be held in the same keyring.
keyctl_capabilities() shows KEYCTL_CAPS1_NS_KEY_TAG for this.
- Make it so that keys are implicitly invalidated by removal of a
domain tag, causing them to be garbage collected.
- Institute a network namespace domain tag that allows keys to be
differentiated by the network namespace in which they operate. New
keys that are of a type marked 'KEY_TYPE_NET_DOMAIN' are assigned
the network domain in force when they are created.
- Make it so that the desired network namespace can be handed down
into the request_key() mechanism. This allows AFS, NFS, etc. to
request keys specific to the network namespace of the superblock.
This also means that the keys in the DNS record cache are
thenceforth namespaced, provided network filesystems pass the
appropriate network namespace down into dns_query().
For DNS, AFS and NFS are good, whilst CIFS and Ceph are not. Other
cache keyrings, such as idmapper keyrings, also need to set the
domain tag - for which they need access to the network namespace of
the superblock"
* tag 'keys-namespace-20190627' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs:
keys: Pass the network namespace into request_key mechanism
keys: Network namespace domain tag
keys: Garbage collect keys for which the domain has been removed
keys: Include target namespace in match criteria
keys: Move the user and user-session keyrings to the user_namespace
keys: Namespace keyring names
keys: Add a 'recurse' flag for keyring searches
keys: Cache the hash value to avoid lots of recalculation
keys: Simplify key description management
socket->wq is assign-once, set when we are initializing both
struct socket it's in and struct socket_wq it points to. As the
matter of fact, the only reason for separate allocation was the
ability to RCU-delay freeing of socket_wq. RCU-delaying the
freeing of socket itself gets rid of that need, so we can just
fold struct socket_wq into the end of struct socket and simplify
the life both for sock_alloc_inode() (one allocation instead of
two) and for tun/tap oddballs, where we used to embed struct socket
and struct socket_wq into the same structure (now - embedding just
the struct socket).
Note that reference to struct socket_wq in struct sock does remain
a reference - that's unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-07-09
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Lots of libbpf improvements: i) addition of new APIs to attach BPF
programs to tracing entities such as {k,u}probes or tracepoints,
ii) improve specification of BTF-defined maps by eliminating the
need for data initialization for some of the members, iii) addition
of a high-level API for setting up and polling perf buffers for
BPF event output helpers, all from Andrii.
2) Add "prog run" subcommand to bpftool in order to test-run programs
through the kernel testing infrastructure of BPF, from Quentin.
3) Improve verifier for BPF sockaddr programs to support 8-byte stores
for user_ip6 and msg_src_ip6 members given clang tends to generate
such stores, from Stanislav.
4) Enable the new BPF JIT zero-extension optimization for further
riscv64 ALU ops, from Luke.
5) Fix a bpftool json JIT dump crash on powerpc, from Jiri.
6) Fix an AF_XDP race in generic XDP's receive path, from Ilya.
7) Various smaller fixes from Ilya, Yue and Arnd.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike driver mode, generic xdp receive could be triggered
by different threads on different CPU cores at the same time
leading to the fill and rx queue breakage. For example, this
could happen while sending packets from two processes to the
first interface of veth pair while the second part of it is
open with AF_XDP socket.
Need to take a lock for each generic receive to avoid race.
Fixes: c497176cb2 ("xsk: add Rx receive functions and poll support")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Maximets <i.maximets@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Tested-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Jesper recently removed page_pool_destroy() (from driver invocation)
and moved shutdown and free of page_pool into xdp_rxq_info_unreg(),
in-order to handle in-flight packets/pages. This created an asymmetry
in drivers create/destroy pairs.
This patch reintroduce page_pool_destroy and add page_pool user
refcnt. This serves the purpose to simplify drivers error handling as
driver now drivers always calls page_pool_destroy() and don't need to
track if xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model() was unsuccessful.
This could be used for a special cases where a single RX-queue (with a
single page_pool) provides packets for two net_device'es, and thus
needs to register the same page_pool twice with two xdp_rxq_info
structures.
This patch is primarily to ease API usage for drivers. The recently
merged netsec driver, actually have a bug in this area, which is
solved by this API change.
This patch is a modified version of Ivan Khoronzhuk's original patch.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20190625175948.24771-2-ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org/
Fixes: 5c67bf0ec4 ("net: netsec: Use page_pool API")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next:
1) Move bridge keys in nft_meta to nft_meta_bridge, from wenxu.
2) Support for bridge pvid matching, from wenxu.
3) Support for bridge vlan protocol matching, also from wenxu.
4) Add br_vlan_get_pvid_rcu(), to fetch the bridge port pvid
from packet path.
5) Prefer specific family extension in nf_tables.
6) Autoload specific family extension in case it is missing.
7) Add synproxy support to nf_tables, from Fernando Fernandez Mancera.
8) Support for GRE encapsulation in IPVS, from Vadim Fedorenko.
9) ICMP handling for GRE encapsulation, from Julian Anastasov.
10) Remove unused parameter in nf_queue, from Florian Westphal.
11) Replace seq_printf() by seq_puts() in nf_log, from Markus Elfring.
12) Rename nf_SYNPROXY.h => nf_synproxy.h before this header becomes
public.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"The timer and timekeeping departement delivers:
Core:
- The consolidation of the VDSO code into a generic library including
the conversion of x86 and ARM64. Conversion of ARM and MIPS are en
route through the relevant maintainer trees and should end up in
5.4.
This gets rid of the unnecessary different copies of the same code
and brings all architectures on the same level of VDSO
functionality.
- Make the NTP user space interface more robust by restricting the
TAI offset to prevent undefined behaviour. Includes a selftest.
- Validate user input in the compat settimeofday() syscall to catch
invalid values which would be turned into valid values by a
multiplication overflow
- Consolidate the time accessors
- Small fixes, improvements and cleanups all over the place
Drivers:
- Support for the NXP system counter, TI davinci timer
- Move the Microsoft HyperV clocksource/events code into the
drivers/clocksource directory so it can be shared between x86 and
ARM64.
- Overhaul of the Tegra driver
- Delay timer support for IXP4xx
- Small fixes, improvements and cleanups as usual"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (71 commits)
time: Validate user input in compat_settimeofday()
timer: Document TIMER_PINNED
clocksource/drivers: Continue making Hyper-V clocksource ISA agnostic
clocksource/drivers: Make Hyper-V clocksource ISA agnostic
MAINTAINERS: Fix Andy's surname and the directory entries of VDSO
hrtimer: Use a bullet for the returns bullet list
arm64: vdso: Fix compilation with clang older than 8
arm64: compat: Fix __arch_get_hw_counter() implementation
arm64: Fix __arch_get_hw_counter() implementation
lib/vdso: Make delta calculation work correctly
MAINTAINERS: Add entry for the generic VDSO library
arm64: compat: No need for pre-ARMv7 barriers on an ARMv8 system
arm64: vdso: Remove unnecessary asm-offsets.c definitions
vdso: Remove superfluous #ifdef __KERNEL__ in vdso/datapage.h
clocksource/drivers/davinci: Add support for clocksource
clocksource/drivers/davinci: Add support for clockevents
clocksource/drivers/tegra: Set up maximum-ticks limit properly
clocksource/drivers/tegra: Cycles can't be 0
clocksource/drivers/tegra: Restore base address before cleanup
clocksource/drivers/tegra: Add verbose definition for 1MHz constant
...
When CONFIG_BPF is disabled, we get a warning for an unused
variable:
In file included from drivers/target/target_core_device.c:26:
include/net/tcp.h:2226:19: error: unused variable 'tp' [-Werror,-Wunused-variable]
struct tcp_sock *tp = tcp_sk(sk);
The variable is only used in one place, so it can be
replaced with its value there to avoid the warning.
Fixes: 23729ff231 ("bpf: add BPF_CGROUP_SOCK_OPS callback that is executed on every RTT")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Changes made to add HCI Write Authenticated Payload timeout
command for LE Ping feature.
As per the Core Specification 5.0 Volume 2 Part E Section 7.3.94,
the following code changes implements
HCI Write Authenticated Payload timeout command for LE Ping feature.
Signed-off-by: Spoorthi Ravishankar Koppad <spoorthix.k@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2019-07-05
1) A lot of work to remove indirections from the xfrm code.
From Florian Westphal.
2) Fix a WARN_ON with ipv6 that triggered because of a
forgotten break statement. From Florian Westphal.
3) Remove xfrmi_init_net, it is not needed.
From Li RongQing.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate bridge meta key from nft_meta to meta_bridge to avoid a
dependency between the bridge module and nft_meta when using the bridge
API available through include/linux/if_bridge.h
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add synproxy support for nf_tables. This behaves like the iptables
synproxy target but it is structured in a way that allows us to propose
improvements in the future.
Signed-off-by: Fernando Fernandez Mancera <ffmancera@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-07-03
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
There is a minor merge conflict in mlx5 due to 8960b38932 ("linux/dim:
Rename externally used net_dim members") which has been pulled into your
tree in the meantime, but resolution seems not that bad ... getting current
bpf-next out now before there's coming more on mlx5. ;) I'm Cc'ing Saeed
just so he's aware of the resolution below:
** First conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c:
<<<<<<< HEAD
static int mlx5e_open_cq(struct mlx5e_channel *c,
struct dim_cq_moder moder,
struct mlx5e_cq_param *param,
struct mlx5e_cq *cq)
=======
int mlx5e_open_cq(struct mlx5e_channel *c, struct net_dim_cq_moder moder,
struct mlx5e_cq_param *param, struct mlx5e_cq *cq)
>>>>>>> e5a3e259ef
Resolution is to take the second chunk and rename net_dim_cq_moder into
dim_cq_moder. Also the signature for mlx5e_open_cq() in ...
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h +977
... and in mlx5e_open_xsk() ...
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en/xsk/setup.c +64
... needs the same rename from net_dim_cq_moder into dim_cq_moder.
** Second conflict in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c:
<<<<<<< HEAD
int cpu = cpumask_first(mlx5_comp_irq_get_affinity_mask(priv->mdev, ix));
struct dim_cq_moder icocq_moder = {0, 0};
struct net_device *netdev = priv->netdev;
struct mlx5e_channel *c;
unsigned int irq;
=======
struct net_dim_cq_moder icocq_moder = {0, 0};
>>>>>>> e5a3e259ef
Take the second chunk and rename net_dim_cq_moder into dim_cq_moder
as well.
Let me know if you run into any issues. Anyway, the main changes are:
1) Long-awaited AF_XDP support for mlx5e driver, from Maxim.
2) Addition of two new per-cgroup BPF hooks for getsockopt and
setsockopt along with a new sockopt program type which allows more
fine-grained pass/reject settings for containers. Also add a sock_ops
callback that can be selectively enabled on a per-socket basis and is
executed for every RTT to help tracking TCP statistics, both features
from Stanislav.
3) Follow-up fix from loops in precision tracking which was not propagating
precision marks and as a result verifier assumed that some branches were
not taken and therefore wrongly removed as dead code, from Alexei.
4) Fix BPF cgroup release synchronization race which could lead to a
double-free if a leaf's cgroup_bpf object is released and a new BPF
program is attached to the one of ancestor cgroups in parallel, from Roman.
5) Support for bulking XDP_TX on veth devices which improves performance
in some cases by around 9%, from Toshiaki.
6) Allow for lookups into BPF devmap and improve feedback when calling into
bpf_redirect_map() as lookup is now performed right away in the helper
itself, from Toke.
7) Add support for fq's Earliest Departure Time to the Host Bandwidth
Manager (HBM) sample BPF program, from Lawrence.
8) Various cleanups and minor fixes all over the place from many others.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, gratuitous ARP/ND packets are sent every `miimon'
milliseconds. This commit allows a user to specify a custom delay
through a new option, `peer_notif_delay'.
Like for `updelay' and `downdelay', this delay should be a multiple of
`miimon' to avoid managing an additional work queue. The configuration
logic is copied from `updelay' and `downdelay'. However, the default
value cannot be set using a module parameter: Netlink or sysfs should
be used to configure this feature.
When setting `miimon' to 100 and `peer_notif_delay' to 500, we can
observe the 500 ms delay is respected:
20:30:19.354693 ARP, Request who-has 203.0.113.10 tell 203.0.113.10, length 28
20:30:19.874892 ARP, Request who-has 203.0.113.10 tell 203.0.113.10, length 28
20:30:20.394919 ARP, Request who-has 203.0.113.10 tell 203.0.113.10, length 28
20:30:20.914963 ARP, Request who-has 203.0.113.10 tell 203.0.113.10, length 28
In bond_mii_monitor(), I have tried to keep the lock logic readable.
The change is due to the fact we cannot rely on a notification to
lower the value of `bond->send_peer_notif' as `NETDEV_NOTIFY_PEERS' is
only triggered once every N times, while we need to decrement the
counter each time.
iproute2 also needs to be updated to be able to specify this new
attribute through `ip link'.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same code is replicated verbatim in multiple places, and the next
patches will introduce an additional user for it. Factor out a
helper and use it where appropriate. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2019-07-03
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Fix the interpreter to properly handle BPF_ALU32 | BPF_ARSH
on BE architectures, from Jiong.
2) Fix several bugs in the x32 BPF JIT for handling shifts by 0,
from Luke and Xi.
3) Fix NULL pointer deref in btf_type_is_resolve_source_only(),
from Stanislav.
4) Properly handle the check that forwarding is enabled on the device
in bpf_ipv6_fib_lookup() helper code, from Anton.
5) Fix UAPI bpf_prog_info fields alignment for archs that have 16 bit
alignment such as m68k, from Baruch.
6) Fix kernel hanging in unregister_netdevice loop while unregistering
device bound to XDP socket, from Ilya.
7) Properly terminate tail update in xskq_produce_flush_desc(), from Nathan.
8) Fix broken always_inline handling in test_lwt_seg6local, from Jiri.
9) Fix bpftool to use correct argument in cgroup errors, from Jakub.
10) Fix detaching dummy prog in XDP redirect sample code, from Prashant.
11) Add Jonathan to AF_XDP reviewers, from Björn.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Performance impact should be minimal because it's under a new
BPF_SOCK_OPS_RTT_CB_FLAG flag that has to be explicitly enabled.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Device that bound to XDP socket will not have zero refcount until the
userspace application will not close it. This leads to hang inside
'netdev_wait_allrefs()' if device unregistering requested:
# ip link del p1
< hang on recvmsg on netlink socket >
# ps -x | grep ip
5126 pts/0 D+ 0:00 ip link del p1
# journalctl -b
Jun 05 07:19:16 kernel:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for p1 to become free. Usage count = 1
Jun 05 07:19:27 kernel:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for p1 to become free. Usage count = 1
...
Fix that by implementing NETDEV_UNREGISTER event notification handler
to properly clean up all the resources and unref device.
This should also allow socket killing via ss(8) utility.
Fixes: 965a990984 ("xsk: add support for bind for Rx")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Maximets <i.maximets@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Since the dma direction is stored in page pool params, offer an API
helper for driver that choose not to keep track of it locally
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 86029d10af ("tls: zero the crypto information from tls_context
before freeing") added memzero_explicit() calls to clear the key material
before freeing struct tls_context, but it missed tls_device.c has its
own way of freeing this structure. Replace the missing free.
Fixes: 86029d10af ("tls: zero the crypto information from tls_context before freeing")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix GUE_PFLAG_REMCSUM to use "U" cast to avoid shifting signed
32-bit value by 31 bits problem.
Signed-off-by: Vandana BN <bnvandana@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend flowlabel_reflect bitmask to allow conditional
reflection of incoming flowlabels in echo replies.
Note this has precedence against auto flowlabels.
Add flowlabel_reflect enum to replace hard coded
values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix DST_FEATURE_ECN_CA to use "U" cast to avoid shifting signed
32-bit value by 31 bits problem.
Signed-off-by: Vandana BN <bnvandana@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
esp4_get_mtu and esp6_get_mtu are exactly the same, the only difference
is a single sizeof() (ipv4 vs. ipv6 header).
Merge both into xfrm_state_mtu() and remove the indirection.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This series adds some misc updates for mlx5e driver
1) Allow adding the same mac more than once in MPFS table
2) Move to HW checksumming advertising
3) Report netdevice MPLS features
4) Correct physical port name of the PF representor
5) Reduce stack usage in mlx5_eswitch_termtbl_create
6) Refresh TIR improvement for representors
7) Expose same physical switch_id for all representors
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAl0WnOAACgkQSD+KveBX
+j6xQwgAuarc5NCi8jg9m+yXFXj/kr1cPwZ6Pxadi8hAd3NbEMGtutdFZIXsIXZZ
y0uYxzkrCqXUUh2ZnpE09YlBISLyVSt3WGdqgJn1wel//O33gS6GpYXwVGOfgL7n
+d9FCYvrun6v6aOHM5ZGxQ+qxHzupz5k4F0r7fz2Gsd+JEgL58nwc8ERSbOTbZMO
TLO1pcxlXWwGSqd5uc4AHi8hZTvuzWl/Fm5hOTP9gx/Sl3UaYWa3WiTgj5uOD5Zt
956Xqk0LLwSaiKVAsFjIa7HHWOaDLnVmbmTUzhv82hharqmvPW1CIWlx1gv01KoP
wMWoyyoy7cTyyrWNozWEed/14LyEVA==
=S4bJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2019-06-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2019-06-28
This series adds some misc updates for mlx5e driver
1) Allow adding the same mac more than once in MPFS table
2) Move to HW checksumming advertising
3) Report netdevice MPLS features
4) Correct physical port name of the PF representor
5) Reduce stack usage in mlx5_eswitch_termtbl_create
6) Refresh TIR improvement for representors
7) Expose same physical switch_id for all representors
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netfilter did not expect that skb_dst_force() can cause skb to lose its
dst entry.
I got a bug report with a skb->dst NULL dereference in netfilter
output path. The backtrace contains nf_reinject(), so the dst might have
been cleared when skb got queued to userspace.
Other users were fixed via
if (skb_dst(skb)) {
skb_dst_force(skb);
if (!skb_dst(skb))
goto handle_err;
}
But I think its preferable to make the 'dst might be cleared' part
of the function explicit.
In netfilter case, skb with a null dst is expected when queueing in
prerouting hook, so drop skb for the other hooks.
v2:
v1 of this patch returned true in case skb had no dst entry.
Eric said:
Say if we have two skb_dst_force() calls for some reason
on the same skb, only the first one will return false.
This now returns false even when skb had no dst, as per Erics
suggestion, so callers might need to check skb_dst() first before
skb_dst_force().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Misc updates from mlx5-next branch:
1) E-Switch vport metadata support for source vport matching
2) Convert mkey_table to XArray
3) Shared IRQs and to use single IRQ for all async EQs
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The TC_ACT_REINSERT return type was added as an in-kernel only option to
allow a packet ingress or egress redirect. This is used to avoid
unnecessary skb clones in situations where they are not required. If a TC
hook returns this code then the packet is 'reinserted' and no skb consume
is carried out as no clone took place.
This return type is only used in act_mirred. Rather than have the reinsert
called from the main datapath, call it directly in act_mirred. Instead of
returning TC_ACT_REINSERT, change the type to the new TC_ACT_CONSUMED
which tells the caller that the packet has been stolen by another process
and that no consume call is required.
Moving all redirect calls to the act_mirred code is in preparation for
tracking recursion created by act_mirred.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Fix memleak reported by syzkaller when registering IPVS hooks,
patch from Julian Anastasov.
2) Fix memory leak in start_sync_thread, also from Julian.
3) Fix conntrack deletion via ctnetlink, from Felix Kaechele.
4) Fix reject for ICMP due to incorrect checksum handling, from
He Zhe.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new route handling in ip_mc_finish_output() from 'net' overlapped
with the new support for returning congestion notifications from BPF
programs.
In order to handle this I had to take the dev_loopback_xmit() calls
out of the switch statement.
The aquantia driver conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers want to access the data transmitted in order to implement
acceleration features of the NICs. It is also useful in AF_XDP TX flow.
Change the xsk_umem_consume_tx API to return the whole xdp_desc, that
contains the data pointer, length and DMA address, instead of only the
latter two. Adapt the implementation of i40e and ixgbe to this change.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Cc: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add a function that checks whether the Fill Ring has the specified
amount of descriptors available. It will be useful for mlx5e that wants
to check in advance, whether it can allocate a bulk of RX descriptors,
to get the best performance.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
There is no functional change in this patch, it only prepares the next one.
rt6_nexthop() will be used by ip6_dst_lookup_neigh(), which uses const
variables.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Acked-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create key domain tags for network namespaces and make it possible to
automatically tag keys that are used by networked services (e.g. AF_RXRPC,
AFS, DNS) with the default network namespace if not set by the caller.
This allows keys with the same description but in different namespaces to
coexist within a keyring.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
cc: linux-cifs@vger.kernel.org
cc: linux-afs@lists.infradead.org
Multicast or broadcast egress packets have rt_iif set to the oif. These
packets might be recirculated back as input and lookup to the raw
sockets may fail because they are bound to the incoming interface
(skb_iif). If rt_iif is not zero, during the lookup, inet_iif() function
returns rt_iif instead of skb_iif. Hence, the lookup fails.
v2: Make it non vrf specific (David Ahern). Reword the changelog to
reflect it.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resolve conflict between d2912cb15b ("treewide: Replace GPLv2
boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 500") removing the GPL disclaimer
and fe03d47456 ("Update my email address") which updates Jozsef
Kadlecsik's email.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since commit 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst
cache"), route exceptions reside in a separate hash table, and won't be
found by walking the FIB, so they won't be dumped to userspace on a
RTM_GETROUTE message.
This causes 'ip -6 route list cache' and 'ip -6 route flush cache' to
have no function anymore:
# ip -6 route get fc00:3::1
fc00:3::1 via fc00:1::2 dev veth_A-R1 src fc00:1::1 metric 1024 expires 539sec mtu 1400 pref medium
# ip -6 route get fc00:4::1
fc00:4::1 via fc00:2::2 dev veth_A-R2 src fc00:2::1 metric 1024 expires 536sec mtu 1500 pref medium
# ip -6 route list cache
# ip -6 route flush cache
# ip -6 route get fc00:3::1
fc00:3::1 via fc00:1::2 dev veth_A-R1 src fc00:1::1 metric 1024 expires 520sec mtu 1400 pref medium
# ip -6 route get fc00:4::1
fc00:4::1 via fc00:2::2 dev veth_A-R2 src fc00:2::1 metric 1024 expires 519sec mtu 1500 pref medium
because iproute2 lists cached routes using RTM_GETROUTE, and flushes them
by listing all the routes, and deleting them with RTM_DELROUTE one by one.
If cached routes are requested using the RTM_F_CLONED flag together with
strict checking, or if no strict checking is requested (and hence we can't
consistently apply filters), look up exceptions in the hash table
associated with the current fib6_info in rt6_dump_route(), and, if present
and not expired, add them to the dump.
We might be unable to dump all the entries for a given node in a single
message, so keep track of how many entries were handled for the current
node in fib6_walker, and skip that amount in case we start from the same
partially dumped node.
When a partial dump restarts, as the starting node might change when
'sernum' changes, we have no guarantee that we need to skip the same
amount of in-node entries. Therefore, we need two counters, and we need to
zero the in-node counter if the node from which the dump is resumed
differs.
Note that, with the current version of iproute2, this only fixes the
'ip -6 route list cache': on a flush command, iproute2 doesn't pass
RTM_F_CLONED and, due to this inconsistency, 'ip -6 route flush cache' is
still unable to fetch the routes to be flushed. This will be addressed in
a patch for iproute2.
To flush cached routes, a procfs entry could be introduced instead: that's
how it works for IPv4. We already have a rt6_flush_exception() function
ready to be wired to it. However, this would not solve the issue for
listing.
Versions of iproute2 and kernel tested:
iproute2
kernel 4.14.0 4.15.0 4.19.0 5.0.0 5.1.0 5.1.0, patched
3.18 list + + + + + +
flush + + + + + +
4.4 list + + + + + +
flush + + + + + +
4.9 list + + + + + +
flush + + + + + +
4.14 list + + + + + +
flush + + + + + +
4.15 list
flush
4.19 list
flush
5.0 list
flush
5.1 list
flush
with list + + + + + +
fix flush + + + +
v7:
- Explain usage of "skip" counters in commit message (suggested by
David Ahern)
v6:
- Rebase onto net-next, use recently introduced nexthop walker
- Make rt6_nh_dump_exceptions() a separate function (suggested by David
Ahern)
v5:
- Use dump_routes and dump_exceptions from filter, ignore NLM_F_MATCH,
update test results (flushing works with iproute2 < 5.0.0 now)
v4:
- Split NLM_F_MATCH and strict check handling in separate patches
- Filter routes using RTM_F_CLONED: if it's not set, only return
non-cached routes, and if it's set, only return cached routes:
change requested by David Ahern and Martin Lau. This implies that
iproute2 needs a separate patch to be able to flush IPv6 cached
routes. This is not ideal because we can't fix the breakage caused
by 2b760fcf5c entirely in kernel. However, two years have passed
since then, and this makes it more tolerable
v3:
- More descriptive comment about expired exceptions in rt6_dump_route()
- Swap return values of rt6_dump_route() (suggested by Martin Lau)
- Don't zero skip_in_node in case we don't dump anything in a given pass
(also suggested by Martin Lau)
- Remove check on RTM_F_CLONED altogether: in the current UAPI semantic,
it's just a flag to indicate the route was cloned, not to filter on
routes
v2: Add tracking of number of entries to be skipped in current node after
a partial dump. As we restart from the same node, if not all the
exceptions for a given node fit in a single message, the dump will
not terminate, as suggested by Martin Lau. This is a concrete
possibility, setting up a big number of exceptions for the same route
actually causes the issue, suggested by David Ahern.
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Fixes: 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst cache")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 4895c771c7 ("ipv4: Add FIB nexthop exceptions."), cached
exception routes are stored as a separate entity, so they are not dumped
on a FIB dump, even if the RTM_F_CLONED flag is passed.
This implies that the command 'ip route list cache' doesn't return any
result anymore.
If the RTM_F_CLONED is passed, and strict checking requested, retrieve
nexthop exception routes and dump them. If no strict checking is
requested, filtering can't be performed consistently: dump everything in
that case.
With this, we need to add an argument to the netlink callback in order to
track how many entries were already dumped for the last leaf included in
a partial netlink dump.
A single additional argument is sufficient, even if we traverse logically
nested structures (nexthop objects, hash table buckets, bucket chains): it
doesn't matter if we stop in the middle of any of those, because they are
always traversed the same way. As an example, s_i values in [], s_fa
values in ():
node (fa) #1 [1]
nexthop #1
bucket #1 -> #0 in chain (1)
bucket #2 -> #0 in chain (2) -> #1 in chain (3) -> #2 in chain (4)
bucket #3 -> #0 in chain (5) -> #1 in chain (6)
nexthop #2
bucket #1 -> #0 in chain (7) -> #1 in chain (8)
bucket #2 -> #0 in chain (9)
--
node (fa) #2 [2]
nexthop #1
bucket #1 -> #0 in chain (1) -> #1 in chain (2)
bucket #2 -> #0 in chain (3)
it doesn't matter if we stop at (3), (4), (7) for "node #1", or at (2)
for "node #2": walking flattens all that.
It would even be possible to drop the distinction between the in-tree
(s_i) and in-node (s_fa) counter, but a further improvement might
advise against this. This is only as accurate as the existing tracking
mechanism for leaves: if a partial dump is restarted after exceptions
are removed or expired, we might skip some non-dumped entries.
To improve this, we could attach a 'sernum' attribute (similar to the
one used for IPv6) to nexthop entities, and bump this counter whenever
exceptions change: having a distinction between the two counters would
make this more convenient.
Listing of exception routes (modified routes pre-3.5) was tested against
these versions of kernel and iproute2:
iproute2
kernel 4.14.0 4.15.0 4.19.0 5.0.0 5.1.0
3.5-rc4 + + + + +
4.4
4.9
4.14
4.15
4.19
5.0
5.1
fixed + + + + +
v7:
- Move loop over nexthop objects to route.c, and pass struct fib_info
and table ID to it, not a struct fib_alias (suggested by David Ahern)
- While at it, note that the NULL check on fa->fa_info is redundant,
and the check on RTNH_F_DEAD is also not consistent with what's done
with regular route listing: just keep it for nhc_flags
- Rename entry point function for dumping exceptions to
fib_dump_info_fnhe(), and rearrange arguments for consistency with
fib_dump_info()
- Rename fnhe_dump_buckets() to fnhe_dump_bucket() and make it handle
one bucket at a time
- Expand commit message to describe why we can have a single "skip"
counter for all exceptions stored in bucket chains in nexthop objects
(suggested by David Ahern)
v6:
- Rebased onto net-next
- Loop over nexthop paths too. Move loop over fnhe buckets to route.c,
avoids need to export rt_fill_info() and to touch exceptions from
fib_trie.c. Pass NULL as flow to rt_fill_info(), it now allows that
(suggested by David Ahern)
Fixes: 4895c771c7 ("ipv4: Add FIB nexthop exceptions.")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patches add back the ability to dump IPv4 and IPv6 exception
routes, and we need to allow selection of regular routes or exceptions.
Use RTM_F_CLONED as filter to decide whether to dump routes or exceptions:
iproute2 passes it in dump requests (except for IPv6 cache flush requests,
this will be fixed in iproute2) and this used to work as long as
exceptions were stored directly in the FIB, for both IPv4 and IPv6.
Caveat: if strict checking is not requested (that is, if the dump request
doesn't go through ip_valid_fib_dump_req()), we can't filter on protocol,
tables or route types.
In this case, filtering on RTM_F_CLONED would be inconsistent: we would
fix 'ip route list cache' by returning exception routes and at the same
time introduce another bug in case another selector is present, e.g. on
'ip route list cache table main' we would return all exception routes,
without filtering on tables.
Keep this consistent by applying no filters at all, and dumping both
routes and exceptions, if strict checking is not requested. iproute2
currently filters results anyway, and no unwanted results will be
presented to the user. The kernel will just dump more data than needed.
v7: No changes
v6: Rebase onto net-next, no changes
v5: New patch: add dump_routes and dump_exceptions flags in filter and
simply clear the unwanted one if strict checking is enabled, don't
ignore NLM_F_MATCH and don't set filter_set if NLM_F_MATCH is set.
Skip filtering altogether if no strict checking is requested:
selecting routes or exceptions only would be inconsistent with the
fact we can't filter on tables.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For tx path, in most cases, we still have to take refcnt on the dst
cause the caller is caching the dst somewhere. But it still is
beneficial to make use of RT6_LOOKUP_F_DST_NOREF flag while doing the
route lookup. It is cause this flag prevents manipulating refcnt on
net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry when doing fib6_rule_lookup() to traverse each
routing table. The null_entry is a shared object and constant updates on
it cause false sharing.
We converted the current major lookup function ip6_route_output_flags()
to make use of RT6_LOOKUP_F_DST_NOREF.
Together with the change in the rx path, we see noticable performance
boost:
I ran synflood tests between 2 hosts under the same switch. Both hosts
have 20G mlx NIC, and 8 tx/rx queues.
Sender sends pure SYN flood with random src IPs and ports using trafgen.
Receiver has a simple TCP listener on the target port.
Both hosts have multiple custom rules:
- For incoming packets, only local table is traversed.
- For outgoing packets, 3 tables are traversed to find the route.
The packet processing rate on the receiver is as follows:
- Before the fix: 3.78Mpps
- After the fix: 5.50Mpps
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch specifically converts the rule lookup logic to honor this
flag and not release refcnt when traversing each rule and calling
lookup() on each routing table.
Similar to previous patch, we also need some special handling of dst
entries in uncached list because there is always 1 refcnt taken for them
even if RT6_LOOKUP_F_DST_NOREF flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new flag is to instruct the route lookup function to not take
refcnt on the dst entry. The user which does route lookup with this flag
must properly use rcu protection.
ip6_pol_route() is the major route lookup function for both tx and rx
path.
In this function:
Do not take refcnt on dst if RT6_LOOKUP_F_DST_NOREF flag is set, and
directly return the route entry. The caller should be holding rcu lock
when using this flag, and decide whether to take refcnt or not.
One note on the dst cache in the uncached_list:
As uncached_list does not consume refcnt, one refcnt is always returned
back to the caller even if RT6_LOOKUP_F_DST_NOREF flag is set.
Uncached dst is only possible in the output path. So in such call path,
caller MUST check if the dst is in the uncached_list before assuming
that there is no refcnt taken on the returned dst.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The linux-next commit "inet: fix various use-after-free in defrags
units" [1] introduced compilation warnings,
./include/net/inet_frag.h:117:1: warning: 'inline' is not at beginning
of declaration [-Wold-style-declaration]
static void inline fqdir_pre_exit(struct fqdir *fqdir)
^~~~~~
In file included from ./include/net/netns/ipv4.h:10,
from ./include/net/net_namespace.h:20,
from ./include/linux/netdevice.h:38,
from ./include/linux/icmpv6.h:13,
from ./include/linux/ipv6.h:86,
from ./include/net/ipv6.h:12,
from ./include/rdma/ib_verbs.h:51,
from ./include/linux/mlx5/device.h:37,
from ./include/linux/mlx5/driver.h:51,
from
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c:37:
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20190618180900.88939-3-edumazet@google.com/
Signed-off-by: Qian Cai <cai@lca.pw>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some changes to the TCP fastopen code to make it more robust
against future changes in the choice of key/cookie size, etc.
- Instead of keeping the SipHash key in an untyped u8[] buffer
and casting it to the right type upon use, use the correct
type directly. This ensures that the key will appear at the
correct alignment if we ever change the way these data
structures are allocated. (Currently, they are only allocated
via kmalloc so they always appear at the correct alignment)
- Use DIV_ROUND_UP when sizing the u64[] array to hold the
cookie, so it is always of sufficient size, even if
TCP_FASTOPEN_COOKIE_MAX is no longer a multiple of 8.
- Drop the 'len' parameter from the tcp_fastopen_reset_cipher()
function, which is no longer used.
- Add endian swabbing when setting the keys and calculating the hash,
to ensure that cookie values are the same for a given key and
source/destination address pair regardless of the endianness of
the server.
Note that none of these are functional changes wrt the current
state of the code, with the exception of the swabbing, which only
affects big endian systems.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes boot uniformly boottime and tai uniformly clocktai, to
address the remaining oversights.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190621203249.3909-2-Jason@zx2c4.com
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix leak of unqueued fragments in ipv6 nf_defrag, from Guillaume
Nault.
2) Don't access the DDM interface unless the transceiver implements it
in bnx2x, from Mauro S. M. Rodrigues.
3) Don't double fetch 'len' from userspace in sock_getsockopt(), from
JingYi Hou.
4) Sign extension overflow in lio_core, from Colin Ian King.
5) Various netem bug fixes wrt. corrupted packets from Jakub Kicinski.
6) Fix epollout hang in hvsock, from Sunil Muthuswamy.
7) Fix regression in default fib6_type, from David Ahern.
8) Handle memory limits in tcp_fragment more appropriately, from Eric
Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (24 commits)
tcp: refine memory limit test in tcp_fragment()
inet: clear num_timeout reqsk_alloc()
net: mvpp2: debugfs: Add pmap to fs dump
ipv6: Default fib6_type to RTN_UNICAST when not set
net: hns3: Fix inconsistent indenting
net/af_iucv: always register net_device notifier
net/af_iucv: build proper skbs for HiperTransport
net/af_iucv: remove GFP_DMA restriction for HiperTransport
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix shift of FID bits in mv88e6185_g1_vtu_loadpurge()
hvsock: fix epollout hang from race condition
net/udp_gso: Allow TX timestamp with UDP GSO
net: netem: fix use after free and double free with packet corruption
net: netem: fix backlog accounting for corrupted GSO frames
net: lio_core: fix potential sign-extension overflow on large shift
tipc: pass tunnel dev as NULL to udp_tunnel(6)_xmit_skb
ip6_tunnel: allow not to count pkts on tstats by passing dev as NULL
ip_tunnel: allow not to count pkts on tstats by setting skb's dev to NULL
tun: wake up waitqueues after IFF_UP is set
net: remove duplicate fetch in sock_getsockopt
tipc: fix issues with early FAILOVER_MSG from peer
...
Another round of SPDX updates for 5.2-rc6
Here is what I am guessing is going to be the last "big" SPDX update for
5.2. It contains all of the remaining GPLv2 and GPLv2+ updates that
were "easy" to determine by pattern matching. The ones after this are
going to be a bit more difficult and the people on the spdx list will be
discussing them on a case-by-case basis now.
Another 5000+ files are fixed up, so our overall totals are:
Files checked: 64545
Files with SPDX: 45529
Compared to the 5.1 kernel which was:
Files checked: 63848
Files with SPDX: 22576
This is a huge improvement.
Also, we deleted another 20000 lines of boilerplate license crud, always
nice to see in a diffstat.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXQyQYA8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ymnGQCghETUBotn1p3hTjY56VEs6dGzpHMAnRT0m+lv
kbsjBGEJpLbMRB2krnaU
=RMcT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/spdx
Pull still more SPDX updates from Greg KH:
"Another round of SPDX updates for 5.2-rc6
Here is what I am guessing is going to be the last "big" SPDX update
for 5.2. It contains all of the remaining GPLv2 and GPLv2+ updates
that were "easy" to determine by pattern matching. The ones after this
are going to be a bit more difficult and the people on the spdx list
will be discussing them on a case-by-case basis now.
Another 5000+ files are fixed up, so our overall totals are:
Files checked: 64545
Files with SPDX: 45529
Compared to the 5.1 kernel which was:
Files checked: 63848
Files with SPDX: 22576
This is a huge improvement.
Also, we deleted another 20000 lines of boilerplate license crud,
always nice to see in a diffstat"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/spdx: (65 commits)
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 507
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 506
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 505
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 504
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 503
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 502
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 501
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 500
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 499
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 498
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 497
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 496
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 495
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 491
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 490
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 489
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 488
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 487
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 486
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 485
...
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-06-19
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) new SO_REUSEPORT_DETACH_BPF setsocktopt, from Martin.
2) BTF based map definition, from Andrii.
3) support bpf_map_lookup_elem for xskmap, from Jonathan.
4) bounded loops and scalar precision logic in the verifier, from Alexei.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kbuild test robot reported compile warning:
warning: no return statement in function returning non-void
in function page_pool_request_shutdown, when CONFIG_PAGE_POOL is disabled.
The fix makes the code a little more verbose, with a descriptive variable.
Fixes: 99c07c43c4 ("xdp: tracking page_pool resources and safe removal")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some enums from the UAPI definition that were only used
internally and are NOT part of the UAPI.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the expiration of every element in a set or map
is a read-only parameter generated at kernel side.
This change will permit to set a certain expiration date
per element that will be required, for example, during
stateful replication among several nodes.
This patch handles the NFTA_SET_ELEM_EXPIRATION in order
to configure the expiration parameter per element, or
will use the timeout in the case that the expiration
is not set.
Signed-off-by: Laura Garcia Liebana <nevola@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Current struct pernet_operations exit() handlers are highly
discouraged to call synchronize_rcu().
There are cases where we need them, and exit_batch() does
not help the common case where a single netns is dismantled.
This patch leverages the existing synchronize_rcu() call
in cleanup_net()
Calling optional ->pre_exit() method before ->exit() or
->exit_batch() allows to benefit from a single synchronize_rcu()
call.
Note that the synchronize_rcu() calls added in this patch
are only in error paths or slow paths.
Tested:
$ time for i in {1..1000}; do unshare -n /bin/false;done
real 0m2.612s
user 0m0.171s
sys 0m2.216s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These tracepoints make it easier to troubleshoot XDP mem id disconnect.
The xdp:mem_disconnect tracepoint cannot be replaced via kprobe. It is
placed at the last stable place for the pointer to struct xdp_mem_allocator,
just before it's scheduled for RCU removal. It also extract info on
'safe_to_remove' and 'force'.
Detailed info about in-flight pages is not available at this layer. The next
patch will added tracepoints needed at the page_pool layer for this.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is needed before we can allow drivers to use page_pool for
DMA-mappings. Today with page_pool and XDP return API, it is possible to
remove the page_pool object (from rhashtable), while there are still
in-flight packet-pages. This is safely handled via RCU and failed lookups in
__xdp_return() fallback to call put_page(), when page_pool object is gone.
In-case page is still DMA mapped, this will result in page note getting
correctly DMA unmapped.
To solve this, the page_pool is extended with tracking in-flight pages. And
XDP disconnect system queries page_pool and waits, via workqueue, for all
in-flight pages to be returned.
To avoid killing performance when tracking in-flight pages, the implement
use two (unsigned) counters, that in placed on different cache-lines, and
can be used to deduct in-flight packets. This is done by mapping the
unsigned "sequence" counters onto signed Two's complement arithmetic
operations. This is e.g. used by kernel's time_after macros, described in
kernel commit 1ba3aab303 and 5a581b367b, and also explained in RFC1982.
The trick is these two incrementing counters only need to be read and
compared, when checking if it's safe to free the page_pool structure. Which
will only happen when driver have disconnected RX/alloc side. Thus, on a
non-fast-path.
It is chosen that page_pool tracking is also enabled for the non-DMA
use-case, as this can be used for statistics later.
After this patch, using page_pool requires more strict resource "release",
e.g. via page_pool_release_page() that was introduced in this patchset, and
previous patches implement/fix this more strict requirement.
Drivers no-longer call page_pool_destroy(). Drivers already call
xdp_rxq_info_unreg() which call xdp_rxq_info_unreg_mem_model(), which will
attempt to disconnect the mem id, and if attempt fails schedule the
disconnect for later via delayed workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case driver fails to register the page_pool with XDP return API (via
xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model()), then the driver can free the page_pool
resources more directly than calling page_pool_destroy(), which does a
unnecessarily RCU free procedure.
This patch is preparing for removing page_pool_destroy(), from driver
invocation.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When converting an xdp_frame into an SKB, and sending this into the network
stack, then the underlying XDP memory model need to release associated
resources, because the network stack don't have callbacks for XDP memory
models. The only memory model that needs this is page_pool, when a driver
use the DMA-mapping feature.
Introduce page_pool_release_page(), which basically does the same as
page_pool_unmap_page(). Add xdp_release_frame() as the XDP memory model
interface for calling it, if the memory model match MEM_TYPE_PAGE_POOL, to
save the function call overhead for others. Have cpumap call
xdp_release_frame() before xdp_scrub_frame().
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a previous patch dma addr was stored in 'struct page'.
Use that to unmap DMA addresses used by network drivers
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a previous patch dma addr was stored in 'struct page'.
Use that to retrieve DMA addresses used by network drivers
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 2 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation #
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 4122 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Enrico Weigelt <info@metux.net>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190604081206.933168790@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not see http www gnu org
licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 503 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Enrico Weigelt <info@metux.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190602204653.811534538@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Implement support for previously added flow dissector meta key.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new key meta that contains ingress ifindex value and add a function
to dissect this from skb. The key and function is prepared to cover
other potential skb metadata values dissection.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A similar fix to Patch "ip_tunnel: allow not to count pkts on tstats by
setting skb's dev to NULL" is also needed by ip6_tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both listeners - mlxsw and netdevsim - of IPv6 FIB notifications are now
ready to handle IPv6 multipath notifications.
Therefore, stop ignoring such notifications in both drivers and stop
sending notification for each added / deleted nexthop.
v2:
* Remove 'multipath_rt' from 'struct fib6_entry_notifier_info'
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the IPv6 FIB notifier info with number of sibling routes being
notified.
This will later allow listeners to process one notification for a
multipath routes instead of N, where N is the number of nexthops.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct includes a 'skip_notify' flag that indicates if netlink
notifications to user space should be suppressed. As explained in commit
3b1137fe74 ("net: ipv6: Change notifications for multipath add to
RTA_MULTIPATH"), this is useful to suppress per-nexthop RTM_NEWROUTE
notifications when an IPv6 multipath route is added / deleted. Instead,
one notification is sent for the entire multipath route.
This concept is also useful for in-kernel notifications. Sending one
in-kernel notification for the addition / deletion of an IPv6 multipath
route - instead of one per-nexthop - provides a significant increase in
the insertion / deletion rate to underlying devices.
Add a 'skip_notify_kernel' flag to suppress in-kernel notifications.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some fields were not documented. Add documentation.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Lots of bug fixes here:
1) Out of bounds access in __bpf_skc_lookup, from Lorenz Bauer.
2) Fix rate reporting in cfg80211_calculate_bitrate_he(), from John
Crispin.
3) Use after free in psock backlog workqueue, from John Fastabend.
4) Fix source port matching in fdb peer flow rule of mlx5, from Raed
Salem.
5) Use atomic_inc_not_zero() in fl6_sock_lookup(), from Eric Dumazet.
6) Network header needs to be set for packet redirect in nfp, from
John Hurley.
7) Fix udp zerocopy refcnt, from Willem de Bruijn.
8) Don't assume linear buffers in vxlan and geneve error handlers,
from Stefano Brivio.
9) Fix TOS matching in mlxsw, from Jiri Pirko.
10) More SCTP cookie memory leak fixes, from Neil Horman.
11) Fix VLAN filtering in rtl8366, from Linus Walluij.
12) Various TCP SACK payload size and fragmentation memory limit fixes
from Eric Dumazet.
13) Use after free in pneigh_get_next(), also from Eric Dumazet.
14) LAPB control block leak fix from Jeremy Sowden"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (145 commits)
lapb: fixed leak of control-blocks.
tipc: purge deferredq list for each grp member in tipc_group_delete
ax25: fix inconsistent lock state in ax25_destroy_timer
neigh: fix use-after-free read in pneigh_get_next
tcp: fix compile error if !CONFIG_SYSCTL
hv_sock: Suppress bogus "may be used uninitialized" warnings
be2net: Fix number of Rx queues used for flow hashing
net: handle 802.1P vlan 0 packets properly
tcp: enforce tcp_min_snd_mss in tcp_mtu_probing()
tcp: add tcp_min_snd_mss sysctl
tcp: tcp_fragment() should apply sane memory limits
tcp: limit payload size of sacked skbs
Revert "net: phylink: set the autoneg state in phylink_phy_change"
bpf: fix nested bpf tracepoints with per-cpu data
bpf: Fix out of bounds memory access in bpf_sk_storage
vsock/virtio: set SOCK_DONE on peer shutdown
net: dsa: rtl8366: Fix up VLAN filtering
net: phylink: set the autoneg state in phylink_phy_change
net: add high_order_alloc_disable sysctl/static key
tcp: add tcp_tx_skb_cache sysctl
...
Using a bare block cipher in non-crypto code is almost always a bad idea,
not only for security reasons (and we've seen some examples of this in
the kernel in the past), but also for performance reasons.
In the TCP fastopen case, we call into the bare AES block cipher one or
two times (depending on whether the connection is IPv4 or IPv6). On most
systems, this results in a call chain such as
crypto_cipher_encrypt_one(ctx, dst, src)
crypto_cipher_crt(tfm)->cit_encrypt_one(crypto_cipher_tfm(tfm), ...);
aesni_encrypt
kernel_fpu_begin();
aesni_enc(ctx, dst, src); // asm routine
kernel_fpu_end();
It is highly unlikely that the use of special AES instructions has a
benefit in this case, especially since we are doing the above twice
for IPv6 connections, instead of using a transform which can process
the entire input in one go.
We could switch to the cbcmac(aes) shash, which would at least get
rid of the duplicated overhead in *some* cases (i.e., today, only
arm64 has an accelerated implementation of cbcmac(aes), while x86 will
end up using the generic cbcmac template wrapping the AES-NI cipher,
which basically ends up doing exactly the above). However, in the given
context, it makes more sense to use a light-weight MAC algorithm that
is more suitable for the purpose at hand, such as SipHash.
Since the output size of SipHash already matches our chosen value for
TCP_FASTOPEN_COOKIE_SIZE, and given that it accepts arbitrary input
sizes, this greatly simplifies the code as well.
NOTE: Server farms backing a single server IP for load balancing purposes
and sharing a single fastopen key will be adversely affected by
this change unless all systems in the pool receive their kernel
upgrades at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add common functions into nf_synproxy_core.c to prepare for nftables support.
The prototypes of the functions used by {ipt, ip6t}_SYNPROXY are in the new
file nf_synproxy.h
Signed-off-by: Fernando Fernandez Mancera <ffmancera@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This ports the sysctls to use struct brnf_net.
With this patch we make it possible to namespace the br_netfilter module in
the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
____nf_conntrack_find() performs checks on the conntrack objects in
this order:
1. if (nf_ct_is_expired(ct))
This fetches ct->timeout, in third cache line.
The hnnode that is used to store the list pointers resides in the first
(origin) or second (reply tuple) cache lines.
This test rarely passes, but its necessary to reap obsolete entries.
2. if (nf_ct_is_dying(ct))
This fetches ct->status, also in third cache line.
The test is useless, and can be removed:
Consider:
cpu0 cpu1
ct = ____nf_conntrack_find()
atomic_inc_not_zero(ct) -> ok
nf_ct_key_equal -> ok
is_dying -> DYING bit not set, ok
set_bit(ct, DYING);
... unhash ... etc.
return ct
-> returning a ct with dying bit set, despite
having a test for it.
This (unlikely) case is fine - refcount prevents ct from getting free'd.
3. if (nf_ct_key_equal(h, tuple, zone, net))
nf_ct_key_equal checks in following order:
1. Tuple equal (first or second cacheline)
2. Zone equal (third cacheline)
3. confirmed bit set (->status, third cacheline)
4. net namespace match (third cacheline).
Swapping "timeout" and "cpu" places timeout in the first cacheline.
This has two advantages:
1. For a conntrack that won't even match the original tuple,
we will now only fetch the first and maybe the second cacheline
instead of always accessing the 3rd one as well.
2. in case of TCP ct->timeout changes frequently because we
reduce/increase it when there are packets outstanding in the network.
The first cacheline contains both the reference count and the ct spinlock,
i.e. moving timeout there avoids writes to 3rd cacheline.
The restart sequence in __nf_conntrack_find() is removed, if we found a
candidate, but then fail to increment the refcount or discover the tuple
has changed (object recycling), just pretend we did not find an entry.
A second lookup won't find anything until another CPU adds a new conntrack
with identical tuple into the hash table, which is very unlikely.
We have the confirmation-time checks (when we hold hash lock) that deal
with identical entries and even perform clash resolution in some cases.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Devlink has UAPI declaration for encap mode, so there is no
need to be loose on the data get/set by drivers.
Update call sites to use enum devlink_eswitch_encap_mode
instead of plain u8.
Suggested-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>
Some TCP peers announce a very small MSS option in their SYN and/or
SYN/ACK messages.
This forces the stack to send packets with a very high network/cpu
overhead.
Linux has enforced a minimal value of 48. Since this value includes
the size of TCP options, and that the options can consume up to 40
bytes, this means that each segment can include only 8 bytes of payload.
In some cases, it can be useful to increase the minimal value
to a saner value.
We still let the default to 48 (TCP_MIN_SND_MSS), for compatibility
reasons.
Note that TCP_MAXSEG socket option enforces a minimal value
of (TCP_MIN_MSS). David Miller increased this minimal value
in commit c39508d6f1 ("tcp: Make TCP_MAXSEG minimum more correct.")
from 64 to 88.
We might in the future merge TCP_MIN_SND_MSS and TCP_MIN_MSS.
CVE-2019-11479 -- tcp mss hardcoded to 48
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Suggested-by: Jonathan Looney <jtl@netflix.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Cc: Bruce Curtis <brucec@netflix.com>
Cc: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jonathan Looney reported that TCP can trigger the following crash
in tcp_shifted_skb() :
BUG_ON(tcp_skb_pcount(skb) < pcount);
This can happen if the remote peer has advertized the smallest
MSS that linux TCP accepts : 48
An skb can hold 17 fragments, and each fragment can hold 32KB
on x86, or 64KB on PowerPC.
This means that the 16bit witdh of TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->tcp_gso_segs
can overflow.
Note that tcp_sendmsg() builds skbs with less than 64KB
of payload, so this problem needs SACK to be enabled.
SACK blocks allow TCP to coalesce multiple skbs in the retransmit
queue, thus filling the 17 fragments to maximal capacity.
CVE-2019-11477 -- u16 overflow of TCP_SKB_CB(skb)->tcp_gso_segs
Fixes: 832d11c5cd ("tcp: Try to restore large SKBs while SACK processing")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Jonathan Looney <jtl@netflix.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Bruce Curtis <brucec@netflix.com>
Cc: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This config option makes only couple of lines optional.
Two small helpers and an int in couple of cls structs.
Remove the config option and always compile this in.
This saves the user from unexpected surprises when he adds
a filter with ingress device match which is silently ignored
in case the config option is not set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A port may trigger operations on its dedicated CPU port, so using
cpu_dp as const will raise warnings. Make cpu_dp non const.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>From linux-3.7, (commit 5640f76858 "net: use a per task frag
allocator") TCP sendmsg() has preferred using order-3 allocations.
While it gives good results for most cases, we had reports
that heavy uses of TCP over loopback were hitting a spinlock
contention in page allocations/freeing.
This commits adds a sysctl so that admins can opt-in
for order-0 allocations. Hopefully mm layer might optimize
order-3 allocations in the future since it could give us
a nice boost (see 8 lines of following benchmark)
The following benchmark shows a win when more than 8 TCP_STREAM
threads are running (56 x86 cores server in my tests)
for thr in {1..30}
do
sysctl -wq net.core.high_order_alloc_disable=0
T0=`./super_netperf $thr -H 127.0.0.1 -l 15`
sysctl -wq net.core.high_order_alloc_disable=1
T1=`./super_netperf $thr -H 127.0.0.1 -l 15`
echo $thr:$T0:$T1
done
1: 49979: 37267
2: 98745: 76286
3: 141088: 110051
4: 177414: 144772
5: 197587: 173563
6: 215377: 208448
7: 241061: 234087
8: 267155: 263373
9: 295069: 297402
10: 312393: 335213
11: 340462: 368778
12: 371366: 403954
13: 412344: 443713
14: 426617: 473580
15: 474418: 507861
16: 503261: 538539
17: 522331: 563096
18: 532409: 567084
19: 550824: 605240
20: 525493: 641988
21: 564574: 665843
22: 567349: 690868
23: 583846: 710917
24: 588715: 736306
25: 603212: 763494
26: 604083: 792654
27: 602241: 796450
28: 604291: 797993
29: 611610: 833249
30: 577356: 841062
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Feng Tang reported a performance regression after introduction
of per TCP socket tx/rx caches, for TCP over loopback (netperf)
There is high chance the regression is caused by a change on
how well the 32 KB per-thread page (current->task_frag) can
be recycled, and lack of pcp caches for order-3 pages.
I could not reproduce the regression myself, cpus all being
spinning on the mm spinlocks for page allocs/freeing, regardless
of enabling or disabling the per tcp socket caches.
It seems best to disable the feature by default, and let
admins enabling it.
MM layer either needs to provide scalable order-3 pages
allocations, or could attempt a trylock on zone->lock if
the caller only attempts to get a high-order page and is
able to fallback to order-0 ones in case of pressure.
Tests run on a 56 cores host (112 hyper threads)
- 35.49% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] queued_spin_lock_slowpath
- 35.49% queued_spin_lock_slowpath
- 18.18% get_page_from_freelist
- __alloc_pages_nodemask
- 18.18% alloc_pages_current
skb_page_frag_refill
sk_page_frag_refill
tcp_sendmsg_locked
tcp_sendmsg
inet_sendmsg
sock_sendmsg
__sys_sendto
__x64_sys_sendto
do_syscall_64
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe
__libc_send
+ 17.31% __free_pages_ok
+ 31.43% swapper [kernel.vmlinux] [k] intel_idle
+ 9.12% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
+ 6.53% netserver [kernel.vmlinux] [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
+ 0.69% netserver [kernel.vmlinux] [k] queued_spin_lock_slowpath
+ 0.68% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] skb_release_data
+ 0.52% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] tcp_sendmsg_locked
0.46% netperf [kernel.vmlinux] [k] _raw_spin_lock_irqsave
Fixes: 472c2e07ee ("tcp: add one skb cache for tx")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Feng Tang <feng.tang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of relying on rps_needed, it is safer to use a separate
static key, since we do not want to enable TCP rx_skb_cache
by default. This feature can cause huge increase of memory
usage on hosts with millions of sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we want to set a EDT time for the skb we want to send
via ip_send_unicast_reply(), we have to pass a new parameter
and initialize ipc.sockc.transmit_time with it.
This fixes the EDT time for ACK/RST packets sent on behalf of
a TIME_WAIT socket.
Fixes: a842fe1425 ("tcp: add optional per socket transmit delay")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CE]BPF but there is no DETACH.
This patch adds SO_DETACH_REUSEPORT_BPF sockopt. The same
sockopt can be used to undo both SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CE]BPF.
reseport_detach_prog() is added and it is mostly a mirror
of the existing reuseport_attach_prog(). The differences are,
it does not call reuseport_alloc() and returns -ENOENT when
there is no old prog.
Cc: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
* HE (802.11ax) work continues
* WPA3 offloads
* work on extended key ID handling continues
* fixes to honour AP supported rates with auth/assoc frames
* nl80211 netlink policy improvements to fix some issues
with strict validation on new commands with old attrs
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=j+Um
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2019-06-14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Many changes all over:
* HE (802.11ax) work continues
* WPA3 offloads
* work on extended key ID handling continues
* fixes to honour AP supported rates with auth/assoc frames
* nl80211 netlink policy improvements to fix some issues
with strict validation on new commands with old attrs
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* a few memory leaks
* fixes for management frame protection security
and A2/A3 confusion (affecting TDLS as well)
* build fix for certificates
* etc.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=AHi5
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2019-06-14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various fixes, all over:
* a few memory leaks
* fixes for management frame protection security
and A2/A3 confusion (affecting TDLS as well)
* build fix for certificates
* etc.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired is used to notify userspace when
the remain on channel duration expired by sending an event. There is
no such equivalent to CMD_FRAME, where if offchannel and a duration
is provided, the card will go offchannel for that duration. Currently
there is no way for userspace to tell when that duration expired
apart from setting an independent timeout. This timeout is quite
erroneous as the kernel may not immediately send out the frame
because of scheduling or work queue delays. In testing, it was found
this timeout had to be quite large to accomidate any potential delays.
A better solution is to have the kernel send an event when this
duration has expired. There is already NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL
which can be used to cancel a NL80211_CMD_FRAME offchannel. Using this
command matches perfectly to how NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
works, where its both used to cancel and notify if the duration has
expired.
Signed-off-by: James Prestwood <james.prestwood@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no rate control algorithm that *doesn't* want to call
it internally, and calling it internally will let us modify
its behaviour in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a function that iterates over the BSS entries associated with a
given wiphy and calls a callback for each iterated BSS. This can be
used by drivers in various ways, e.g., to evaluate some property for
all the BSSs in the medium.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow the userland daemon to en/disable TWT support for an AP.
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
[simplify parsing code]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Turn TWT for STA interfaces when they associate and/or receive a
beacon where the twt_responder bit has changed.
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Require that each vendor command give a policy of its sub-attributes
in NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, and then (stricly) check the contents,
including the NLA_F_NESTED flag that we couldn't check on the outer
layer because there we don't know yet.
It is possible to use VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA for raw data, but then no
nested data can be given (NLA_F_NESTED flag must be clear) and the
data is just passed as is to the command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is similar to ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap() but allows passing
the iftype. Also make ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap() use the new helper
rather than duplicating the code.
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <slakkavalli@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Let drivers advertise support for station-mode SAE authentication
offload with a new NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag.
Signed-off-by: Chung-Hsien Hsu <stanley.hsu@cypress.com>
Signed-off-by: Chi-Hsien Lin <chi-hsien.lin@cypress.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IEEE 802.11 - 2016 forbids mixing MPDUs with different keyIDs in one
A-MPDU. Drivers supporting A-MPDUs and Extended Key ID must actively
enforce that requirement due to the available two unicast keyIDs.
Allow driver to signal mac80211 that they will not check the keyID in
MPDUs when aggregating them and that they expect mac80211 to stop Tx
aggregation when rekeying a connection using Extended Key ID.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding delays to TCP flows is crucial for studying behavior
of TCP stacks, including congestion control modules.
Linux offers netem module, but it has unpractical constraints :
- Need root access to change qdisc
- Hard to setup on egress if combined with non trivial qdisc like FQ
- Single delay for all flows.
EDT (Earliest Departure Time) adoption in TCP stack allows us
to enable a per socket delay at a very small cost.
Networking tools can now establish thousands of flows, each of them
with a different delay, simulating real world conditions.
This requires FQ packet scheduler or a EDT-enabled NIC.
This patchs adds TCP_TX_DELAY socket option, to set a delay in
usec units.
unsigned int tx_delay = 10000; /* 10 msec */
setsockopt(fd, SOL_TCP, TCP_TX_DELAY, &tx_delay, sizeof(tx_delay));
Note that FQ packet scheduler limits might need some tweaking :
man tc-fq
PARAMETERS
limit
Hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is
reached, new packets are dropped. If the value is lowered,
packets are dropped so that the new limit is met. Default
is 10000 packets.
flow_limit
Hard limit on the maximum number of packets queued per
flow. Default value is 100.
Use of TCP_TX_DELAY option will increase number of skbs in FQ qdisc,
so packets would be dropped if any of the previous limit is hit.
Use of a jump label makes this support runtime-free, for hosts
never using the option.
Also note that TSQ (TCP Small Queues) limits are slightly changed
with this patch : we need to account that skbs artificially delayed
wont stop us providind more skbs to feed the pipe (netem uses
skb_orphan_partial() for this purpose, but FQ can not use this trick)
Because of that, using big delays might very well trigger
old bugs in TSO auto defer logic and/or sndbuf limited detection.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the ingress interface and increment ICMP counters based on that
instead of skb->dev when the the dev is a VRF device.
This is a follow up on the following message:
https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg560268.html
v2: Avoid changing skb->dev since it has unintended effect for local
delivery (David Ahern).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using ethtool, users can specify a classification action matching on the
full vlan tag, which includes the DEI bit (also previously called CFI).
However, when converting the ethool_flow_spec to a flow_rule, we use
dissector keys to represent the matching patterns.
Since the vlan dissector key doesn't include the DEI bit, this
information was silently discarded when translating the ethtool
flow spec in to a flow_rule.
This commit adds the DEI bit into the vlan dissector key, and allows
propagating the information to the driver when parsing the ethtool flow
spec.
Fixes: eca4205f9e ("ethtool: add ethtool_rx_flow_spec to flow_rule structure translator")
Reported-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS offload drivers keep track of TCP seq numbers to make sure
the packets are fed into the HW in order.
When packets get dropped on the way through the stack, the driver
will get out of sync and have to use fallback encryption, but unless
TCP seq number is resynced it will never match the packets correctly
(or even worse - use incorrect record sequence number after TCP seq
wraps).
Existing drivers (mlx5) feed the entire record on every out-of-order
event, allowing FW/HW to always be in sync.
This patch adds an alternative, more akin to the RX resync. When
driver sees a frame which is past its expected sequence number the
stream must have gotten out of order (if the sequence number is
smaller than expected its likely a retransmission which doesn't
require resync). Driver will ask the stack to perform TX sync
before it submits the next full record, and fall back to software
crypto until stack has performed the sync.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently only RX direction is ever resynced, however, TX may
also get out of sequence if packets get dropped on the way to
the driver. Rename the resync callback and add a direction
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS offload device may lose sync with the TCP stream if packets
arrive out of order. Drivers can currently request a resync at
a specific TCP sequence number. When a record is found starting
at that sequence number kernel will inform the device of the
corresponding record number.
This requires the device to constantly scan the stream for a
known pattern (constant bytes of the header) after sync is lost.
This patch adds an alternative approach which is entirely under
the control of the kernel. Kernel tracks records it had to fully
decrypt, even though TLS socket is in TLS_HW mode. If multiple
records did not have any decrypted parts - it's a pretty strong
indication that the device is out of sync.
We choose the min number of fully encrypted records to be 2,
which should hopefully be more than will get retransmitted at
a time.
After kernel decides the device is out of sync it schedules a
resync request. If the TCP socket is empty the resync gets
performed immediately. If socket is not empty we leave the
record parser to resync when next record comes.
Before resync in message parser we peek at the TCP socket and
don't attempt the sync if the socket already has some of the
next record queued.
On resync failure (encrypted data continues to flow in) we
retry with exponential backoff, up to once every 128 records
(with a 16k record thats at most once every 2M of data).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
handle_device_resync() doesn't describe the function very well.
The function checks if resync should be issued upon parsing of
a new record.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS offload code casts record number to a u64. The buffer
should be aligned to 8 bytes, but its actually a __be64, and
the rest of the TLS code treats it as big int. Make the
offload callbacks take a byte array, drivers can make the
choice to do the ugly cast if they want to.
Prepare for copying the record number onto the stack by
defining a constant for max size of the byte array.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the AF_XDP code uses a separate map in order to
determine if an xsk is bound to a queue. Instead of doing this,
have bpf_map_lookup_elem() return a xdp_sock.
Rearrange some xdp_sock members to eliminate structure holes.
Remove selftest - will be added back in later patch.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Add support for RTA_NH_ID attribute to allow a user to specify a
nexthop id to use with a route. fc_nh_id is added to fib6_config to
hold the value passed in the RTA_NH_ID attribute. If a nexthop id
is given, the gateway, device, encap and multipath attributes can
not be set.
Update ip6_route_del to check metric and protocol before nexthop
specs. If fc_nh_id is set, then it must match the id in the route
entry. Since IPv6 allows delete of a cached entry (an exception),
add ip6_del_cached_rt_nh to cycle through all of the fib6_nh in
a fib entry if it is using a nexthop.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for RTA_NH_ID attribute to allow a user to specify a
nexthop id to use with a route. fc_nh_id is added to fib_config to
hold the value passed in the RTA_NH_ID attribute. If a nexthop id
is given, the gateway, device, encap and multipath attributes can
not be set.
Update fib_nh_match to check ids on a route delete.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 has traditionally had a single fib6_nh per fib6_info. With
nexthops we can have multiple fib6_nh associated with a fib6_info.
Add a nexthop helper to invoke a callback for each fib6_nh in a
'struct nexthop'. If the callback returns non-0, the loop is
stopped and the return value passed to the caller.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case autoflowlabel is in action, skb_get_hash_flowi6()
derives a non zero skb->hash to the flowlabel.
If skb->hash is zero, a flow dissection is performed.
Since all TCP skbs sent from ESTABLISH state inherit their
skb->hash from sk->sk_txhash, we better keep a copy
of sk->sk_txhash into the TIME_WAIT socket.
After this patch, ACK or RST packets sent on behalf of
a TIME_WAIT socket have the flowlabel that was previously
used by the flow.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on review, `lock' is only acquired in hwbm_pool_add() which is
invoked via ->probe(), ->resume() and ->ndo_change_mtu(). Based on this
the lock can become a mutex and there is no need to disable interrupts
during the procedure.
Now that the lock is a mutex, hwbm_pool_add() no longer invokes
hwbm_pool_refill() in an atomic context so we can pass GFP_KERNEL to
hwbm_pool_refill() and remove the `gfp' argument from hwbm_pool_add().
Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nhg->nh_entries[] array is allocated in nexthop_grp_alloc() and it
has nhg->num_nh elements so this check should be >= instead of >.
Fixes: 430a049190 ("nexthop: Add support for nexthop groups")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Where possible, we generally want both the bond master and the relevant slave
information in message output. Standardize the format using new slave_*
printk macros.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is helpful for e.g. draining per-driver (not per-port) tagger
queues.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another round of SPDX header file fixes for 5.2-rc4
These are all more "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only" tags being
added, based on the text in the files. We are slowly chipping away at
the 700+ different ways people tried to write the license text. All of
these were reviewed on the spdx mailing list by a number of different
people.
We now have over 60% of the kernel files covered with SPDX tags:
$ ./scripts/spdxcheck.py -v 2>&1 | grep Files
Files checked: 64533
Files with SPDX: 40392
Files with errors: 0
I think the majority of the "easy" fixups are now done, it's now the
start of the longer-tail of crazy variants to wade through.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXPuGTg8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykBvQCg2SG+HmDH+tlwKLT/q7jZcLMPQigAoMpt9Uuy
sxVEiFZo8ZU9v1IoRb1I
=qU++
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull yet more SPDX updates from Greg KH:
"Another round of SPDX header file fixes for 5.2-rc4
These are all more "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only" tags being
added, based on the text in the files. We are slowly chipping away at
the 700+ different ways people tried to write the license text. All of
these were reviewed on the spdx mailing list by a number of different
people.
We now have over 60% of the kernel files covered with SPDX tags:
$ ./scripts/spdxcheck.py -v 2>&1 | grep Files
Files checked: 64533
Files with SPDX: 40392
Files with errors: 0
I think the majority of the "easy" fixups are now done, it's now the
start of the longer-tail of crazy variants to wade through"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (159 commits)
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 450
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 449
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 448
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 446
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 445
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 444
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 443
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 442
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 441
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 440
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 438
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 437
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 436
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 435
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 434
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 433
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 432
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 431
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 430
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 429
...
Some ISDN files that got removed in net-next had some changes
done in mainline, take the removals.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Free AF_PACKET po->rollover properly, from Willem de Bruijn.
2) Read SFP eeprom in max 16 byte increments to avoid problems with
some SFP modules, from Russell King.
3) Fix UDP socket lookup wrt. VRF, from Tim Beale.
4) Handle route invalidation properly in s390 qeth driver, from Julian
Wiedmann.
5) Memory leak on unload in RDS, from Zhu Yanjun.
6) sctp_process_init leak, from Neil HOrman.
7) Fix fib_rules rule insertion semantic change that broke Android,
from Hangbin Liu.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (33 commits)
pktgen: do not sleep with the thread lock held.
net: mvpp2: Use strscpy to handle stat strings
net: rds: fix memory leak in rds_ib_flush_mr_pool
ipv6: fix EFAULT on sendto with icmpv6 and hdrincl
ipv6: use READ_ONCE() for inet->hdrincl as in ipv4
Revert "fib_rules: return 0 directly if an exactly same rule exists when NLM_F_EXCL not supplied"
net: aquantia: fix wol configuration not applied sometimes
ethtool: fix potential userspace buffer overflow
Fix memory leak in sctp_process_init
net: rds: fix memory leak when unload rds_rdma
ipv6: fix the check before getting the cookie in rt6_get_cookie
ipv4: not do cache for local delivery if bc_forwarding is enabled
s390/qeth: handle error when updating TX queue count
s390/qeth: fix VLAN attribute in bridge_hostnotify udev event
s390/qeth: check dst entry before use
s390/qeth: handle limited IPv4 broadcast in L3 TX path
net: fix indirect calls helpers for ptype list hooks.
net: ipvlan: Fix ipvlan device tso disabled while NETIF_F_IP_CSUM is set
udp: only choose unbound UDP socket for multicast when not in a VRF
net/tls: replace the sleeping lock around RX resync with a bit lock
...
While offloading TLS connections, drivers need to handle the case where
out of order packets need to be transmitted.
Other drivers obtain the entire TLS record for the specific skb to
provide as context to hardware for encryption. However, other designs
may also want to keep the hardware state intact and perform the
out of order encryption entirely on the host.
To achieve this, export the already existing software encryption
fallback path so drivers could access this.
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently drivers have to ensure the alignment of their tls state
structure, which leads to unnecessary layers of getters and
encapsulated structures in each driver.
Simplify all this by marking the driver state as aligned (driver_state
members are currently aligned, so no hole is added, besides ALIGN in
TLS_OFFLOAD_CONTEXT_SIZE_RX/TX would reserve this extra space, anyway.)
With that we can add a common accessor to the core.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
8 bytes of driver state has been enough so far, but for drivers
which have to store 8 byte handle it's no longer practical to
store the state directly in the context.
Drivers generally don't need much extra state on RX side, while
TX side has to be tracking TCP sequence numbers. Split the
lengths of max driver state size on RX and TX.
The struct tls_offload_context_tx currently stands at 616 bytes and
struct tls_offload_context_rx stands at 368 bytes. Upcoming work
will consume extra 8 bytes in both for kernel-driven resync.
This means that we can bump TX side to 16 bytes and still fit
into the same number of cache lines but on RX side we would be 8
bytes over.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The monolithic hash_lock could cause huge contention when
inserting/deletiing vxlan_fdbs into the fdb_head.
Use FDB_HASH_SIZE hash_locks to protect insertions/deletions
of vxlan_fdbs into the fdb_head hash table.
Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Litao jiao <jiaolitao@raisecom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only a handful of xfrm_types exist, no need to have 512 pointers for them.
Reduces size of afinfo struct from 4k to 120 bytes on 64bit platforms.
Also, the unregister function doesn't need to return an error, no single
caller does anything useful with it.
Just place a WARN_ON() where needed instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
xfrm_prepare_input needs to lookup the state afinfo backend again to fetch
the address family ethernet protocol value.
There are only two address families, so a switch statement is simpler.
While at it, use u8 for family and proto and remove the owner member --
its not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
No module dependency, placing this in xfrm_state.c avoids need for
an indirection.
This also removes the state spinlock -- I don't see why we would need
to hold it during sorting.
This in turn allows to remove the 'net' argument passed to
xfrm_tmpl_sort. Last, remove the EXPORT_SYMBOL, there are no modular
callers.
For the CONFIG_IPV6=m case, vmlinux size increase is about 300 byte.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In Jianlin's testing, netperf was broken with 'Connection reset by peer',
as the cookie check failed in rt6_check() and ip6_dst_check() always
returned NULL.
It's caused by Commit 93531c6743 ("net/ipv6: separate handling of FIB
entries from dst based routes"), where the cookie can be got only when
'c1'(see below) for setting dst_cookie whereas rt6_check() is called
when !'c1' for checking dst_cookie, as we can see in ip6_dst_check().
Since in ip6_dst_check() both rt6_dst_from_check() (c1) and rt6_check()
(!c1) will check the 'from' cookie, this patch is to remove the c1 check
in rt6_get_cookie(), so that the dst_cookie can always be set properly.
c1:
(rt->rt6i_flags & RTF_PCPU || unlikely(!list_empty(&rt->rt6i_uncached)))
Fixes: 93531c6743 ("net/ipv6: separate handling of FIB entries from dst based routes")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms and conditions of the gnu general public license
version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program
is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not see http www gnu org
licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 33 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190531081038.745679586@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
released under terms in gpl version 2 see copying
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 5 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Armijn Hemel <armijn@tjaldur.nl>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190531081035.689962394@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not write to the free
software foundation inc 51 franklin st fifth floor boston ma 02110
1301 usa
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 246 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530000436.674189849@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms and conditions of the gnu general public license
version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program
is distributed in the hope it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not write to the free
software foundation inc 51 franklin st fifth floor boston ma 02110
1301 usa
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 111 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530000436.567572064@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation version 2 and no later version this
program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but
without any warranty without even the implied warranty of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu
general public license for more details
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 33 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530000435.345978407@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of version 2 of the gnu general public license as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 64 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190529141901.894819585@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms and conditions of the gnu general public license
version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program
is distributed in the hope it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 263 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190529141901.208660670@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not write to the free
software foundation inc 51 franklin street fifth floor boston ma
02110 1301 usa
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 46 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190529141334.135501091@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
gpl v2
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 19 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190529141333.108140152@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
There is only one implementation of this function; just call it directly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
same as previous patch: just place this in the caller, no need to
have an indirection for a structure initialization.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Simple initialization, handle it in the caller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add struct nexthop and nh_list list_head to fib6_info. nh_list is the
fib6_info side of the nexthop <-> fib_info relationship. Since a fib6_info
referencing a nexthop object can not have 'sibling' entries (the old way
of doing multipath routes), the nh_list is a union with fib6_siblings.
Add f6i_list list_head to 'struct nexthop' to track fib6_info entries
using a nexthop instance. Update __remove_nexthop_fib to walk f6_list
and delete fib entries using the nexthop.
Add a few nexthop helpers for use when a nexthop is added to fib6_info:
- nexthop_fib6_nh - return first fib6_nh in a nexthop object
- fib6_info_nh_dev moved to nexthop.h and updated to use nexthop_fib6_nh
if the fib6_info references a nexthop object
- nexthop_path_fib6_result - similar to ipv4, select a path within a
multipath nexthop object. If the nexthop is a blackhole, set
fib6_result type to RTN_BLACKHOLE, and set the REJECT flag
Update the fib6_info references to check for nh and take a different path
as needed:
- rt6_qualify_for_ecmp - if a fib entry uses a nexthop object it can NOT
be coalesced with other fib entries into a multipath route
- rt6_duplicate_nexthop - use nexthop_cmp if either fib6_info references
a nexthop
- addrconf (host routes), RA's and info entries (anything configured via
ndisc) does not use nexthop objects
- fib6_info_destroy_rcu - put reference to nexthop object
- fib6_purge_rt - drop fib6_info from f6i_list
- fib6_select_path - update to use the new nexthop_path_fib6_result when
fib entry uses a nexthop object
- rt6_device_match - update to catch use of nexthop object as a blackhole
and set fib6_type and flags.
- ip6_route_info_create - don't add space for fib6_nh if fib entry is
going to reference a nexthop object, take a reference to nexthop object,
disallow use of source routing
- rt6_nlmsg_size - add space for RTA_NH_ID
- add rt6_fill_node_nexthop to add nexthop data on a dump
As with ipv4, most of the changes push existing code into the else branch
of whether the fib entry uses a nexthop object.
Update the nexthop code to walk f6i_list on a nexthop deleted to remove
fib entries referencing it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 'struct nexthop' and nh_list list_head to fib_info. nh_list is the
fib_info side of the nexthop <-> fib_info relationship.
Add fi_list list_head to 'struct nexthop' to track fib_info entries
using a nexthop instance. Add __remove_nexthop_fib and add it to
__remove_nexthop to walk the new list_head and mark those fib entries
as dead when the nexthop is deleted.
Add a few nexthop helpers for use when a nexthop is added to fib_info:
- nexthop_cmp to determine if 2 nexthops are the same
- nexthop_path_fib_result to select a path for a multipath
'struct nexthop'
- nexthop_fib_nhc to select a specific fib_nh_common within a
multipath 'struct nexthop'
Update existing fib_info_nhc to use nexthop_fib_nhc if a fib_info uses
a 'struct nexthop', and mark fib_info_nh as only used for the non-nexthop
case.
Update the fib_info functions to check for fi->nh and take a different
path as needed:
- free_fib_info_rcu - put the nexthop object reference
- fib_release_info - remove the fib_info from the nexthop's fi_list
- nh_comp - use nexthop_cmp when either fib_info references a nexthop
object
- fib_info_hashfn - use the nexthop id for the hashing vs the oif of
each fib_nh in a fib_info
- fib_nlmsg_size - add space for the RTA_NH_ID attribute
- fib_create_info - verify nexthop reference can be taken, verify
nexthop spec is valid for fib entry, and add fib_info to fi_list for
a nexthop
- fib_select_multipath - use the new nexthop_path_fib_result to select a
path when nexthop objects are used
- fib_table_lookup - if the 'struct nexthop' is a blackhole nexthop, treat
it the same as a fib entry using 'blackhole'
The bulk of the changes are in fib_semantics.c and most of that is
moving the existing change_nexthops into an else branch.
Update the nexthop code to walk fi_list on a nexthop deleted to remove
fib entries referencing it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert more IPv4 code to use fib_nh_common over fib_nh to enable routes
to use a fib6_nh based nexthop. In the end, only code not using a
nexthop object in a fib_info should directly access fib_nh in a fib_info
without checking the famiy and going through fib_nh_common. Those
functions will be marked when it is not directly evident.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helpers to access fib_nh and fib_nhs fields of a fib_info. Drop the
fib_dev macro which is an alias for the first nexthop. Replacements:
fi->fib_dev --> fib_info_nh(fi, 0)->fib_nh_dev
fi->fib_nh --> fib_info_nh(fi, 0)
fi->fib_nh[i] --> fib_info_nh(fi, i)
fi->fib_nhs --> fib_info_num_path(fi)
where fib_info_nh(fi, i) returns fi->fib_nh[nhsel] and fib_info_num_path
returns fi->fib_nhs.
Move the existing fib_info_nhc to nexthop.h and define the new ones
there. A later patch adds a check if a fib_info uses a nexthop object,
and defining the helpers in nexthop.h avoid circular header
dependencies.
After this all remaining open coded references to fi->fib_nhs and
fi->fib_nh are in:
- fib_create_info and helpers used to lookup an existing fib_info
entry, and
- the netdev event functions fib_sync_down_dev and fib_sync_up.
The latter two will not be reused for nexthops, and the fib_create_info
will be updated to handle a nexthop in a fib_info.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All callers pass prot->version as the last parameter
of tls_advance_record_sn(), yet tls_advance_record_sn()
itself needs a pointer to prot. Pass prot from callers.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tls_context is slightly badly laid out. If we reorder things
right we can save 16 bytes (320 -> 304) but also make all fast path
data fit into two cache lines (one read only and one read/write,
down from four cache lines).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a function to be called from drivers during flash. It sends
notification to userspace about flash update progress.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 38030d7cb7 ("net/tls: avoid NULL-deref on resync during device removal")
tried to fix a potential NULL-dereference by taking the
context rwsem. Unfortunately the RX resync may get called
from soft IRQ, so we can't use the rwsem to protect from
the device disappearing. Because we are guaranteed there
can be only one resync at a time (it's called from strparser)
use a bit to indicate resync is busy and make device
removal wait for the bit to get cleared.
Note that there is a leftover "flags" field in struct
tls_context already.
Fixes: 4799ac81e5 ("tls: Add rx inline crypto offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_stats_update() uses max_t, so ensure we have that defined.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This flag is not used by any caller, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset container Netfilter/IPVS update for net-next:
1) Add UDP tunnel support for ICMP errors in IPVS.
Julian Anastasov says:
This patchset is a followup to the commit that adds UDP/GUE tunnel:
"ipvs: allow tunneling with gue encapsulation".
What we do is to put tunnel real servers in hash table (patch 1),
add function to lookup tunnels (patch 2) and use it to strip the
embedded tunnel headers from ICMP errors (patch 3).
2) Extend xt_owner to match for supplementary groups, from
Lukasz Pawelczyk.
3) Remove unused oif field in flow_offload_tuple object, from
Taehee Yoo.
4) Release basechain counters from workqueue to skip synchronize_rcu()
call. From Florian Westphal.
5) Replace skb_make_writable() by skb_ensure_writable(). Patchset
from Florian Westphal.
6) Checksum support for gue encapsulation in IPVS, from Jacky Hu.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink conflict was between a bug fix by Russell King
to make sure we have a consistent PHY interface mode, and
a change in net-next to pull some code in phylink_resolve()
into the helper functions phylink_mac_link_{up,down}()
On the dp83867 side it's mostly overlapping changes, with
the 'net' side removing a condition that was supposed to
trigger for RGMII but because of how it was coded never
actually could trigger.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add checksum support for gue encapsulation with the tun_flags parameter,
which could be one of the values below:
IP_VS_TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_NOCSUM
IP_VS_TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_CSUM
IP_VS_TUNNEL_ENCAP_FLAG_REMCSUM
Signed-off-by: Jacky Hu <hengqing.hu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The oifidx in the struct flow_offload_tuple is not used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add ip_vs_find_tunnel() to match tunnel headers
by family, address and optional port. Use it to
properly find the tunnel real server used in
received ICMP errors.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Before now rs_table was used only for NAT real servers.
Change it to allow TUN real severs from different types,
possibly hashed with different port key.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to different
kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to parse the
comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review and
analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on the
patches are reviewers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXPCHLg8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykxyACgql6ktH+Tv8Ho1747kKPiFca1Jq0AoK5HORXI
yB0DSTXYNjMtH41ypnsZ
=x2f8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull yet more SPDX updates from Greg KH:
"Here is another set of reviewed patches that adds SPDX tags to
different kernel files, based on a set of rules that are being used to
parse the comments to try to determine that the license of the file is
"GPL-2.0-or-later" or "GPL-2.0-only". Only the "obvious" versions of
these matches are included here, a number of "non-obvious" variants of
text have been found but those have been postponed for later review
and analysis.
There is also a patch in here to add the proper SPDX header to a bunch
of Kbuild files that we have missed in the past due to new files being
added and forgetting that Kbuild uses two different file names for
Makefiles. This issue was reported by the Kbuild maintainer.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on
the patches are reviewers"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc3-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (82 commits)
treewide: Add SPDX license identifier - Kbuild
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 225
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 224
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 223
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 222
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 221
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 220
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 218
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 217
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 216
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 215
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 214
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 213
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 211
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 210
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 209
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 207
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 206
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 203
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 201
...
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix OOPS during nf_tables rule dump, from Florian Westphal.
2) Use after free in ip_vs_in, from Yue Haibing.
3) Fix various kTLS bugs (NULL deref during device removal resync,
netdev notification ignoring, etc.) From Jakub Kicinski.
4) Fix ipv6 redirects with VRF, from David Ahern.
5) Memory leak fix in igmpv3_del_delrec(), from Eric Dumazet.
6) Missing memory allocation failure check in ip6_ra_control(), from
Gen Zhang. And likewise fix ip_ra_control().
7) TX clean budget logic error in aquantia, from Igor Russkikh.
8) SKB leak in llc_build_and_send_ui_pkt(), from Eric Dumazet.
9) Double frees in mlx5, from Parav Pandit.
10) Fix lost MAC address in r8169 during PCI D3, from Heiner Kallweit.
11) Fix botched register access in mvpp2, from Antoine Tenart.
12) Use after free in napi_gro_frags(), from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (89 commits)
net: correct zerocopy refcnt with udp MSG_MORE
ethtool: Check for vlan etype or vlan tci when parsing flow_rule
net: don't clear sock->sk early to avoid trouble in strparser
net-gro: fix use-after-free read in napi_gro_frags()
net: dsa: tag_8021q: Create a stable binary format
net: dsa: tag_8021q: Change order of rx_vid setup
net: mvpp2: fix bad MVPP2_TXQ_SCHED_TOKEN_CNTR_REG queue value
ipv4: tcp_input: fix stack out of bounds when parsing TCP options.
mlxsw: spectrum: Prevent force of 56G
mlxsw: spectrum_acl: Avoid warning after identical rules insertion
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix handling of upper half of STATS_TYPE_PORT
r8169: fix MAC address being lost in PCI D3
net: core: support XDP generic on stacked devices.
netvsc: unshare skb in VF rx handler
udp: Avoid post-GRO UDP checksum recalculation
net: phy: dp83867: Set up RGMII TX delay
net: phy: dp83867: do not call config_init twice
net: phy: dp83867: increase SGMII autoneg timer duration
net: phy: dp83867: fix speed 10 in sgmii mode
net: phy: marvell10g: report if the PHY fails to boot firmware
...
The same skb_checksum_ops struct is defined twice in two different places,
leading to code duplication. Declare it as a global variable into a common
header instead of allocating it on the stack on each function call.
bloat-o-meter reports a slight code shrink.
add/remove: 1/1 grow/shrink: 0/10 up/down: 128/-1282 (-1154)
Function old new delta
sctp_csum_ops - 128 +128
crc32c_csum_ops 16 - -16
sctp_rcv 6616 6583 -33
sctp_packet_pack 4542 4504 -38
nf_conntrack_sctp_packet 4980 4926 -54
execute_masked_set_action 6453 6389 -64
tcf_csum_sctp 575 428 -147
sctp_gso_segment 1292 1126 -166
sctp_csum_check 579 412 -167
sctp_snat_handler 957 772 -185
sctp_dnat_handler 1321 1132 -189
l4proto_manip_pkt 2536 2313 -223
Total: Before=359297613, After=359296459, chg -0.00%
Reviewed-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds basic connection tracking support for the bridge,
including initial IPv4 support.
This patch register two hooks to deal with the bridge forwarding path,
one from the bridge prerouting hook to call nf_conntrack_in(); and
another from the bridge postrouting hook to confirm the entry.
The conntrack bridge prerouting hook defragments packets before passing
them to nf_conntrack_in() to look up for an existing entry, otherwise a
new entry is allocated and it is attached to the skbuff. The conntrack
bridge postrouting hook confirms new conntrack entries, ie. if this is
the first packet seen, then it adds the entry to the hashtable and (if
needed) it refragments the skbuff into the original fragments, leaving
the geometry as is if possible. Exceptions are linearized skbuffs, eg.
skbuffs that are passed up to nfqueue and conntrack helpers, as well as
cloned skbuff for the local delivery (eg. tcpdump), also in case of
bridge port flooding (cloned skbuff too).
The packet defragmentation is done through the ip_defrag() call. This
forces us to save the bridge control buffer, reset the IP control buffer
area and then restore it after call. This function also bumps the IP
fragmentation statistics, it would be probably desiderable to have
independent statistics for the bridge defragmentation/refragmentation.
The maximum fragment length is stored in the control buffer and it is
used to refragment the skbuff from the postrouting path.
The new fraglist splitter and fragment transformer APIs are used to
implement the bridge refragmentation code. The br_ip_fragment() function
drops the packet in case the maximum fragment size seen is larger than
the output port MTU.
This patchset follows the principle that conntrack should not drop
packets, so users can do it through policy via invalid state matching.
Like br_netfilter, there is no refragmentation for packets that are
passed up for local delivery, ie. prerouting -> input path. There are
calls to nf_reset() already in several spots in the stack since time ago
already, eg. af_packet, that show that skbuff fraglist handling from the
netif_rx path is supported already.
The helpers are called from the postrouting hook, before confirmation,
from there we may see packet floods to bridge ports. Then, although
unlikely, this may result in exercising the helpers many times for each
clone. It would be good to explore how to pass all the packets in a list
to the conntrack hook to do this handle only once for this case.
Thanks to Florian Westphal for handing me over an initial patchset
version to add support for conntrack bridge.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds infrastructure to register and to unregister bridge
support for the conntrack module via nf_ct_bridge_register() and
nf_ct_bridge_unregister().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exposes a new API to refragment a skbuff. This allows you to
split either a linear skbuff or to force the refragmentation of an
existing fraglist using a different mtu. The API consists of:
* ip6_frag_init(), that initializes the internal state of the transformer.
* ip6_frag_next(), that allows you to fetch the next fragment. This function
internally allocates the skbuff that represents the fragment, it pushes
the IPv6 header, and it also copies the payload for each fragment.
The ip6_frag_state object stores the internal state of the splitter.
This code has been extracted from ip6_fragment(). Symbols are also
exported to allow to reuse this iterator from the bridge codepath to
build its own refragmentation routine by reusing the existing codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exposes a new API to refragment a skbuff. This allows you to
split either a linear skbuff or to force the refragmentation of an
existing fraglist using a different mtu. The API consists of:
* ip_frag_init(), that initializes the internal state of the transformer.
* ip_frag_next(), that allows you to fetch the next fragment. This function
internally allocates the skbuff that represents the fragment, it pushes
the IPv4 header, and it also copies the payload for each fragment.
The ip_frag_state object stores the internal state of the splitter.
This code has been extracted from ip_do_fragment(). Symbols are also
exported to allow to reuse this iterator from the bridge codepath to
build its own refragmentation routine by reusing the existing codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the skbuff fraglist split iterator. This API provides an
iterator to transform the fraglist into single skbuff objects, it
consists of:
* ip6_fraglist_init(), that initializes the internal state of the
fraglist iterator.
* ip6_fraglist_prepare(), that restores the IPv6 header on the fragment.
* ip6_fraglist_next(), that retrieves the fragment from the fraglist and
updates the internal state of the iterator to point to the next
fragment in the fraglist.
The ip6_fraglist_iter object stores the internal state of the iterator.
This code has been extracted from ip6_fragment(). Symbols are also
exported to allow to reuse this iterator from the bridge codepath to
build its own refragmentation routine by reusing the existing codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the skbuff fraglist splitter. This API provides an
iterator to transform the fraglist into single skbuff objects, it
consists of:
* ip_fraglist_init(), that initializes the internal state of the
fraglist splitter.
* ip_fraglist_prepare(), that restores the IPv4 header on the
fragments.
* ip_fraglist_next(), that retrieves the fragment from the fraglist and
it updates the internal state of the splitter to point to the next
fragment skbuff in the fraglist.
The ip_fraglist_iter object stores the internal state of the iterator.
This code has been extracted from ip_do_fragment(). Symbols are also
exported to allow to reuse this iterator from the bridge codepath to
build its own refragmentation routine by reusing the existing codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We would like to be able to rotate TFO keys while minimizing the number of
client cookies that are rejected. Currently, we have only one key which can
be used to generate and validate cookies, thus if we simply replace this
key clients can easily have cookies rejected upon rotation.
We propose having the ability to have both a primary key and a backup key.
The primary key is used to generate as well as to validate cookies.
The backup is only used to validate cookies. Thus, keys can be rotated as:
1) generate new key
2) add new key as the backup key
3) swap the primary and backup key, thus setting the new key as the primary
We don't simply set the new key as the primary key and move the old key to
the backup slot because the ip may be behind a load balancer and we further
allow for the fact that all machines behind the load balancer will not be
updated simultaneously.
We make use of this infrastructure in subsequent patches.
Suggested-by: Igor Lubashev <ilubashe@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms and conditions of the gnu general public license
version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program
is distributed in the hope it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not see http www gnu org
licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 228 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190528171438.107155473@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
license terms gnu general public license gpl version 2
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 161 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190528170027.447718015@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with this program if not write to free software
foundation 51 franklin street fifth floor boston ma 02111 1301 usa
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 27 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexios Zavras <alexios.zavras@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190528170026.981318839@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as
published by the free software foundation this program is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-only
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 655 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070034.575739538@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3029 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070032.746973796@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Currently, when resegmenting an unexpected UDP GRO packet, the full UDP
checksum will be calculated for every new SKB created by skb_segment()
because the netdev features passed in by udp_rcv_segment() lack any
information about checksum offload capabilities.
Usually, we have no need to perform this calculation again, as
1) The GRO implementation guarantees that any packets making it to the
udp_rcv_segment() function had correct checksums, and, more
importantly,
2) Upon the successful return of udp_rcv_segment(), we immediately pull
the UDP header off and either queue the segment to the socket or
hand it off to a new protocol handler.
Unless userspace has set the IP_CHECKSUM sockopt to indicate that they
want the final checksum values, we can pass the needed netdev feature
flags to __skb_gso_segment() to avoid checksumming each segment in
skb_segment().
Fixes: cf329aa42b ("udp: cope with UDP GRO packet misdirection")
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Sean Tranchetti <stranche@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct
device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK.
This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the
PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API.
A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to
phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same
phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops
callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK
user can get the original net_device using a structure such as
'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the
phylink_config using a container_of call.
At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation
type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device
linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through
the phylink_config structure.
This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new
operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the
net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ctinfo is a new tc filter action module. It is designed to restore
information contained in firewall conntrack marks to other packet fields
and is typically used on packet ingress paths. At present it has two
independent sub-functions or operating modes, DSCP restoration mode &
skb mark restoration mode.
The DSCP restore mode:
This mode copies DSCP values that have been placed in the firewall
conntrack mark back into the IPv4/v6 diffserv fields of relevant
packets.
The DSCP restoration is intended for use and has been found useful for
restoring ingress classifications based on egress classifications across
links that bleach or otherwise change DSCP, typically home ISP Internet
links. Restoring DSCP on ingress on the WAN link allows qdiscs such as
but by no means limited to CAKE to shape inbound packets according to
policies that are easier to set & mark on egress.
Ingress classification is traditionally a challenging task since
iptables rules haven't yet run and tc filter/eBPF programs are pre-NAT
lookups, hence are unable to see internal IPv4 addresses as used on the
typical home masquerading gateway. Thus marking the connection in some
manner on egress for later restoration of classification on ingress is
easier to implement.
Parameters related to DSCP restore mode:
dscpmask - a 32 bit mask of 6 contiguous bits and indicate bits of the
conntrack mark field contain the DSCP value to be restored.
statemask - a 32 bit mask of (usually) 1 bit length, outside the area
specified by dscpmask. This represents a conditional operation flag
whereby the DSCP is only restored if the flag is set. This is useful to
implement a 'one shot' iptables based classification where the
'complicated' iptables rules are only run once to classify the
connection on initial (egress) packet and subsequent packets are all
marked/restored with the same DSCP. A mask of zero disables the
conditional behaviour ie. the conntrack mark DSCP bits are always
restored to the ip diffserv field (assuming the conntrack entry is found
& the skb is an ipv4/ipv6 type)
e.g. dscpmask 0xfc000000 statemask 0x01000000
|----0xFC----conntrack mark----000000---|
| Bits 31-26 | bit 25 | bit24 |~~~ Bit 0|
| DSCP | unused | flag |unused |
|-----------------------0x01---000000---|
| |
| |
---| Conditional flag
v only restore if set
|-ip diffserv-|
| 6 bits |
|-------------|
The skb mark restore mode (cpmark):
This mode copies the firewall conntrack mark to the skb's mark field.
It is completely the functional equivalent of the existing act_connmark
action with the additional feature of being able to apply a mask to the
restored value.
Parameters related to skb mark restore mode:
mask - a 32 bit mask applied to the firewall conntrack mark to mask out
bits unwanted for restoration. This can be useful where the conntrack
mark is being used for different purposes by different applications. If
not specified and by default the whole mark field is copied (i.e.
default mask of 0xffffffff)
e.g. mask 0x00ffffff to mask out the top 8 bits being used by the
aforementioned DSCP restore mode.
|----0x00----conntrack mark----ffffff---|
| Bits 31-24 | |
| DSCP & flag| some value here |
|---------------------------------------|
|
|
v
|------------skb mark-------------------|
| | |
| zeroed | |
|---------------------------------------|
Overall parameters:
zone - conntrack zone
control - action related control (reclassify | pipe | drop | continue |
ok | goto chain <CHAIN_INDEX>)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Reviewed-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the creation of nexthop groups which reference other nexthop
objects to create multipath routes:
+--------------+
+------------+ +--------------+ |
| nh nh_grp --->| nh_grp_entry |-+
+------------+ +---------|----+
^ | | +------------+
+----------------+ +--->| nh, weight |
nh_parent +------------+
A group entry points to a nexthop with a weight for that hop within the
group. The nexthop has a list_head, grp_list, for tracking which groups
it is a member of and the group entry has a reference back to the parent.
The grp_list is used when a nexthop is deleted - to efficiently remove
it from groups using it.
If a nexthop group spec is given, no other attributes can be set. Each
nexthop id in a group spec must already exist.
Similar to single nexthops, the specification of a nexthop group can be
updated so that data is managed with rcu locking.
Add path selection function to account for multiple paths and add
ipv{4,6}_good_nh helpers to know that if a neighbor entry exists it is
in a good state.
Update NETDEV event handling to rebalance multipath nexthop groups if
a nexthop is deleted due to a link event (down or unregister).
When a nexthop is removed any groups using it are updated. Groups using a
nexthop a tracked via a grp_list.
Nexthop dumps can be limited to groups only by adding NHA_GROUPS to the
request.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for NHA_ENCAP and NHA_ENCAP_TYPE. Leverages the existing code
for lwtunnel within fib_nh_common, so the only change needed is handling
the attributes in the nexthop code.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle IPv6 gateway in a nexthop spec. If nh_family is set to AF_INET6,
NHA_GATEWAY is expected to be an IPv6 address. Add ipv6 option to gw in
nh_config to hold the address, add fib6_nh to nh_info to leverage the
ipv6 initialization and cleanup code. Update nh_fill_node to dump the v6
address.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for IPv4 nexthops. If nh_family is set to AF_INET, then
NHA_GATEWAY is expected to be an IPv4 address.
Register for netdev events to be notified of admin up/down changes as
well as deletes. A hash table is used to track nexthop per devices to
quickly convert device events to the affected nexthops.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Barebones start point for nexthops. Implementation for RTM commands,
notifications, management of rbtree for holding nexthops by id, and
kernel side data structures for nexthops and nexthop config.
Nexthops are maintained in an rbtree sorted by id. Similar to routes,
nexthops are configured per namespace using netns_nexthop struct added
to struct net.
Nexthop notifications are sent when a nexthop is added or deleted,
but NOT if the delete is due to a device event or network namespace
teardown (which also involves device events). Applications are
expected to use the device down event to flush nexthops and any
routes used by the nexthops.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fqdir_init() is not fast path and is getting bigger.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the BSS is expired during connection, the connect result will
trigger a kernel warning. Ideally cfg80211 should hold the BSS
before the connection is attempted, but as the BSSID is not known
in case of auth/assoc MLME offload (connect op) it doesn't.
For those drivers without the connect op cfg80211 holds down the
reference so it wil not be removed from list.
Fix this by removing the warning and silently adding the BSS back to
the bss list which is return by the driver (with proper BSSID set) or
in case the BSS is already added use that.
The requirements for drivers are documented in the API's.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Tata <chaitanya.tata@bluwireless.co.uk>
[formatting fixes, keep old timestamp]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
syszbot found an interesting use-after-free [1] happening
while IPv4 fragment rhashtable was destroyed at netns dismantle.
While no insertions can possibly happen at the time a dismantling
netns is destroying this rhashtable, timers can still fire and
attempt to remove elements from this rhashtable.
This is forbidden, since rhashtable_free_and_destroy() has
no synchronization against concurrent inserts and deletes.
Add a new fqdir->dead flag so that timers do not attempt
a rhashtable_remove_fast() operation.
We also have to respect an RCU grace period before starting
the rhashtable_free_and_destroy() from process context,
thus we use rcu_work infrastructure.
This is a refinement of a prior rough attempt to fix this bug :
https://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=153845936820900&w=2
Since the rhashtable cleanup is now deferred to a work queue,
netns dismantles should be slightly faster.
[1]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in __read_once_size include/linux/compiler.h:194 [inline]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in rhashtable_last_table+0x162/0x180 lib/rhashtable.c:212
Read of size 8 at addr ffff8880a6497b70 by task kworker/0:0/5
CPU: 0 PID: 5 Comm: kworker/0:0 Not tainted 5.2.0-rc1+ #2
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Workqueue: events rht_deferred_worker
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:77 [inline]
dump_stack+0x172/0x1f0 lib/dump_stack.c:113
print_address_description.cold+0x7c/0x20d mm/kasan/report.c:188
__kasan_report.cold+0x1b/0x40 mm/kasan/report.c:317
kasan_report+0x12/0x20 mm/kasan/common.c:614
__asan_report_load8_noabort+0x14/0x20 mm/kasan/generic_report.c:132
__read_once_size include/linux/compiler.h:194 [inline]
rhashtable_last_table+0x162/0x180 lib/rhashtable.c:212
rht_deferred_worker+0x111/0x2030 lib/rhashtable.c:411
process_one_work+0x989/0x1790 kernel/workqueue.c:2269
worker_thread+0x98/0xe40 kernel/workqueue.c:2415
kthread+0x354/0x420 kernel/kthread.c:255
ret_from_fork+0x24/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:352
Allocated by task 32687:
save_stack+0x23/0x90 mm/kasan/common.c:71
set_track mm/kasan/common.c:79 [inline]
__kasan_kmalloc mm/kasan/common.c:489 [inline]
__kasan_kmalloc.constprop.0+0xcf/0xe0 mm/kasan/common.c:462
kasan_kmalloc+0x9/0x10 mm/kasan/common.c:503
__do_kmalloc_node mm/slab.c:3620 [inline]
__kmalloc_node+0x4e/0x70 mm/slab.c:3627
kmalloc_node include/linux/slab.h:590 [inline]
kvmalloc_node+0x68/0x100 mm/util.c:431
kvmalloc include/linux/mm.h:637 [inline]
kvzalloc include/linux/mm.h:645 [inline]
bucket_table_alloc+0x90/0x480 lib/rhashtable.c:178
rhashtable_init+0x3f4/0x7b0 lib/rhashtable.c:1057
inet_frags_init_net include/net/inet_frag.h:109 [inline]
ipv4_frags_init_net+0x182/0x410 net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c:683
ops_init+0xb3/0x410 net/core/net_namespace.c:130
setup_net+0x2d3/0x740 net/core/net_namespace.c:316
copy_net_ns+0x1df/0x340 net/core/net_namespace.c:439
create_new_namespaces+0x400/0x7b0 kernel/nsproxy.c:107
unshare_nsproxy_namespaces+0xc2/0x200 kernel/nsproxy.c:206
ksys_unshare+0x440/0x980 kernel/fork.c:2692
__do_sys_unshare kernel/fork.c:2760 [inline]
__se_sys_unshare kernel/fork.c:2758 [inline]
__x64_sys_unshare+0x31/0x40 kernel/fork.c:2758
do_syscall_64+0xfd/0x680 arch/x86/entry/common.c:301
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
Freed by task 7:
save_stack+0x23/0x90 mm/kasan/common.c:71
set_track mm/kasan/common.c:79 [inline]
__kasan_slab_free+0x102/0x150 mm/kasan/common.c:451
kasan_slab_free+0xe/0x10 mm/kasan/common.c:459
__cache_free mm/slab.c:3432 [inline]
kfree+0xcf/0x220 mm/slab.c:3755
kvfree+0x61/0x70 mm/util.c:460
bucket_table_free+0x69/0x150 lib/rhashtable.c:108
rhashtable_free_and_destroy+0x165/0x8b0 lib/rhashtable.c:1155
inet_frags_exit_net+0x3d/0x50 net/ipv4/inet_fragment.c:152
ipv4_frags_exit_net+0x73/0x90 net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c:695
ops_exit_list.isra.0+0xaa/0x150 net/core/net_namespace.c:154
cleanup_net+0x3fb/0x960 net/core/net_namespace.c:553
process_one_work+0x989/0x1790 kernel/workqueue.c:2269
worker_thread+0x98/0xe40 kernel/workqueue.c:2415
kthread+0x354/0x420 kernel/kthread.c:255
ret_from_fork+0x24/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:352
The buggy address belongs to the object at ffff8880a6497b40
which belongs to the cache kmalloc-1k of size 1024
The buggy address is located 48 bytes inside of
1024-byte region [ffff8880a6497b40, ffff8880a6497f40)
The buggy address belongs to the page:
page:ffffea0002992580 refcount:1 mapcount:0 mapping:ffff8880aa400ac0 index:0xffff8880a64964c0 compound_mapcount: 0
flags: 0x1fffc0000010200(slab|head)
raw: 01fffc0000010200 ffffea0002916e88 ffffea000218fe08 ffff8880aa400ac0
raw: ffff8880a64964c0 ffff8880a6496040 0000000100000005 0000000000000000
page dumped because: kasan: bad access detected
Memory state around the buggy address:
ffff8880a6497a00: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
ffff8880a6497a80: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
>ffff8880a6497b00: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
^
ffff8880a6497b80: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
ffff8880a6497c00: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
Fixes: 648700f76b ("inet: frags: use rhashtables for reassembly units")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch will add rcu grace period before fqdir
rhashtable destruction, so we need to dynamically allocate
fqdir structures to not force expensive synchronize_rcu() calls
in netns dismantle path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fqdir will soon be dynamically allocated.
We need to reach the struct net pointer from fqdir,
so add it, and replace the various container_of() constructs
by direct access to the new field.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And pass an extra parameter, since we will soon
dynamically allocate fqdir structures.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the @frags fields from structs netns_ipv4, netns_ipv6,
netns_nf_frag and netns_ieee802154_lowpan to @fqdir
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) struct netns_frags is renamed to struct fqdir
This structure is really holding many frag queues in a hash table.
2) (struct inet_frag_queue)->net field is renamed to fqdir
since net is generally associated to a 'struct net' pointer
in networking stack.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move fib6_nh to the end of fib6_info and make it an array of
size 0. Pass a flag to fib6_info_alloc indicating if the
allocation needs to add space for a fib6_nh.
The current code path always has a fib6_nh allocated with a
fib6_info; with nexthop objects they will be separate.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to the pcpu routes exceptions are really per nexthop, so move
rt6i_exception_bucket from fib6_info to fib6_nh.
To avoid additional increases to the size of fib6_nh for a 1-bit flag,
use the lowest bit in the allocated memory pointer for the flushed flag.
Add helpers for retrieving the bucket pointer to mask off the flag.
The cleanup of the exception bucket is moved to fib6_nh_release.
fib6_nh_flush_exceptions can now be called from 2 contexts:
1. deleting a fib entry
2. deleting a fib6_nh
For 1., fib6_nh_flush_exceptions is called for a specific fib6_info that
is getting deleted. All exceptions in the cache using the entry are
deleted. For 2, the fib6_nh itself is getting destroyed so
fib6_nh_flush_exceptions is called for a NULL fib6_info which means
flush all entries.
The pmtu.sh selftest exercises the affected code paths - from creating
exceptions to cleaning them up on device delete. All tests pass without
any rcu locking or memleak warnings.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_info are specific instances of a fib entry and are tied to a
device and gateway - ie., a nexthop. Before nexthop objects, IPv6 fib
entries have separate fib6_info for each nexthop in a multipath route,
so the location of the pcpu cache in the fib6_info struct worked.
However, with nexthop objects a fib6_info can point to a set of nexthops
(yet another alignment of ipv6 with ipv4). Accordingly, the pcpu
cache needs to be moved to the fib6_nh struct so the cached entries
are local to the nexthop specification used to create the rt6_info.
Initialization and free of the pcpu entries moved to fib6_nh_init and
fib6_nh_release.
Change in location only, from fib6_info down to fib6_nh; no other
functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this sctp implementation is free software you can redistribute it
and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license
as published by the free software foundation either version 2 or at
your option any later version this sctp implementation is
distributed in the hope that it will be useful but without any
warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or
fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu general public license
for more details you should have received a copy of the gnu general
public license along with gnu cc see the file copying if not see
http www gnu org licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 42 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190523091649.683323110@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
the sctp reference implementation is free software you can
redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general
public license as published by the free software foundation either
version 2 or at your option any later version the sctp reference
implementation is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but
without any warranty without even the implied warranty of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu
general public license for more details you should have received a
copy of the gnu general public license along with gnu cc see the
file copying if not see http www gnu org licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 1 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190523091649.408473526@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version this program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful but without any warranty without even
the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose see the gnu general public license for more details you
should have received a copy of the gnu general public license along
with this program if not write to the free software foundation inc
59 temple place suite 330 boston ma 02111 1307 usa the full gnu
general public license is included in this distribution in the file
called license
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 4 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Richard Fontana <rfontana@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190520075211.959886972@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
As per the current design, in the case of sw crypto controlled devices,
it is the device which advertises the support for AP/VLAN iftype based
on it's ability to tranmsit packets encrypted in software
(In VLAN functionality, group traffic generated for a specific
VLAN group is always encrypted in software). Commit db3bdcb9c3
("mac80211: allow AP_VLAN operation on crypto controlled devices")
has introduced this change.
Since 4addr AP operation also uses AP/VLAN iftype, this conditional
way of advertising AP/VLAN support has broken 4addr AP mode operation on
crypto controlled devices which do not support VLAN functionality.
In the case of ath10k driver, not all firmwares have support for VLAN
functionality but all can support 4addr AP operation. Because AP/VLAN
support is not advertised for these devices, 4addr AP operations are
also blocked.
Fix this by allowing 4addr operation on devices which do not support
AP/VLAN iftype but can support 4addr AP operation (decision is based on
the wiphy flag WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP).
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: db3bdcb9c3 ("mac80211: allow AP_VLAN operation on crypto controlled devices")
Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree:
1) Fix crash when dumping rules after conversion to RCU,
from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix incorrect hook reinjection from nf_queue in case NF_REPEAT,
from Jagdish Motwani.
3) Fix check for route existence in fib extension, from Phil Sutter.
4) Fix use after free in ip_vs_in() hook, from YueHaibing.
5) Check for veth existence from netfilter selftests,
from Jeffrin Jose T.
6) Checksum corruption in UDP NAT helpers due to typo,
from Florian Westphal.
7) Pass up packets to classic forwarding path regardless of
IPv4 DF bit, patch for the flowtable infrastructure from Florian.
8) Set liberal TCP tracking for flows that are placed in the
flowtable, in case they need to go back to classic forwarding path,
also from Florian.
9) Don't add flow with sequence adjustment to flowtable, from Florian.
10) Skip IPv4 options from IPv6 datapath in flowtable, from Florian.
11) Add selftest for the flowtable infrastructure, from Florian.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer
period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that
happens.
Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set,
during initialization and port type change.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New userspace on an older kernel can send unknown and unsupported
attributes resulting in an incompelete config which is almost
always wrong for routing (few exceptions are passthrough settings
like the protocol that installed the route).
Set strict_start_type in the policies for IPv4 and IPv6 routes and
rules to detect new, unsupported attributes and fail the route add.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename nh_update_mtu to fib_nhc_update_mtu and export for use by the
nexthop code.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add scope as input argument versus relying on fib_info reference in
fib_nh, and export fib_info_update_nh_saddr.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As nexthops are deleted, fib entries referencing it are marked dead.
Export fib_flush so those entries can be removed in a timely manner.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change fib_check_nh to take net, table and scope as input arguments
over struct fib_config and export for use by nexthop code.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib_info_notify_update to walk the fib and send RTM_NEWROUTE
notifications with NLM_F_REPLACE set for entries linked to a fib_info
that have nh_updated flag set. This helper will be used by the nexthop
code to notify userspace of routes that are impacted when a nexthop
config is updated via replace. The new function and its helper are
similar to how fib_flush and fib_table_flush work for address delete
and link down events.
This notification is needed for legacy apps that do not understand
the new nexthop object. Apps that are nexthop aware can use the
RTA_NH_ID attribute in the route notification to just ignore it.
In the future this should be wrapped in a sysctl to allow OS'es that
are fully updated to avoid the notificaton storm.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib6_rt_update to send RTM_NEWROUTE with NLM_F_REPLACE set. This
helper will be used by the nexthop code to notify userspace of routes
that are impacted when a nexthop config is updated via replace.
This notification is needed for legacy apps that do not understand
the new nexthop object. Apps that are nexthop aware can use the
RTA_NH_ID attribute in the route notification to just ignore it.
In the future this should be wrapped in a sysctl to allow OS'es that
are fully updated to avoid the notificaton storm.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add hook to ipv6 stub to bump the sernum up to the root node for a
route. This is needed by the nexthop code when a nexthop config changes.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ip6_del_rt to the IPv6 stub. The hook is needed by the nexthop
code to remove entries linked to a nexthop that is getting deleted.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here are series of patches that add SPDX tags to different kernel files,
based on two different things:
- SPDX entries are added to a bunch of files that we missed a year ago
that do not have any license information at all.
These were either missed because the tool saw the MODULE_LICENSE()
tag, or some EXPORT_SYMBOL tags, and got confused and thought the
file had a real license, or the files have been added since the last
big sweep, or they were Makefile/Kconfig files, which we didn't
touch last time.
- Add GPL-2.0-only or GPL-2.0-or-later tags to files where our scan
tools can determine the license text in the file itself. Where this
happens, the license text is removed, in order to cut down on the
700+ different ways we have in the kernel today, in a quest to get
rid of all of these.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on the
patches are reviewers.
The reason for these "large" patches is if we were to continue to
progress at the current rate of change in the kernel, adding license
tags to individual files in different subsystems, we would be finished
in about 10 years at the earliest.
There will be more series of these types of patches coming over the next
few weeks as the tools and reviewers crunch through the more "odd"
variants of how to say "GPLv2" that developers have come up with over
the years, combined with other fun oddities (GPL + a BSD disclaimer?)
that are being unearthed, with the goal for the whole kernel to be
cleaned up.
These diffstats are not small, 3840 files are touched, over 10k lines
removed in just 24 patches.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCXOP8uw8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ynmGQCgy3evqzleuOITDpuWaxewFdHqiJYAnA7KRw4H
1KwtfRnMtG6dk/XaS7H7
=O9lH
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx-5.2-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull SPDX update from Greg KH:
"Here is a series of patches that add SPDX tags to different kernel
files, based on two different things:
- SPDX entries are added to a bunch of files that we missed a year
ago that do not have any license information at all.
These were either missed because the tool saw the MODULE_LICENSE()
tag, or some EXPORT_SYMBOL tags, and got confused and thought the
file had a real license, or the files have been added since the
last big sweep, or they were Makefile/Kconfig files, which we
didn't touch last time.
- Add GPL-2.0-only or GPL-2.0-or-later tags to files where our scan
tools can determine the license text in the file itself. Where this
happens, the license text is removed, in order to cut down on the
700+ different ways we have in the kernel today, in a quest to get
rid of all of these.
These patches have been out for review on the linux-spdx@vger mailing
list, and while they were created by automatic tools, they were
hand-verified by a bunch of different people, all whom names are on
the patches are reviewers.
The reason for these "large" patches is if we were to continue to
progress at the current rate of change in the kernel, adding license
tags to individual files in different subsystems, we would be finished
in about 10 years at the earliest.
There will be more series of these types of patches coming over the
next few weeks as the tools and reviewers crunch through the more
"odd" variants of how to say "GPLv2" that developers have come up with
over the years, combined with other fun oddities (GPL + a BSD
disclaimer?) that are being unearthed, with the goal for the whole
kernel to be cleaned up.
These diffstats are not small, 3840 files are touched, over 10k lines
removed in just 24 patches"
* tag 'spdx-5.2-rc2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (24 commits)
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 25
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 24
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 23
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 22
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 21
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 20
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 19
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 18
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 17
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 15
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 14
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 13
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 12
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 11
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 10
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 9
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 7
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 5
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 4
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 3
...
NFTA_FIB_F_PRESENT flag was not always honored since eval functions did
not call nft_fib_store_result in all cases.
Given that in all callsites there is a struct net_device pointer
available which holds the interface data to be stored in destination
register, simplify nft_fib_store_result() to just accept that pointer
instead of the nft_pktinfo pointer and interface index. This also
allows to drop the index to interface lookup previously needed to get
the name associated with given index.
Fixes: 055c4b34b9 ("netfilter: nft_fib: Support existence check")
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or any
later version this program is distributed in the hope that it will
be useful but without any warranty without even the implied warranty
of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose see the gnu
general public license for more details
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 50 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Jilayne Lovejoy <opensource@jilayne.com>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190519154042.917228456@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 2 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version this program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful but without any warranty without even
the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose see the gnu general public license for more details you
should have received a copy of the gnu general public license along
with this program if not see http www gnu org licenses
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version this program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful but without any warranty without even
the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose see the gnu general public license for more details [based]
[from] [clk] [highbank] [c] you should have received a copy of the
gnu general public license along with this program if not see http
www gnu org licenses
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 355 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Jilayne Lovejoy <opensource@jilayne.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190519154041.837383322@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Based on 1 normalized pattern(s):
this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify
it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by
the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at
your option any later version this program is distributed in the
hope that it will be useful but without any warranty without even
the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose see the gnu general public license for more details you
should have received a copy of the gnu general public license along
with this program if not see http www gnu org licenses the full gnu
general public license is included in this distribution in the file
called license
extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier
GPL-2.0-or-later
has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3 file(s).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Steve Winslow <swinslow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Jilayne Lovejoy <opensource@jilayne.com>
Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net>
Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190519154041.052102771@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:1) Use after free in __dev_map_entry_free(), from Eric Dumazet.
1) Use after free in __dev_map_entry_free(), from Eric Dumazet.
2) Fix TCP retransmission timestamps on passive Fast Open, from Yuchung
Cheng.
3) Orphan NFC, we'll take the patches directly into my tree. From
Johannes Berg.
4) We can't recycle cloned TCP skbs, from Eric Dumazet.
5) Some flow dissector bpf test fixes, from Stanislav Fomichev.
6) Fix RCU marking and warnings in rhashtable, from Herbert Xu.
7) Fix some potential fib6 leaks, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Fix a _decode_session4 uninitialized memory read bug fix that got
lost in a merge. From Florian Westphal.
9) Fix ipv6 source address routing wrt. exception route entries, from
Wei Wang.
10) The netdev_xmit_more() conversion was not done %100 properly in mlx5
driver, fix from Tariq Toukan.
11) Clean up botched merge on netfilter kselftest, from Florian
Westphal.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (74 commits)
of_net: fix of_get_mac_address retval if compiled without CONFIG_OF
net: fix kernel-doc warnings for socket.c
net: Treat sock->sk_drops as an unsigned int when printing
kselftests: netfilter: fix leftover net/net-next merge conflict
mlxsw: core: Prevent reading unsupported slave address from SFP EEPROM
mlxsw: core: Prevent QSFP module initialization for old hardware
vsock/virtio: Initialize core virtio vsock before registering the driver
net/mlx5e: Fix possible modify header actions memory leak
net/mlx5e: Fix no rewrite fields with the same match
net/mlx5e: Additional check for flow destination comparison
net/mlx5e: Add missing ethtool driver info for representors
net/mlx5e: Fix number of vports for ingress ACL configuration
net/mlx5e: Fix ethtool rxfh commands when CONFIG_MLX5_EN_RXNFC is disabled
net/mlx5e: Fix wrong xmit_more application
net/mlx5: Fix peer pf disable hca command
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Correct type to u16 for vport_num and int for vport_index
net/mlx5: Add meaningful return codes to status_to_err function
net/mlx5: Imply MLXFW in mlx5_core
Revert "tipc: fix modprobe tipc failed after switch order of device registration"
vsock/virtio: free packets during the socket release
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=2q2Y
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'afs-fixes-20190516' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
Pull misc AFS fixes from David Howells:
"This fixes a set of miscellaneous issues in the afs filesystem,
including:
- leak of keys on file close.
- broken error handling in xattr functions.
- missing locking when updating VL server list.
- volume location server DNS lookup whereby preloaded cells may not
ever get a lookup and regular DNS lookups to maintain server lists
consume power unnecessarily.
- incorrect error propagation and handling in the fileserver
iteration code causes operations to sometimes apparently succeed.
- interruption of server record check/update side op during
fileserver iteration causes uninterruptible main operations to fail
unexpectedly.
- callback promise expiry time miscalculation.
- over invalidation of the callback promise on directories.
- double locking on callback break waking up file locking waiters.
- double increment of the vnode callback break counter.
Note that it makes some changes outside of the afs code, including:
- an extra parameter to dns_query() to allow the dns_resolver key
just accessed to be immediately invalidated. AFS is caching the
results itself, so the key can be discarded.
- an interruptible version of wait_var_event().
- an rxrpc function to allow the maximum lifespan to be set on a
call.
- a way for an rxrpc call to be marked as non-interruptible"
* tag 'afs-fixes-20190516' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs:
afs: Fix double inc of vnode->cb_break
afs: Fix lock-wait/callback-break double locking
afs: Don't invalidate callback if AFS_VNODE_DIR_VALID not set
afs: Fix calculation of callback expiry time
afs: Make dynamic root population wait uninterruptibly for proc_cells_lock
afs: Make some RPC operations non-interruptible
rxrpc: Allow the kernel to mark a call as being non-interruptible
afs: Fix error propagation from server record check/update
afs: Fix the maximum lifespan of VL and probe calls
rxrpc: Provide kernel interface to set max lifespan on a call
afs: Fix "kAFS: AFS vnode with undefined type 0"
afs: Fix cell DNS lookup
Add wait_var_event_interruptible()
dns_resolver: Allow used keys to be invalidated
afs: Fix afs_cell records to always have a VL server list record
afs: Fix missing lock when replacing VL server list
afs: Fix afs_xattr_get_yfs() to not try freeing an error value
afs: Fix incorrect error handling in afs_xattr_get_acl()
afs: Fix key leak in afs_release() and afs_evict_inode()
At ipv6 route dismantle, fib6_drop_pcpu_from() is responsible
for finding all percpu routes and set their ->from pointer
to NULL, so that fib6_ref can reach its expected value (1).
The problem right now is that other cpus can still catch the
route being deleted, since there is no rcu grace period
between the route deletion and call to fib6_drop_pcpu_from()
This can leak the fib6 and associated resources, since no
notifier will take care of removing the last reference(s).
I decided to add another boolean (fib6_destroying) instead
of reusing/renaming exception_bucket_flushed to ease stable backports,
and properly document the memory barriers used to implement this fix.
This patch has been co-developped with Wei Wang.
Fixes: 93531c6743 ("net/ipv6: separate handling of FIB entries from dst based routes")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow kernel services using AF_RXRPC to indicate that a call should be
non-interruptible. This allows kafs to make things like lock-extension and
writeback data storage calls non-interruptible.
If this is set, signals will be ignored for operations on that call where
possible - such as waiting to get a call channel on an rxrpc connection.
It doesn't prevent UDP sendmsg from being interrupted, but that will be
handled by packet retransmission.
rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() isn't affected by this since that never waits,
preferring instead to return -EAGAIN and leave the waiting to the caller.
Userspace initiated calls can't be set to be uninterruptible at this time.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide an interface to set max lifespan on a call from inside of the
kernel without having to call kernel_sendmsg().
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
It is illegal to change arbitrary fields in skb_shared_info if the
skb is cloned.
Before calling skb_zcopy_clear() we need to ensure this rule,
therefore we need to move the test from sk_stream_alloc_skb()
to sk_wmem_free_skb()
Fixes: 4f661542a4 ("tcp: fix zerocopy and notsent_lowat issues")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Diagnosed-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's best to not expose this, due to the performance hit it may cause
when calling it.
Fixes: b68b0dd0fb ("net: dsa: Keep private info in the skb->cb")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This does not cause any bug now because it has no users, but its body
contains two pointer definitions within a code block:
struct sk_buff *clone = _clone; \
struct sk_buff *skb = _skb; \
When calling the macro as DSA_SKB_CLONE(clone, skb), these variables
would obscure the arguments that the macro was called with, and the
initializers would be a no-op instead of doing their job (undefined
behavior, by the way, but GCC nicely puts NULL pointers instead).
So simply remove this broken macro and leave users to simply call
"DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->clone = clone" by hand when needed.
There is one functional difference when doing what I just suggested
above: the control block won't be transferred from the original skb into
the clone. Since there's no foreseen need for the control block in the
clone ATM, this is ok.
Fixes: b68b0dd0fb ("net: dsa: Keep private info in the skb->cb")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sk_buff control block can have any contents on xmit put there by the
stack, so initialization is mandatory, since we are checking its value
after the actual DSA xmit (the tagger may have changed it).
The DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro could have been used for this purpose, but:
- Zeroizing a 48-byte memory region in the hotpath is best avoided.
- It would have triggered a warning with newer compilers since
__dsa_skb_cb contains a structure within a structure, and the {0}
initializer was incorrect for that purpose.
So simply remove the DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro and initialize the
deferred_xmit variable by hand (which should be done for all further
dsa_skb_cb variables which need initialization - currently none - to
avoid the performance penalty).
Fixes: 97a69a0dea ("net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User space can flip the clean_acked_data_enabled static branch
on and off with TLS offload when CONFIG_TLS_DEVICE is enabled.
jump_label.h suggests we use the delayed version in this case.
Deferred branches now also don't take the branch mutex on
decrement, so we avoid potential locking issues.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Support AES128-CCM ciphers in kTLS, from Vakul Garg.
2) Add fib_sync_mem to control the amount of dirty memory we allow to
queue up between synchronize RCU calls, from David Ahern.
3) Make flow classifier more lockless, from Vlad Buslov.
4) Add PHY downshift support to aquantia driver, from Heiner
Kallweit.
5) Add SKB cache for TCP rx and tx, from Eric Dumazet. This reduces
contention on SLAB spinlocks in heavy RPC workloads.
6) Partial GSO offload support in XFRM, from Boris Pismenny.
7) Add fast link down support to ethtool, from Heiner Kallweit.
8) Use siphash for IP ID generator, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Pull nexthops even further out from ipv4/ipv6 routes and FIB
entries, from David Ahern.
10) Move skb->xmit_more into a per-cpu variable, from Florian
Westphal.
11) Improve eBPF verifier speed and increase maximum program size,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
12) Eliminate per-bucket spinlocks in rhashtable, and instead use bit
spinlocks. From Neil Brown.
13) Allow tunneling with GUE encap in ipvs, from Jacky Hu.
14) Improve link partner cap detection in generic PHY code, from
Heiner Kallweit.
15) Add layer 2 encap support to bpf_skb_adjust_room(), from Alan
Maguire.
16) Remove SKB list implementation assumptions in SCTP, your's truly.
17) Various cleanups, optimizations, and simplifications in r8169
driver. From Heiner Kallweit.
18) Add memory accounting on TX and RX path of SCTP, from Xin Long.
19) Switch PHY drivers over to use dynamic featue detection, from
Heiner Kallweit.
20) Support flow steering without masking in dpaa2-eth, from Ioana
Ciocoi.
21) Implement ndo_get_devlink_port in netdevsim driver, from Jiri
Pirko.
22) Increase the strict parsing of current and future netlink
attributes, also export such policies to userspace. From Johannes
Berg.
23) Allow DSA tag drivers to be modular, from Andrew Lunn.
24) Remove legacy DSA probing support, also from Andrew Lunn.
25) Allow ll_temac driver to be used on non-x86 platforms, from Esben
Haabendal.
26) Add a generic tracepoint for TX queue timeouts to ease debugging,
from Cong Wang.
27) More indirect call optimizations, from Paolo Abeni"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1763 commits)
cxgb4: Fix error path in cxgb4_init_module
net: phy: improve pause mode reporting in phy_print_status
dt-bindings: net: Fix a typo in the phy-mode list for ethernet bindings
net: macb: Change interrupt and napi enable order in open
net: ll_temac: Improve error message on error IRQ
net/sched: remove block pointer from common offload structure
net: ethernet: support of_get_mac_address new ERR_PTR error
net: usb: smsc: fix warning reported by kbuild test robot
staging: octeon-ethernet: Fix of_get_mac_address ERR_PTR check
net: dsa: support of_get_mac_address new ERR_PTR error
net: dsa: sja1105: Fix status initialization in sja1105_get_ethtool_stats
vrf: sit mtu should not be updated when vrf netdev is the link
net: dsa: Fix error cleanup path in dsa_init_module
l2tp: Fix possible NULL pointer dereference
taprio: add null check on sched_nest to avoid potential null pointer dereference
net: mvpp2: cls: fix less than zero check on a u32 variable
net_sched: sch_fq: handle non connected flows
net_sched: sch_fq: do not assume EDT packets are ordered
net: hns3: use devm_kcalloc when allocating desc_cb
net: hns3: some cleanup for struct hns3_enet_ring
...
Based on feedback from Jiri avoid carrying a pointer to the tcf_block
structure in the tc_cls_common_offload structure. Instead store
a flag in driver private data which indicates if offloads apply
to a shared block at block binding time.
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull timer updates from Ingo Molnar:
"This cycle had the following changes:
- Timer tracing improvements (Anna-Maria Gleixner)
- Continued tasklet reduction work: remove the hrtimer_tasklet
(Thomas Gleixner)
- Fix CPU hotplug remove race in the tick-broadcast mask handling
code (Thomas Gleixner)
- Force upper bound for setting CLOCK_REALTIME, to fix ABI
inconsistencies with handling values that are close to the maximum
supported and the vagueness of when uptime related wraparound might
occur. Make the consistent maximum the year 2232 across all
relevant ABIs and APIs. (Thomas Gleixner)
- various cleanups and smaller fixes"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
tick: Fix typos in comments
tick/broadcast: Fix warning about undefined tick_broadcast_oneshot_offline()
timekeeping: Force upper bound for setting CLOCK_REALTIME
timer/trace: Improve timer tracing
timer/trace: Replace deprecated vsprintf pointer extension %pf by %ps
timer: Move trace point to get proper index
tick/sched: Update tick_sched struct documentation
tick: Remove outgoing CPU from broadcast masks
timekeeping: Consistently use unsigned int for seqcount snapshot
softirq: Remove tasklet_hrtimer
xfrm: Replace hrtimer tasklet with softirq hrtimer
mac80211_hwsim: Replace hrtimer tasklet with softirq hrtimer
In order to support this, we are creating a make-shift switch tag out of
a VLAN trunk configured on the CPU port. Termination of normal traffic
on switch ports only works when not under a vlan_filtering bridge.
Termination of management (PTP, BPDU) traffic works under all
circumstances because it uses a different tagging mechanism
(incl_srcpt). We are making use of the generic CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q
code and leveraging it from our own CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_SJA1105.
There are two types of traffic: regular and link-local.
The link-local traffic received on the CPU port is trapped from the
switch's regular forwarding decisions because it matched one of the two
DMAC filters for management traffic.
On transmission, the switch requires special massaging for these
link-local frames. Due to a weird implementation of the switching IP, by
default it drops link-local frames that originate on the CPU port.
It needs to be told where to forward them to, through an SPI command
("management route") that is valid for only a single frame.
So when we're sending link-local traffic, we are using the
dsa_defer_xmit mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is supposed to share information between the driver and the tagger,
or used by the tagger to keep some state. Its use is optional.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on
the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding
rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a
sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic,
this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism
that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred
transmission.
The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not
in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically
also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb
manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit
and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the
tagger.
The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it
to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing
some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping.
To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about
changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into
a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value.
But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore
making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking
the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly
introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Map a DSA structure over the 48-byte control block that will hold
skb info on transmit and receive. This is only for use within the DSA
processing layer (e.g. communicating between DSA core and tagger) and
not for passing info around with other layers such as the master net
device.
Also add a DSA_SKB_CB_PRIV() macro which retrieves a pointer to the
space up to 48 bytes that the DSA structure does not use. This space can
be used for drivers to add their own private info.
One use is for the PTP timestamping code path. When cloning a skb,
annotate the original with a pointer to the clone, which the driver can
then find easily and place the timestamp to. This avoids the need of a
separate queue to hold clones and a way to match an original to a cloned
skb.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Frames get processed by DSA and redirected to switch port net devices
based on the ETH_P_XDSA multiplexed packet_type handler found by the
network stack when calling eth_type_trans().
The running assumption is that once the DSA .rcv function is called, DSA
is always able to decode the switch tag in order to change the skb->dev
from its master.
However there are tagging protocols (such as the new DSA_TAG_PROTO_SJA1105,
user of DSA_TAG_PROTO_8021Q) where this assumption is not completely
true, since switch tagging piggybacks on the absence of a vlan_filtering
bridge. Moreover, management traffic (BPDU, PTP) for this switch doesn't
rely on switch tagging, but on a different mechanism. So it would make
sense to at least be able to terminate that.
Having DSA receive traffic it can't decode would put it in an impossible
situation: the eth_type_trans() function would invoke the DSA .rcv(),
which could not change skb->dev, then eth_type_trans() would be invoked
again, which again would call the DSA .rcv, and the packet would never
be able to exit the DSA filter and would spiral in a loop until the
whole system dies.
This happens because eth_type_trans() doesn't actually look at the skb
(so as to identify a potential tag) when it deems it as being
ETH_P_XDSA. It just checks whether skb->dev has a DSA private pointer
installed (therefore it's a DSA master) and that there exists a .rcv
callback (everybody except DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE has that). This is
understandable as there are many switch tags out there, and exhaustively
checking for all of them is far from ideal.
The solution lies in introducing a filtering function for each tagging
protocol. In the absence of a filtering function, all traffic is passed
to the .rcv DSA callback. The tagging protocol should see the filtering
function as a pre-validation that it can decode the incoming skb. The
traffic that doesn't match the filter will bypass the DSA .rcv callback
and be left on the master netdevice, which wasn't previously possible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides generic DSA code for using VLAN (802.1Q) tags for
the same purpose as a dedicated switch tag for injection/extraction.
It is based on the discussions and interest that has been so far
expressed in https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg556125.html.
Unlike all other DSA-supported tagging protocols, CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q
does not offer a complete solution for drivers (nor can it). Instead, it
provides generic code that driver can opt into calling:
- dsa_8021q_xmit: Inserts a VLAN header with the specified contents.
Can be called from another tagging protocol's xmit function.
Currently the LAN9303 driver is inserting headers that are simply
802.1Q with custom fields, so this is an opportunity for code reuse.
- dsa_8021q_rcv: Retrieves the TPID and TCI from a VLAN-tagged skb.
Removing the VLAN header is left as a decision for the caller to make.
- dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging: For each user port, installs an Rx VID
and a Tx VID, for proper untagged traffic identification on ingress
and steering on egress. Also sets up the VLAN trunk on the upstream
(CPU or DSA) port. Drivers are intentionally left to call this
function explicitly, depending on the context and hardware support.
The expected switch behavior and VLAN semantics should not be violated
under any conditions. That is, after calling
dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging, the hardware should still pass all
ingress traffic, be it tagged or untagged.
For uniformity with the other tagging protocols, a module for the
dsa_8021q_netdev_ops structure is registered, but the typical usage is
to set up another tagging protocol which selects CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q,
and calls the API from tag_8021q.h. Null function definitions are also
provided so that a "depends on" is not forced in the Kconfig.
This tagging protocol only works when switch ports are standalone, or
when they are added to a VLAN-unaware bridge. It will probably remain
this way for the reasons below.
When added to a bridge that has vlan_filtering 1, the bridge core will
install its own VLANs and reset the pvids through switchdev. For the
bridge core, switchdev is a write-only pipe. All VLAN-related state is
kept in the bridge core and nothing is read from DSA/switchdev or from
the driver. So the bridge core will break this port separation because
it will install the vlan_default_pvid into all switchdev ports.
Even if we could teach the bridge driver about switchdev preference of a
certain vlan_default_pvid (task difficult in itself since the current
setting is per-bridge but we would need it per-port), there would still
exist many other challenges.
Firstly, in the DSA rcv callback, a driver would have to perform an
iterative reverse lookup to find the correct switch port. That is
because the port is a bridge slave, so its Rx VID (port PVID) is subject
to user configuration. How would we ensure that the user doesn't reset
the pvid to a different value (which would make an O(1) translation
impossible), or to a non-unique value within this DSA switch tree (which
would make any translation impossible)?
Finally, not all switch ports are equal in DSA, and that makes it
difficult for the bridge to be completely aware of this anyway.
The CPU port needs to transmit tagged packets (VLAN trunk) in order for
the DSA rcv code to be able to decode source information.
But the bridge code has absolutely no idea which switch port is the CPU
port, if nothing else then just because there is no netdevice registered
by DSA for the CPU port.
Also DSA does not currently allow the user to specify that they want the
CPU port to do VLAN trunking anyway. VLANs are added to the CPU port
using the same flags as they were added on the user port.
So the VLANs installed by dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging per driver
request should remain private from the bridge's and user's perspective,
and should not alter the VLAN semantics observed by the user.
In the current implementation a VLAN range ending at 4095 (VLAN_N_VID)
is reserved for this purpose. Each port receives a unique Rx VLAN and a
unique Tx VLAN. Separate VLANs are needed for Rx and Tx because they
serve different purposes: on Rx the switch must process traffic as
untagged and process it with a port-based VLAN, but with care not to
hinder bridging. On the other hand, the Tx VLAN is where the
reachability restrictions are imposed, since by tagging frames in the
xmit callback we are telling the switch onto which port to steer the
frame.
Some general guidance on how this support might be employed for
real-life hardware (some comments made by Florian Fainelli):
- If the hardware supports VLAN tag stacking, it should somehow back
up its private VLAN settings when the bridge tries to override them.
Then the driver could re-apply them as outer tags. Dedicating an outer
tag per bridge device would allow identical inner tag VID numbers to
co-exist, yet preserve broadcast domain isolation.
- If the switch cannot handle VLAN tag stacking, it should disable this
port separation when added as slave to a vlan_filtering bridge, in
that case having reduced functionality.
- Drivers for old switches that don't support the entire VLAN_N_VID
range will need to rework the current range selection mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some actions like the police action are stateful and could share state
between devices. This is incompatible with offloading to multiple devices
and drivers might want to test for shared blocks when offloading.
Store a pointer to the tcf_block structure in the tc_cls_common_offload
structure to allow drivers to determine when offloads apply to a shared
block.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new command for matchall classifiers that allows hardware
to update statistics.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add police action to the hardware intermediate representation which
would subsequently allow it to be used by drivers for offload.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move tcf_police_params, tcf_police and tc_police_compat structures to a
header. Making them usable to other code for example drivers that would
offload police actions to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleanup unused functions and variables after porting to the newer
intermediate representation.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates the Mellanox spectrum driver to use the newer intermediate
representation for flow actions in matchall offloads.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends matchall offload to make use of the hardware intermediate
representation. More specifically, this patch moves the native TC
actions in cls_matchall offload to the newer flow_action
representation. This ultimately allows us to avoid a direct
dependency on native TC actions for matchall.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add sample action to the hardware intermediate representation model which
would subsequently allow it to be used by drivers for offload.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
===================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following batch contains Netfilter updates for net-next, they are:
1) Move nft_expr_clone() to nft_dynset, from Paul Gortmaker.
2) Do not include module.h from net/netfilter/nf_tables.h,
also from Paul.
3) Restrict conntrack sysctl entries to boolean, from Tonghao Zhang.
4) Several patches to add infrastructure to autoload NAT helper
modules from their respective conntrack helper, this also includes
the first client of this code in OVS, patches from Flavio Leitner.
5) Add support to match for conntrack ID, from Brett Mastbergen.
6) Spelling fix in connlabel, from Colin Ian King.
7) Use struct_size() from hashlimit, from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
8) Add optimized version of nf_inet_addr_mask(), from Li RongQing.
===================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2019-05-05
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for 5.2:
- Fixed Command Complete event handling check for matching opcode
- Added support for Qualcomm WCN3998 controller, along with DT bindings
- Added default address for Broadcom BCM2076B1 controllers
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define __ipv4_neigh_lookup_noref to return NULL when CONFIG_INET is disabled.
Fixes: 4b2a2bfeb3 ("neighbor: Call __ipv4_neigh_lookup_noref in neigh_xmit")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ip6frag_expire_frag_queue() now pulls the head skb
from frag queue, we should no longer use skb_get(), since
this leads to an skb leak.
Stefan Bader initially reported a problem in 4.4.stable [1] caused
by the skb_get(), so this patch should also fix this issue.
296583.091021] kernel BUG at /build/linux-6VmqmP/linux-4.4.0/net/core/skbuff.c:1207!
[296583.091734] Call Trace:
[296583.091749] [<ffffffff81740e50>] __pskb_pull_tail+0x50/0x350
[296583.091764] [<ffffffff8183939a>] _decode_session6+0x26a/0x400
[296583.091779] [<ffffffff817ec719>] __xfrm_decode_session+0x39/0x50
[296583.091795] [<ffffffff818239d0>] icmpv6_route_lookup+0xf0/0x1c0
[296583.091809] [<ffffffff81824421>] icmp6_send+0x5e1/0x940
[296583.091823] [<ffffffff81753238>] ? __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60
[296583.091838] [<ffffffff817532b2>] ? netif_receive_skb_internal+0x32/0xa0
[296583.091858] [<ffffffffc0199f74>] ? ixgbe_clean_rx_irq+0x594/0xac0 [ixgbe]
[296583.091876] [<ffffffffc04eb260>] ? nf_ct_net_exit+0x50/0x50 [nf_defrag_ipv6]
[296583.091893] [<ffffffff8183d431>] icmpv6_send+0x21/0x30
[296583.091906] [<ffffffff8182b500>] ip6_expire_frag_queue+0xe0/0x120
[296583.091921] [<ffffffffc04eb27f>] nf_ct_frag6_expire+0x1f/0x30 [nf_defrag_ipv6]
[296583.091938] [<ffffffff810f3b57>] call_timer_fn+0x37/0x140
[296583.091951] [<ffffffffc04eb260>] ? nf_ct_net_exit+0x50/0x50 [nf_defrag_ipv6]
[296583.091968] [<ffffffff810f5464>] run_timer_softirq+0x234/0x330
[296583.091982] [<ffffffff8108a339>] __do_softirq+0x109/0x2b0
Fixes: d4289fcc9b ("net: IP6 defrag: use rbtrees for IPv6 defrag")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Stefan Bader <stefan.bader@canonical.com>
Cc: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit makes the kernel not send the next queued HCI command until
a command complete arrives for the last HCI command sent to the
controller. This change avoids a problem with some buggy controllers
(seen on two SKUs of QCA9377) that send an extra command complete event
for the previous command after the kernel had already sent a new HCI
command to the controller.
The problem was reproduced when starting an active scanning procedure,
where an extra command complete event arrives for the LE_SET_RANDOM_ADDR
command. When this happends the kernel ends up not processing the
command complete for the following commmand, LE_SET_SCAN_PARAM, and
ultimately behaving as if a passive scanning procedure was being
performed, when in fact controller is performing an active scanning
procedure. This makes it impossible to discover BLE devices as no device
found events are sent to userspace.
This problem is reproducible on 100% of the attempts on the affected
controllers. The extra command complete event can be seen at timestamp
27.420131 on the btmon logs bellow.
Bluetooth monitor ver 5.50
= Note: Linux version 5.0.0+ (x86_64) 0.352340
= Note: Bluetooth subsystem version 2.22 0.352343
= New Index: 80:C5:F2:8F:87:84 (Primary,USB,hci0) [hci0] 0.352344
= Open Index: 80:C5:F2:8F:87:84 [hci0] 0.352345
= Index Info: 80:C5:F2:8F:87:84 (Qualcomm) [hci0] 0.352346
@ MGMT Open: bluetoothd (privileged) version 1.14 {0x0001} 0.352347
@ MGMT Open: btmon (privileged) version 1.14 {0x0002} 0.352366
@ MGMT Open: btmgmt (privileged) version 1.14 {0x0003} 27.302164
@ MGMT Command: Start Discovery (0x0023) plen 1 {0x0003} [hci0] 27.302310
Address type: 0x06
LE Public
LE Random
< HCI Command: LE Set Random Address (0x08|0x0005) plen 6 #1 [hci0] 27.302496
Address: 15:60:F2:91:B2:24 (Non-Resolvable)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4 #2 [hci0] 27.419117
LE Set Random Address (0x08|0x0005) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
< HCI Command: LE Set Scan Parameters (0x08|0x000b) plen 7 #3 [hci0] 27.419244
Type: Active (0x01)
Interval: 11.250 msec (0x0012)
Window: 11.250 msec (0x0012)
Own address type: Random (0x01)
Filter policy: Accept all advertisement (0x00)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4 #4 [hci0] 27.420131
LE Set Random Address (0x08|0x0005) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
< HCI Command: LE Set Scan Enable (0x08|0x000c) plen 2 #5 [hci0] 27.420259
Scanning: Enabled (0x01)
Filter duplicates: Enabled (0x01)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4 #6 [hci0] 27.420969
LE Set Scan Parameters (0x08|0x000b) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4 #7 [hci0] 27.421983
LE Set Scan Enable (0x08|0x000c) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
@ MGMT Event: Command Complete (0x0001) plen 4 {0x0003} [hci0] 27.422059
Start Discovery (0x0023) plen 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Address type: 0x06
LE Public
LE Random
@ MGMT Event: Discovering (0x0013) plen 2 {0x0003} [hci0] 27.422067
Address type: 0x06
LE Public
LE Random
Discovery: Enabled (0x01)
@ MGMT Event: Discovering (0x0013) plen 2 {0x0002} [hci0] 27.422067
Address type: 0x06
LE Public
LE Random
Discovery: Enabled (0x01)
@ MGMT Event: Discovering (0x0013) plen 2 {0x0001} [hci0] 27.422067
Address type: 0x06
LE Public
LE Random
Discovery: Enabled (0x01)
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@endlessm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Similar to the cached routes, make IPv4 exceptions accessible when
using an IPv6 nexthop struct with IPv4 routes. Simplify the exception
functions by passing in fib_nh_common since that is all it needs,
and then cleanup the call sites that have extraneous fib_nh conversions.
As with the cached routes this is a change in location only, from fib_nh
up to fib_nh_common; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the cached routes, nh_pcpu_rth_output and nh_rth_input, are IPv4
specific, a later patch wants to make them accessible for IPv6 nexthops
with IPv4 routes using a fib6_nh. Move the cached routes from fib_nh to
fib_nh_common and update references.
Initialization of the cached entries is moved to fib_nh_common_init,
and free is moved to fib_nh_common_release.
Change in location only, from fib_nh up to fib_nh_common; no functional
change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new validation flag NL_VALIDATE_NESTED which adds three consistency
checks of NLA_F_NESTED_FLAG:
- the flag is set on attributes with NLA_NESTED{,_ARRAY} policy
- the flag is not set on attributes with other policies except NLA_UNSPEC
- the flag is set on attribute passed to nla_parse_nested()
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
v2: change error messages to mention NLA_F_NESTED explicitly
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The devlink health reporters create/destroy and user commands currently
use the devlink->lock as a locking mechanism. Different reporters have
different rules in the driver and are being created/destroyed during
different stages of driver load/unload/running. So during execution of a
reporter recover the flow can go through another reporter's destroy and
create. Such flow leads to deadlock trying to lock a mutex already
held.
With the new locking mechanism the different reporters share mutex lock
only to protect access to shared reporters list.
Added refcount per reporter, to protect the reporters from destroy while
being used.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ying triggered a call trace when doing an asconf testing:
BUG: scheduling while atomic: swapper/12/0/0x10000100
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffffa4375904>] dump_stack+0x19/0x1b
[<ffffffffa436fcaf>] __schedule_bug+0x64/0x72
[<ffffffffa437b93a>] __schedule+0x9ba/0xa00
[<ffffffffa3cd5326>] __cond_resched+0x26/0x30
[<ffffffffa437bc4a>] _cond_resched+0x3a/0x50
[<ffffffffa3e22be8>] kmem_cache_alloc_node+0x38/0x200
[<ffffffffa423512d>] __alloc_skb+0x5d/0x2d0
[<ffffffffc0995320>] sctp_packet_transmit+0x610/0xa20 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc098510e>] sctp_outq_flush+0x2ce/0xc00 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc098646c>] sctp_outq_uncork+0x1c/0x20 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc0977338>] sctp_cmd_interpreter.isra.22+0xc8/0x1460 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc0976ad1>] sctp_do_sm+0xe1/0x350 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc099443d>] sctp_primitive_ASCONF+0x3d/0x50 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc0977384>] sctp_cmd_interpreter.isra.22+0x114/0x1460 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc0976ad1>] sctp_do_sm+0xe1/0x350 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc097b3a4>] sctp_assoc_bh_rcv+0xf4/0x1b0 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc09840f1>] sctp_inq_push+0x51/0x70 [sctp]
[<ffffffffc099732b>] sctp_rcv+0xa8b/0xbd0 [sctp]
As it shows, the first sctp_do_sm() running under atomic context (NET_RX
softirq) invoked sctp_primitive_ASCONF() that uses GFP_KERNEL flag later,
and this flag is supposed to be used in non-atomic context only. Besides,
sctp_do_sm() was called recursively, which is not expected.
Vlad tried to fix this recursive call in Commit c078669340 ("sctp: Fix
oops when sending queued ASCONF chunks") by introducing a new command
SCTP_CMD_SEND_NEXT_ASCONF. But it didn't work as this command is still
used in the first sctp_do_sm() call, and sctp_primitive_ASCONF() will
be called in this command again.
To avoid calling sctp_do_sm() recursively, we send the next queued ASCONF
not by sctp_primitive_ASCONF(), but by sctp_sf_do_prm_asconf() in the 1st
sctp_do_sm() directly.
Reported-by: Ying Xu <yinxu@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all drivers can be probed using more traditional methods,
remove the legacy probe code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since different types of hardware may or may not support this setting
per-port, DSA keeps it either in dsa_switch or in dsa_port.
While drivers may know the characteristics of their hardware and
retrieve it from the correct place without the need of helpers, it is
cumbersone to find out an unambigous answer from generic DSA code.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current behavior is not as obvious as one would assume (which is
that, if the driver set vlan_filtering_is_global = 1, then checking any
dp->vlan_filtering would yield the same result). Only the ports which
are actively enslaved into a bridge would have vlan_filtering set.
This makes it tricky for drivers to check what the global state is.
So fix this and make the struct dsa_switch hold this global setting.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some switches, the action of whether to parse VLAN frame headers and use
that information for ingress admission is configurable, but not per
port. Such is the case for the Broadcom BCM53xx and the NXP SJA1105
families, for example. In that case, DSA can prevent the bridge core
from trying to apply different VLAN filtering settings on net devices
that belong to the same switch.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to query the VLAN setting imposed by the bridge
driver directly from DSA, instead of keeping their own state based on
the .port_vlan_filtering callback.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2019-04-30
1) A lot of work to remove indirections from the xfrm code.
From Florian Westphal.
2) Support ESP offload in combination with gso partial.
From Boris Pismenny.
3) Remove some duplicated code from vti4.
From Jeremy Sowden.
Please note that there is merge conflict
between commit:
8742dc86d0 ("xfrm4: Fix uninitialized memory read in _decode_session4")
from the ipsec tree and commit:
c53ac41e37 ("xfrm: remove decode_session indirection from afinfo_policy")
from the ipsec-next tree. The merge conflict will appear
when those trees get merged during the merge window.
The conflict can be solved as it is done in linux-next:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2019/4/25/1207
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2019-04-30
1) Fix an out-of-bound array accesses in __xfrm_policy_unlink.
From YueHaibing.
2) Reset the secpath on failure in the ESP GRO handlers
to avoid dereferencing an invalid pointer on error.
From Myungho Jung.
3) Add and revert a patch that tried to add rcu annotations
to netns_xfrm. From Su Yanjun.
4) Wait for rcu callbacks before freeing xfrm6_tunnel_spi_kmem.
From Su Yanjun.
5) Fix forgotten vti4 ipip tunnel deregistration.
From Jeremy Sowden:
6) Remove some duplicated log messages in vti4.
From Jeremy Sowden.
7) Don't use IPSEC_PROTO_ANY when flushing states because
this will flush only IPsec portocol speciffic states.
IPPROTO_ROUTING states may remain in the lists when
doing net exit. Fix this by replacing IPSEC_PROTO_ANY
with zero. From Cong Wang.
8) Add length check for UDP encapsulation to fix "Oversized IP packet"
warnings on receive side. From Sabrina Dubroca.
9) Fix xfrm interface lookup when the interface is associated to
a vrf layer 3 master device. From Martin Willi.
10) Reload header pointers after pskb_may_pull() in _decode_session4(),
otherwise we may read from uninitialized memory.
11) Update the documentation about xfrm[46]_gc_thresh, it
is not used anymore after the flowcache removal.
From Nicolas Dichtel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The API allows a conntrack helper to indicate its corresponding
NAT helper which then can be loaded and reference counted.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Each NAT helper creates a module alias which follows a pattern.
Use macros for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We use the zero and one to limit the boolean options setting.
After this patch we only set 0 or 1 to boolean options for nf
conntrack sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Ideally, header files under include/linux shouldn't be adding
includes of other headers, in anticipation of their consumers,
but just the headers needed for the header itself to pass
parsing with CPP.
The module.h is particularly bad in this sense, as it itself does
include a whole bunch of other headers, due to the complexity of
module support.
Since nf_tables.h is not going into a module struct looking for
specific fields, we can just let it know that module is a struct,
just like about 60 other include/linux headers already do.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The nf_tables.h header is used in a lot of files, but it turns out
that there is only one actual user of nft_expr_clone().
Hence we relocate that function to be with the one consumer of it
and avoid having to process it with CPP for all the other files.
This will also enable a reduction in the other headers that the
nf_tables.h itself has to include just to be stand-alone, hence
a pending further significant reduction in the CPP content that
needs to get processed for each netfilter file.
Note that the explicit "inline" has been dropped as part of this
relocation. In similar changes to this, I believe Dave has asked
this be done, so we free up gcc to make the choice of whether to
inline or not.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that tag drivers dynamically register, we don't need the static
table. Remove it. This also means the tag driver structures can be
made static.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA tag driver module will need to register the tag protocols it
implements with the DSA core. Add macros containing this boiler plate.
The registration/unregistration code is currently just a stub. A Later
patch will add the real implementation.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
Fix indent of #endif
Rewrite to move list pointer into a new structure
v3
Move kdoc next to macro
Fix THIS_MODULE indentation
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order that we can match the tagging protocol a switch driver
request to the tagger, we need to know what protocol the tagger
supports. Add this information to the ops structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2
More tag protocol to end of structure to keep hot members at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the tag drivers become modules, we will need to dynamically load
them based on what the switch drivers need. Add aliases to map between
the TAG protocol and the driver.
In order to do this, we need the tag protocol number as something
which the C pre-processor can stringinfy. Only the compiler knows the
value of an enum, CPP cannot use them. So add #defines.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than keep a list to map a tagger ops to a name, place the name
into the ops structure. This removes the hard coded list, a step
towards making the taggers more dynamic.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
v2:
Move name to end of structure, keeping the hot entries at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-04-28
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Introduce BPF socket local storage map so that BPF programs can store
private data they associate with a socket (instead of e.g. separate hash
table), from Martin.
2) Add support for bpftool to dump BTF types. This is done through a new
`bpftool btf dump` sub-command, from Andrii.
3) Enable BPF-based flow dissector for skb-less eth_get_headlen() calls which
was currently not supported since skb was used to lookup netns, from Stanislav.
4) Add an opt-in interface for tracepoints to expose a writable context
for attached BPF programs, used here for NBD sockets, from Matt.
5) BPF xadd related arm64 JIT fixes and scalability improvements, from Daniel.
6) Change the skb->protocol for bpf_skb_adjust_room() helper in order to
support tunnels such as sit. Add selftests as well, from Willem.
7) Various smaller misc fixes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add options to strictly validate messages and dump messages,
sometimes perhaps validating dump messages non-strictly may
be required, so add an option for that as well.
Since none of this can really be applied to existing commands,
set the options everwhere using the following spatch:
@@
identifier ops;
expression X;
@@
struct genl_ops ops[] = {
...,
{
.cmd = X,
+ .validate = GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_STRICT | GENL_DONT_VALIDATE_DUMP,
...
},
...
};
For new commands one should just not copy the .validate 'opt-out'
flags and thus get strict validation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately, we cannot add strict parsing for all attributes, as
that would break existing userspace. We currently warn about it, but
that's about all we can do.
For new attributes, however, the story is better: nobody is using
them, so we can reject bad sizes.
Also, for new attributes, we need not accept them when the policy
doesn't declare their usage.
David Ahern and I went back and forth on how to best encode this, and
the best way we found was to have a "boundary type", from which point
on new attributes have all possible validation applied, and NLA_UNSPEC
is rejected.
As we didn't want to add another argument to all functions that get a
netlink policy, the workaround is to encode that boundary in the first
entry of the policy array (which is for type 0 and thus probably not
really valid anyway). I put it into the validation union for the rare
possibility that somebody is actually using attribute 0, which would
continue to work fine unless they tried to use the extended validation,
which isn't likely. We also didn't find any in-tree users with type 0.
The reason for setting the "start strict here" attribute is that we
never really need to start strict from 0, which is invalid anyway (or
in legacy families where that isn't true, it cannot be set to strict),
so we can thus reserve the value 0 for "don't do this check" and don't
have to add the tag to all policies right now.
Thus, policies can now opt in to this validation, which we should do
for all existing policies, at least when adding new attributes.
Note that entirely *new* policies won't need to set it, as the use
of that should be using nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc. which anyway
do fully strict validation now, regardless of this.
So in effect, this patch only covers the "existing command with new
attribute" case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This re-adds the parse and validate functions like nla_parse()
that are now actually strict after the previous rename and were
just split out to make sure everything is converted (and if not
compilation of the previous patch would fail.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently have two levels of strict validation:
1) liberal (default)
- undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
- garbage at end of message accepted
2) strict (opt-in)
- NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted
- attribute length >= expected accepted
Split out parsing strictness into four different options:
* TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing
attributes (in message or nested)
* MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type
* UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries
* STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size
The default for future things should be *everything*.
The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE,
and is renamed to _deprecated_strict().
The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to
*_parse_deprecated().
Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags
even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in
this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to
not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going
forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply
to the POLICY flag.
We end up with the following renames:
* nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated
* nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict
* nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated
* nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict
* nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated
* nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated
Using spatch, of course:
@@
expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
+nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT)
@@
expression START, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT)
@@
expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT;
@@
-nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
+nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT)
For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions
yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong.
Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a
common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication.
Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every
new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the
next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is.
In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than using NLA_UNSPEC for this type of thing, use NLA_MIN_LEN
so we can make NLA_UNSPEC be NLA_REJECT under certain conditions for
future attributes.
While at it, also use NLA_EXACT_LEN for the struct example.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most
netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not
setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers
not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's
mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display
the structure of their contents.
Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be
userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than
through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames
nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start()
as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually
are rewritten to use nla_nest_start().
Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using
this semantic patch:
@@ expression E1, E2; @@
-nla_nest_start(E1, E2)
+nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2)
@@ expression E1, E2; @@
-nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED)
+nla_nest_start(E1, E2)
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid a sparse warning byteswap the be32 sequence number
before it's stored in the atomic value. While at it drop
unnecessary brackets and use kernel's u64 type.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There seems to be no reason for tls_ops to be defined in netdevice.h
which is included in a lot of places. Don't wrap the struct/enum
declaration in ifdefs, it trickles down unnecessary ifdefs into
driver code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tls_device_sk_destruct being set on a socket used to indicate
that socket is a kTLS device one. That is no longer true -
now we use sk_validate_xmit_skb pointer for that purpose.
Remove the export. tls_device_attach() needs to be moved.
While at it, remove the dead declaration of tls_sk_destruct().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After allowing a bpf prog to
- directly read the skb->sk ptr
- get the fullsock bpf_sock by "bpf_sk_fullsock()"
- get the bpf_tcp_sock by "bpf_tcp_sock()"
- get the listener sock by "bpf_get_listener_sock()"
- avoid duplicating the fields of "(bpf_)sock" and "(bpf_)tcp_sock"
into different bpf running context.
this patch is another effort to make bpf's network programming
more intuitive to do (together with memory and performance benefit).
When bpf prog needs to store data for a sk, the current practice is to
define a map with the usual 4-tuples (src/dst ip/port) as the key.
If multiple bpf progs require to store different sk data, multiple maps
have to be defined. Hence, wasting memory to store the duplicated
keys (i.e. 4 tuples here) in each of the bpf map.
[ The smallest key could be the sk pointer itself which requires
some enhancement in the verifier and it is a separate topic. ]
Also, the bpf prog needs to clean up the elem when sk is freed.
Otherwise, the bpf map will become full and un-usable quickly.
The sk-free tracking currently could be done during sk state
transition (e.g. BPF_SOCK_OPS_STATE_CB).
The size of the map needs to be predefined which then usually ended-up
with an over-provisioned map in production. Even the map was re-sizable,
while the sk naturally come and go away already, this potential re-size
operation is arguably redundant if the data can be directly connected
to the sk itself instead of proxy-ing through a bpf map.
This patch introduces sk->sk_bpf_storage to provide local storage space
at sk for bpf prog to use. The space will be allocated when the first bpf
prog has created data for this particular sk.
The design optimizes the bpf prog's lookup (and then optionally followed by
an inline update). bpf_spin_lock should be used if the inline update needs
to be protected.
BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE:
-----------------------
To define a bpf "sk-local-storage", a BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE map (new in
this patch) needs to be created. Multiple BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE maps can
be created to fit different bpf progs' needs. The map enforces
BTF to allow printing the sk-local-storage during a system-wise
sk dump (e.g. "ss -ta") in the future.
The purpose of a BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE map is not for lookup/update/delete
a "sk-local-storage" data from a particular sk.
Think of the map as a meta-data (or "type") of a "sk-local-storage". This
particular "type" of "sk-local-storage" data can then be stored in any sk.
The main purposes of this map are mostly:
1. Define the size of a "sk-local-storage" type.
2. Provide a similar syscall userspace API as the map (e.g. lookup/update,
map-id, map-btf...etc.)
3. Keep track of all sk's storages of this "type" and clean them up
when the map is freed.
sk->sk_bpf_storage:
------------------
The main lookup/update/delete is done on sk->sk_bpf_storage (which
is a "struct bpf_sk_storage"). When doing a lookup,
the "map" pointer is now used as the "key" to search on the
sk_storage->list. The "map" pointer is actually serving
as the "type" of the "sk-local-storage" that is being
requested.
To allow very fast lookup, it should be as fast as looking up an
array at a stable-offset. At the same time, it is not ideal to
set a hard limit on the number of sk-local-storage "type" that the
system can have. Hence, this patch takes a cache approach.
The last search result from sk_storage->list is cached in
sk_storage->cache[] which is a stable sized array. Each
"sk-local-storage" type has a stable offset to the cache[] array.
In the future, a map's flag could be introduced to do cache
opt-out/enforcement if it became necessary.
The cache size is 16 (i.e. 16 types of "sk-local-storage").
Programs can share map. On the program side, having a few bpf_progs
running in the networking hotpath is already a lot. The bpf_prog
should have already consolidated the existing sock-key-ed map usage
to minimize the map lookup penalty. 16 has enough runway to grow.
All sk-local-storage data will be removed from sk->sk_bpf_storage
during sk destruction.
bpf_sk_storage_get() and bpf_sk_storage_delete():
------------------------------------------------
Instead of using bpf_map_(lookup|update|delete)_elem(),
the bpf prog needs to use the new helper bpf_sk_storage_get() and
bpf_sk_storage_delete(). The verifier can then enforce the
ARG_PTR_TO_SOCKET argument. The bpf_sk_storage_get() also allows to
"create" new elem if one does not exist in the sk. It is done by
the new BPF_SK_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE flag. An optional value can also be
provided as the initial value during BPF_SK_STORAGE_GET_F_CREATE.
The BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE also supports bpf_spin_lock. Together,
it has eliminated the potential use cases for an equivalent
bpf_map_update_elem() API (for bpf_prog) in this patch.
Misc notes:
----------
1. map_get_next_key is not supported. From the userspace syscall
perspective, the map has the socket fd as the key while the map
can be shared by pinned-file or map-id.
Since btf is enforced, the existing "ss" could be enhanced to pretty
print the local-storage.
Supporting a kernel defined btf with 4 tuples as the return key could
be explored later also.
2. The sk->sk_lock cannot be acquired. Atomic operations is used instead.
e.g. cmpxchg is done on the sk->sk_bpf_storage ptr.
Please refer to the source code comments for the details in
synchronization cases and considerations.
3. The mem is charged to the sk->sk_omem_alloc as the sk filter does.
Benchmark:
---------
Here is the benchmark data collected by turning on
the "kernel.bpf_stats_enabled" sysctl.
Two bpf progs are tested:
One bpf prog with the usual bpf hashmap (max_entries = 8192) with the
sk ptr as the key. (verifier is modified to support sk ptr as the key
That should have shortened the key lookup time.)
Another bpf prog is with the new BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE.
Both are storing a "u32 cnt", do a lookup on "egress_skb/cgroup" for
each egress skb and then bump the cnt. netperf is used to drive
data with 4096 connected UDP sockets.
BPF_MAP_TYPE_HASH with a modifier verifier (152ns per bpf run)
27: cgroup_skb name egress_sk_map tag 74f56e832918070b run_time_ns 58280107540 run_cnt 381347633
loaded_at 2019-04-15T13:46:39-0700 uid 0
xlated 344B jited 258B memlock 4096B map_ids 16
btf_id 5
BPF_MAP_TYPE_SK_STORAGE in this patch (66ns per bpf run)
30: cgroup_skb name egress_sk_stora tag d4aa70984cc7bbf6 run_time_ns 25617093319 run_cnt 390989739
loaded_at 2019-04-15T13:47:54-0700 uid 0
xlated 168B jited 156B memlock 4096B map_ids 17
btf_id 6
Here is a high-level picture on how are the objects organized:
sk
┌──────┐
│ │
│ │
│ │
│*sk_bpf_storage─────▶ bpf_sk_storage
└──────┘ ┌───────┐
┌───────────┤ list │
│ │ │
│ │ │
│ │ │
│ └───────┘
│
│ elem
│ ┌────────┐
├─▶│ snode │
│ ├────────┤
│ │ data │ bpf_map
│ ├────────┤ ┌─────────┐
│ │map_node│◀─┬─────┤ list │
│ └────────┘ │ │ │
│ │ │ │
│ elem │ │ │
│ ┌────────┐ │ └─────────┘
└─▶│ snode │ │
├────────┤ │
bpf_map │ data │ │
┌─────────┐ ├────────┤ │
│ list ├───────▶│map_node│ │
│ │ └────────┘ │
│ │ │
│ │ elem │
└─────────┘ ┌────────┐ │
┌─▶│ snode │ │
│ ├────────┤ │
│ │ data │ │
│ ├────────┤ │
│ │map_node│◀─┘
│ └────────┘
│
│
│ ┌───────┐
sk └──────────│ list │
┌──────┐ │ │
│ │ │ │
│ │ │ │
│ │ └───────┘
│*sk_bpf_storage───────▶bpf_sk_storage
└──────┘
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
* extended key ID support (from 802.11-2016)
* per-STA TX power control support
* mac80211 TX performance improvements
* HE (802.11ax) updates
* mesh link probing support
* enhancements of multi-BSSID support (also related to HE)
* OWE userspace processing support
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=JQOx
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2019-04-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various updates, notably:
* extended key ID support (from 802.11-2016)
* per-STA TX power control support
* mac80211 TX performance improvements
* HE (802.11ax) updates
* mesh link probing support
* enhancements of multi-BSSID support (also related to HE)
* OWE userspace processing support
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The requirement for mesh link metric refreshing, is that from one
mesh point we be able to send some data frames to other mesh points
which are not currently selected as a primary traffic path, but which
are only 1 hop away. The absence of the primary path to the chosen node
makes it necessary to apply some form of marking on a chosen packet
stream so that the packets can be properly steered to the selected node
for testing, and not by the regular mesh path lookup.
Tested-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding support to allow mesh HWMP to measure link metrics on unexercised
direct mesh path by sending some data frames to other mesh points which
are not currently selected as a primary traffic path but only 1 hop away.
The absence of the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to
apply some form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets
can be properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
regular mesh path lookup.
Tested-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The cfg80211_merge_profile() and ieee802_11_find_bssid_profile() are
a bit cleaner if we just pass the merged_ie pointer instead of a pointer
to the pointer.
This isn't a functional change, it's just a clean up.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch introduce a new driver callback drv_sta_set_txpwr. This API will
copy the transmit power value passed from user space and call the driver
callback to set the tx power for the station.
Co-developed-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds support to set transmit power setting type and transmit
power level attributes to NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION in order to facilitate
adjusting the transmit power level of a station associated to the AP.
The added attributes allow selection of automatic and limited transmit
power level, with the level defined in dBm format.
Co-developed-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for Extended Key ID as defined in IEEE 802.11-2016.
- Implement the nl80211 API for Extended Key ID
- Extend mac80211 API to allow drivers to support Extended Key ID
- Enable Extended Key ID by default for drivers only supporting SW
crypto (e.g. mac80211_hwsim)
- Allow unicast Tx usage to be supressed (IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX)
- Select the decryption key based on the MPDU keyid
- Enforce existing assumptions in the code that rekeys don't change the
cipher
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
[remove module parameter]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for IEEE 802.11-2016 "Extended Key ID for Individually
Addressed Frames".
Extend cfg80211 and nl80211 to allow pairwise keys to be installed for
Rx only, enable Tx separately and allow Key ID 1 for pairwise keys.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
[use NLA_POLICY_RANGE() for NL80211_KEY_MODE]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reduces lock contention on enqueue/dequeue of iTXQ packets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since an element is limited to 255 octets, a profile may be split
split to several elements. Support the split as defined in the 11ax
draft 3. Detect legacy split and print a net-rate limited warning,
since there is no ROI in supporting this probably non-existent
split.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Subelement profile may specify element IDs it doesn't inherit
from the management frame. Support it.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2019-04-25
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 5.2 kernel.
- Added support for Mediatek SDIO controllers
- Added support for Broadcom BCM2076B1 UART controller
- Added support for Marvel SD8987 chipset
- Fix buffer overflow bug in hidp protocol
- Various other smaller fixes & improvements
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The minimum encryption key size for LE connections is 56 bits and to
align LE with BR/EDR, enforce 56 bits of minimum encryption key size for
BR/EDR connections as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
arg.result is sometimes used as fib6_result and sometimes used to
hold the rt6_info. Add rt6_info to fib6_result and make the use
of arg.result consistent through ipv6 rules.
The rt6 entry is filled in for lookups returning a dst_entry, but not
for direct fib_lookups that just want a fib6_info.
Fixes: effda4dd97 ("ipv6: Pass fib6_result to fib lookups")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nhc_flags holds the RTNH_F flags for a given nexthop (fib{6}_nh).
All of the RTNH_F_ flags fit in an unsigned char, and since the API to
userspace (rtnh_flags and lower byte of rtm_flags) is 1 byte it can not
grow. Make nhc_flags in fib_nh_common an unsigned char and shrink the
size of the struct by 8, from 56 to 48 bytes.
Update the flags arguments for up netdevice events and fib_nexthop_info
which determines the RTNH_F flags to return on a dump/event. The RTNH_F
flags are passed in the lower byte of rtm_flags which is an unsigned int
so use a temp variable for the flags to fib_nexthop_info and combine
with rtm_flags in the caller.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, lwtunnel_fill_encap hardcodes the encap and encap type
attributes as RTA_ENCAP and RTA_ENCAP_TYPE, respectively. The nexthop
objects want to re-use this code but the encap attributes passed to
userspace as NHA_ENCAP and NHA_ENCAP_TYPE. Since that is the only
difference, change lwtunnel_fill_encap to take the attribute type as
an input.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We suspect some issues involving fib6_ref 0 -> 1 transitions might
cause strange syzbot reports.
Lets convert fib6_ref to refcount_t to catch them earlier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct bpf_flow_dissector has a small subset of sk_buff fields that
flow dissector BPF program is allowed to access and an optional
pointer to real skb. Real skb is used only in bpf_skb_load_bytes
helper to read non-linear data.
The real motivation for this is to be able to call flow dissector
from eth_get_headlen context where we don't have an skb and need
to dissect raw bytes.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
None of them have any external callers, make them static.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
No external dependencies, might as well handle this directly.
xfrm_afinfo_policy is now 40 bytes on x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
handle this directly, its only used by ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Only used by ipv4, we can read the fl4 tos value directly instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error
messages could be propagated to the user.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ideally, header files under include/linux shouldn't be adding
includes of other headers, in anticipation of their consumers,
but just the headers needed for the header itself to pass
parsing with CPP.
The module.h is particularly bad in this sense, as it itself does
include a whole bunch of other headers, due to the complexity of
module support.
Since tc_ife.h is not going into a module struct looking for
specific fields, we can just let it know that module is a struct,
just like about 60 other include/linux headers already do.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ideally, header files under include/linux shouldn't be adding
includes of other headers, in anticipation of their consumers,
but just the headers needed for the header itself to pass
parsing with CPP.
The module.h is particularly bad in this sense, as it itself does
include a whole bunch of other headers, due to the complexity of
module support.
Since fib_notifier.h is not going into a module struct looking for
specific fields, we can just let it know that module is a struct,
just like about 60 other include/linux headers already do.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ideally, header files under include/linux shouldn't be adding
includes of other headers, in anticipation of their consumers,
but just the headers needed for the header itself to pass
parsing with CPP.
The module.h is particularly bad in this sense, as it itself does
include a whole bunch of other headers, due to the complexity of
module support.
There doesn't appear to be anything in net/ife.h that is module
related, and build coverage doesn't appear to show any other
files/drivers relying implicitly on getting it from here.
So it appears we are simply free to just remove it in this case.
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ideally, header files under include/linux shouldn't be adding
includes of other headers, in anticipation of their consumers,
but just the headers needed for the header itself to pass
parsing with CPP.
The module.h is particularly bad in this sense, as it itself does
include a whole bunch of other headers, due to the complexity of
module support.
There doesn't appear to be anything in psample.h that is module
related, and build coverage doesn't appear to show any other
files/drivers relying implicitly on getting it from here.
So it appears we are simply free to just remove it in this case.
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header contains rtnh_ macros so rename the file accordingly.
Allows a later patch to use the nexthop.h name for the new
nexthop code.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes trivial whitespace fix to the function
tcp_v4_check at include/net/tcp.h file.
It has stylistic issue, which is "space required after that ','"
and it can be confirmed with ./scripts/checkpatch.pl tool.
ERROR: space required after that ',' (ctx:VxV)
#29: FILE: include/net/tcp.h:1317:
+ return csum_tcpudp_magic(saddr,daddr,len,IPPROTO_TCP,base);
^
Signed-off-by: Daniel T. Lee <danieltimlee@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RTF_ADDRCONF flag filters out routes added by RA's in determining
which routes can be appended to an existing one to create a multipath
route. Restore the flag check and add a comment to document the RA piece.
Fixes: 4e54507ab1 ("ipv6: Simplify rt6_qualify_for_ecmp")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit c7a1ce397a ("ipv6: Change addrconf_f6i_alloc to use
ip6_route_info_create"), the gateway is no longer filled in for fib6_nh
structs in a prefix route. Accordingly, the RTF_ADDRCONF flag check can
be dropped from the 'rt6_qualify_for_ecmp'.
Further, RTF_DYNAMIC is only set in rt6_info instances, so it can be
removed from the check as well.
This reduces rt6_qualify_for_ecmp and the mlxsw version to just checking
if the nexthop has a gateway which is the real indication of whether
entries can be coalesced into a multipath route.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SIOCGSTAMP/SIOCGSTAMPNS ioctl commands are implemented by many
socket protocol handlers, and all of those end up calling the same
sock_get_timestamp()/sock_get_timestampns() helper functions, which
results in a lot of duplicate code.
With the introduction of 64-bit time_t on 32-bit architectures, this
gets worse, as we then need four different ioctl commands in each
socket protocol implementation.
To simplify that, let's add a new .gettstamp() operation in
struct proto_ops, and move ioctl implementation into the common
sock_ioctl()/compat_sock_ioctl_trans() functions that these all go
through.
We can reuse the sock_get_timestamp() implementation, but generalize
it so it can deal with both native and compat mode, as well as
timeval and timespec structures.
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAK8P3a038aDQQotzua_QtKGhq8O9n+rdiz2=WDCp82ys8eUT+A@mail.gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make ICMPv6 closer to ICMPv4, add ratemask parameter. Since the ICMP
message types use larger numeric values, a simple bitmask doesn't fit.
I use large bitmap. The input and output are the in form of list of
ranges. Set the default to rate limit all error messages but Packet Too
Big. For Packet Too Big, use ratemask instead of hard-coded.
There are functions where icmpv6_xrlim_allow() and icmpv6_global_allow()
aren't called. This patch only adds them to icmpv6_echo_reply().
Rate limiting error messages is mandated by RFC 4443 but RFC 4890 says
that it is also acceptable to rate limit informational messages. Thus,
I removed the current hard-coded behavior of icmpv6_mask_allow() that
doesn't rate limit informational messages.
v2: Add dummy function proc_do_large_bitmap() if CONFIG_PROC_SYSCTL
isn't defined, expand the description in ip-sysctl.txt and remove
unnecessary conditional before kfree().
v3: Inline the bitmap instead of dynamically allocated. Still is a
pointer to it is needed because of the way proc_do_large_bitmap work.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disabling IPv6 on an interface removes existing entries but nothing prevents
new entries from being manually added. To that end, add a new neigh_table
operation, allow_add, that is called on RTM_NEWNEIGH to see if neighbor
entries are allowed on a given device. If IPv6 is disabled on the device,
allow_add returns false and passes a message back to the user via extack.
$ echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv6/conf/eth1/disable_ipv6
$ ip -6 neigh add fe80::4c88:bff:fe21:2704 dev eth1 lladdr de:ad:be:ef:01:01
Error: IPv6 is disabled on this device.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the fib6_flags and fib6_type to fib6_result. Update the lookup helpers
to set them and update post fib lookup users to use the version from the
result.
This allows nexthop objects to have blackhole nexthop.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change fib6_lookup and fib6_table_lookup to take a fib6_result and set
f6i and nh rather than returning a fib6_info. For now both always
return 0.
A later patch set can make these more like the IPv4 counterparts and
return EINVAL, EACCESS, etc based on fib6_type.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change ip6_mtu_from_fib6 and fib6_mtu to take a fib6_result over a
fib6_info. Update both to use the fib6_nh from fib6_result.
Since the signature of ip6_mtu_from_fib6 is already changing, add const
to daddr and saddr.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 'struct fib6_result' to hold the fib entry and fib6_nh from a fib
lookup as separate entries, similar to what IPv4 now has with fib_result.
Rename fib6_multipath_select to fib6_select_path, pass fib6_result to
it, and set f6i and nh in the result once a path selection is done.
Call fib6_select_path unconditionally for path selection which means
moving the sibling and oif check to fib6_select_path. To handle the two
different call paths (2 only call multipath_select if flowi6_oif == 0 and
the other always calls it), add a new have_oif_match that controls the
sibling walk if relevant.
Update callers of fib6_multipath_select accordingly and have them use the
fib6_info and fib6_nh from the result.
This is needed for multipath nexthop objects where a single f6i can
point to multiple fib6_nh (similar to IPv4).
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_forward_alloc's updating is also done on rx path, but to be consistent
we change to use sk_mem_charge() in sctp_skb_set_owner_r().
In sctp_eat_data(), it's not enough to check sctp_memory_pressure only,
which doesn't work for mem_cgroup_sockets_enabled, so we change to use
sk_under_memory_pressure().
When it's under memory pressure, sk_mem_reclaim() and sk_rmem_schedule()
should be called on both RENEGE or CHUNK DELIVERY path exit the memory
pressure status as soon as possible.
Note that sk_rmem_schedule() is using datalen to make things easy there.
Reported-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Remove the broute pseudo hook, implement this from the bridge
prerouting hook instead. Now broute becomes real table in ebtables,
from Florian Westphal. This also includes a size reduction patch for the
bridge control buffer area via squashing boolean into bitfields and
a selftest.
2) Add OS passive fingerprint version matching, from Fernando Fernandez.
3) Support for gue encapsulation for IPVS, from Jacky Hu.
4) Add support for NAT to the inet family, from Florian Westphal.
This includes support for masquerade, redirect and nat extensions.
5) Skip interface lookup in flowtable, use device in the dst object.
6) Add jiffies64_to_msecs() and use it, from Li RongQing.
7) Remove unused parameter in nf_tables_set_desc_parse(), from Colin Ian King.
8) Statify several functions, patches from YueHaibing and Florian Westphal.
9) Add an optimized version of nf_inet_addr_cmp(), from Li RongQing.
10) Merge route extension to core, also from Florian.
11) Use IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NF_NAT) instead of NF_NAT_NEEDED, from Florian.
12) Merge ip/ip6 masquerade extensions, from Florian. This includes
netdevice notifier unification.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
else, we leak the addresses to userspace via ctnetlink events
and dumps.
Compute an ID on demand based on the immutable parts of nf_conn struct.
Another advantage compared to using an address is that there is no
immediate re-use of the same ID in case the conntrack entry is freed and
reallocated again immediately.
Fixes: 3583240249 ("[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack_expect: kill unique ID")
Fixes: 7f85f91472 ("[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: kill unique ID")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Luca Moro says:
------
The issue lies in the filtering of ICMP and ICMPv6 errors that include an
inner IP datagram.
For these packets, icmp_error_message() extract the ICMP error and inner
layer to search of a known state.
If a state is found the packet is tagged as related (IP_CT_RELATED).
The problem is that there is no correlation check between the inner and
outer layer of the packet.
So one can encapsulate an error with an inner layer matching a known state,
while its outer layer is directed to a filtered host.
In this case the whole packet will be tagged as related.
This has various implications from a rule bypass (if a rule to related
trafic is allow), to a known state oracle.
Unfortunately, we could not find a real statement in a RFC on how this case
should be filtered.
The closest we found is RFC5927 (Section 4.3) but it is not very clear.
A possible fix would be to check that the inner IP source is the same than
the outer destination.
We believed this kind of attack was not documented yet, so we started to
write a blog post about it.
You can find it attached to this mail (sorry for the extract quality).
It contains more technical details, PoC and discussion about the identified
behavior.
We discovered later that
https://www.gont.com.ar/papers/filtering-of-icmp-error-messages.pdf
described a similar attack concept in 2004 but without the stateful
filtering in mind.
-----
This implements above suggested fix:
In icmp(v6) error handler, take outer destination address, then pass
that into the common function that does the "related" association.
After obtaining the nf_conn of the matching inner-headers connection,
check that the destination address of the opposite direction tuple
is the same as the outer address and only set RELATED if thats the case.
Reported-by: Luca Moro <luca.moro@synacktiv.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Make rxrpc_kernel_check_life() pass back the life counter through the
argument list and return true if the call has not yet completed.
Suggested-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now the SKB list implementation assumption can be removed.
And now that we know that the list head is always non-NULL
we can remove the code blocks dealing with that as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace NF_HOOK() based invocation of the netfilter hooks with a private
copy of nf_hook_slow().
This copy has one difference: it can return the rx handler value expected
by the stack, i.e. RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED or RX_HANDLER_PASS.
This is needed by the next patch to invoke the ebtables
"broute" table via the standard netfilter hooks rather than the custom
"br_should_route_hook" indirection that is used now.
When the skb is to be "brouted", we must return RX_HANDLER_PASS from the
bridge rx input handler, but there is no way to indicate this via
NF_HOOK(), unless perhaps by some hack such as exposing bridge_cb in the
netfilter core or a percpu flag.
text data bss dec filename
3369 56 0 3425 net/bridge/br_input.o.before
3458 40 0 3498 net/bridge/br_input.o.after
This allows removal of the "br_should_route_hook" in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
rt6_probe sends probes for gateways in a nexthop. As such it really
depends on a fib6_nh, not a fib entry. Move last_probe to fib6_nh and
update rt6_probe to a fib6_nh struct.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only reason for having two different register functions was because of
ipt_MASQUERADE and ip6t_MASQUERADE being two different modules.
Previous patch merged those into xt_MASQUERADE, so we can merge this too.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Both are now implemented by nf_nat_masquerade.c, so no need to keep
different headers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
fcntl(fd, F_SETOWN, getpid()) selects the recipient of SIGURG signals
that are delivered when out-of-band data arrives on socket fd.
If an SMC socket program makes use of such an fcntl() call, it fails
in case of fallback to TCP-mode. In case of fallback the traffic is
processed with the internal TCP socket. Propagating field "file" from the
SMC socket to the internal TCP socket fixes the issue.
Reviewed-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike '&&' operator, the '&' does not have short-circuit
evaluation semantics. IOW both sides of the operator always
get evaluated. Fix the wrong operator in
tls_is_sk_tx_device_offloaded(), which would lead to
out-of-bounds access for for non-full sockets.
Fixes: 4799ac81e5 ("tls: Add rx inline crypto offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David reports that tls triggers warnings related to
sk->sk_forward_alloc not being zero at destruction time:
WARNING: CPU: 5 PID: 6831 at net/core/stream.c:206 sk_stream_kill_queues+0x103/0x110
WARNING: CPU: 5 PID: 6831 at net/ipv4/af_inet.c:160 inet_sock_destruct+0x15b/0x170
When sender fills up the write buffer and dies from
SIGPIPE. This is due to the device implementation
not cleaning up the partially_sent_record.
This is because commit a42055e8d2 ("net/tls: Add support for async encryption of records for performance")
moved the partial record cleanup to the SW-only path.
Fixes: a42055e8d2 ("net/tls: Add support for async encryption of records for performance")
Reported-by: David Beckett <david.beckett@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This revert commit 46b1c18f9d ("net: sched: put back q.qlen into
a single location").
After the previous patch, when a NOLOCK qdisc is enslaved to a
locking qdisc it switches to global stats accounting. As a consequence,
when a classful qdisc accesses directly a child qdisc's qlen, such
qdisc is not doing per CPU accounting and qlen value is consistent.
In the control path nobody uses directly qlen since commit
e5f0e8f8e4 ("net: sched: introduce and use qdisc tree flush/purge
helpers"), so we can remove the contented atomic ops from the
datapath.
v1 -> v2:
- complete the qdisc_qstats_atomic_qlen_dec() ->
qdisc_qstats_cpu_qlen_dec() replacement, fix build issue
- more descriptive commit message
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since stats updating is always consistent with TCQ_F_CPUSTATS flag,
we can disable it at qdisc creation time flipping such bit.
In my experiments, if the NOLOCK flag is cleared, per CPU stats
accounting does not give any measurable performance gain, but it
waste some memory.
Let's clear TCQ_F_CPUSTATS together with NOLOCK, when enslaving
a NOLOCK qdisc to 'lock' one.
Use stats update helper inside pfifo_fast, to cope correctly with
TCQ_F_CPUSTATS flag change.
As a side effect, q.qlen value for any child qdiscs is always
consistent for all lock classfull qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The core sched implementation checks independently for NOLOCK flag
to acquire/release the root spin lock and for qdisc_is_percpu_stats()
to account per CPU values in many places.
This change update the last few places checking the TCQ_F_NOLOCK to
do per CPU stats accounting according to qdisc_is_percpu_stats()
value.
The above allows to clean dev_requeue_skb() implementation a bit
and makes stats update always consistent with a single flag.
v1 -> v2:
- do not move qdisc_is_empty definition, fix build issue
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When checking for root qdisc queue length, do not access directly q.qlen.
In the following patches we will move back qlen accounting to per CPU
values for NOLOCK qdiscs.
Instead, prefer the qdisc_is_empty() helper usage.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* iTXQ fixes from Felix
* tracing fix - increase message length
* fix SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL enforcement
* WMM rule handling for regdomain intersection
* max_interfaces in hwsim - reported by syzbot
* clear private data in some more commands
* a clang compiler warning fix
I added a patch with two new (unused) macros for
rate-limited printing to simplify getting the users
into the tree.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=2EV9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2019-04-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various fixes:
* iTXQ fixes from Felix
* tracing fix - increase message length
* fix SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL enforcement
* WMM rule handling for regdomain intersection
* max_interfaces in hwsim - reported by syzbot
* clear private data in some more commands
* a clang compiler warning fix
I added a patch with two new (unused) macros for
rate-limited printing to simplify getting the users
into the tree.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for RTA_VIA and allow an IPv6 nexthop for v4 routes:
$ ip ro add 172.16.1.0/24 via inet6 2001:db8::1 dev eth0
$ ip ro ls
...
172.16.1.0/24 via inet6 2001:db8::1 dev eth0
For convenience and simplicity, userspace can use RTA_VIA to specify
AF_INET or AF_INET6 gateway.
The common fib_nexthop_info dump function compares the gateway address
family to the nh_common family to know if the gateway should be encoded
as RTA_VIA or RTA_GATEWAY.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until support is added to the offload drivers, they need to be able to
reject routes with an IPv6 gateway. To that end add a flag to fib_info
that indicates if any fib_nh has a v6 gateway. The flag allows the drivers
to efficiently know the use of a v6 gateway without walking all fib_nh
tied to a fib_info each time a route is added.
Update mlxsw and rocker to reject the routes with extack message as to why.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A common theme in the output path is looking up a neigh entry for a
nexthop, either the gateway in an rtable or a fallback to the daddr
in the skb:
nexthop = (__force u32)rt_nexthop(rt, ip_hdr(skb)->daddr);
neigh = __ipv4_neigh_lookup_noref(dev, nexthop);
if (unlikely(!neigh))
neigh = __neigh_create(&arp_tbl, &nexthop, dev, false);
To allow the nexthop to be an IPv6 address we need to consider the
family of the nexthop and then call __ipv{4,6}_neigh_lookup_noref based
on it.
To make this simpler, add a ip_neigh_gw4 helper similar to ip_neigh_gw6
added in an earlier patch which handles:
neigh = __ipv4_neigh_lookup_noref(dev, nexthop);
if (unlikely(!neigh))
neigh = __neigh_create(&arp_tbl, &nexthop, dev, false);
And then add a second one, ip_neigh_for_gw, that calls either
ip_neigh_gw4 or ip_neigh_gw6 based on the address family of the gateway.
Update the output paths in the VRF driver and core v4 code to use
ip_neigh_for_gw simplifying the family based lookup and making both
ready for a v6 nexthop.
ipv4_neigh_lookup has a different need - the potential to resolve a
passed in address in addition to any gateway in the rtable or skb. Since
this is a one-off, add ip_neigh_gw4 and ip_neigh_gw6 diectly. The
difference between __neigh_create used by the helpers and neigh_create
called by ipv4_neigh_lookup is taking a refcount, so add rcu_read_lock_bh
and bump the refcnt on the neigh entry.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch allows an IPv6 gateway with an IPv4 route. The neighbor
entry will exist in the v6 ndisc table and the cached header will contain
the ipv6 protocol which is wrong for an IPv4 packet. For an IPv4 packet to
use the v6 neighbor entry, neigh_output needs to skip the cached header
and just use the output callback for the neigh entry.
A future patchset can look at expanding the hh_cache to handle 2
protocols. For now, IPv6 gateways with an IPv4 route will take the
extra overhead of generating the header.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for an IPv6 gateway to fib_config. Since a gateway is either
IPv4 or IPv6, make it a union with fc_gw4 where fc_gw_family decides
which address is in use. Update current checks on family and gw4 to
handle ipv6 as well.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for an IPv6 gateway to rtable. Since a gateway is either
IPv4 or IPv6, make it a union with rt_gw4 where rt_gw_family decides
which address is in use.
When dumping the route data, encode an ipv6 nexthop using RTA_VIA.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to rtable, fib_config needs to allow the gateway to be either an
IPv4 or an IPv6 address. To that end, rename fc_gw to fc_gw4 to mean an
IPv4 address and add fc_gw_family. Checks on 'is a gateway set' are changed
to see if fc_gw_family is set. In the process prepare the code for a
fc_gw_family == AF_INET6.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow the gateway to be either an IPv4 or IPv6 address, remove
rt_uses_gateway from rtable and replace with rt_gw_family. If
rt_gw_family is set it implies rt_uses_gateway. Rename rt_gateway
to rt_gw4 to represent the IPv4 version.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the gateway in a fib_nh_common to be from a different address
family than the outer fib{6}_nh. To that end, replace nhc_has_gw with
nhc_gw_family and update users of nhc_has_gw to check nhc_gw_family.
Now nhc_family is used to know if the nh_common is part of a fib_nh
or fib6_nh (used for container_of to get to route family specific data),
and nhc_gw_family represents the address family for the gateway.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ipv6 helpers to handle ndisc references via the stub. Update
bpf_ipv6_fib_lookup to use __ipv6_neigh_lookup_noref_stub instead of
the open code ___neigh_lookup_noref with the stub.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib6_nh_init and fib6_nh_release to ipv6_stubs. If fib6_nh_init fails,
callers should not invoke fib6_nh_release, so there is no reason to have
a dummy stub for the IPv6 is not enabled case.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NF_NAT_NEEDED is true whenever nat support for either ipv4 or ipv6 is
enabled. Now that the af-specific nat configuration switches have been
removed, IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NF_NAT) has the same effect.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
very little code, so it really doesn't make sense to have extra
modules or even a kconfig knob for this.
Merge them and make functionality available unconditionally.
The merge makes inet family route support trivial, so add it
as well here.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
835 832 0 1667 683 nft_chain_route_ipv4.ko
870 832 0 1702 6a6 nft_chain_route_ipv6.ko
111568 2556 529 114653 1bfdd nf_tables.ko
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
113133 2556 529 116218 1c5fa nf_tables.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We need minimal support from the nat core for this, as we do not
want to register additional base hooks.
When an inet hook is registered, interally register ipv4 and ipv6
hooks for them and unregister those when inet hooks are removed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
ipip packets are blocked in some public cloud environments, this patch
allows gue encapsulation with the tunneling method, which would make
tunneling working in those environments.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Hu <hengqing.hu@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After commit a297569fe0 ("net/udp: do not touch skb->peeked unless
really needed") the 'peeked' argument of __skb_try_recv_datagram()
and friends is always equal to !!'flags & MSG_PEEK'.
Since such argument is really a boolean info, and the callers have
already 'flags & MSG_PEEK' handy, we can remove it and clean-up the
code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This interface allows the host driver to offload OWE processing
to user space. This intends to support OWE (Opportunistic Wireless
Encryption) AKM by the drivers that implement SME but rely on the
user space for the cryptographic/OWE processing in AP mode. Such
drivers are not capable of processing/deriving the DH IE.
A new NL80211 command - NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO is introduced
to send the request/event between the host driver and user space.
Driver shall provide the OWE info (MAC address and DH IE) of
the peer to user space for cryptographic processing of the DH IE
through the event. Accordingly, the user space shall update the
OWE info/DH IE to the driver.
Following is the sequence in AP mode for OWE authentication.
Driver passes the OWE info obtained from the peer in the
Association Request to the user space through the event
cfg80211_update_owe_info_event. User space shall process the
OWE info received and generate new OWE info. This OWE info is
passed to the driver through NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO
request. Driver eventually uses this OWE info to send the
Association Response to the peer.
This OWE info in the command interface carries the IEs that include
PMKID of the peer if the PMKSA is still valid or an updated DH IE
for generating a new PMKSA with the peer.
Signed-off-by: Liangwei Dong <liangwei@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org>
[remove policy initialization - no longer exists]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for mesh airtime link metric attribute
NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC.
Signed-off-by: Narayanraddi Masti <team.nmasti@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This commit adds the support to specify the RSSI thresholds per
band for each match set. This enhances the current behavior which
specifies a single rssi_threshold across all the bands by
introducing the rssi_threshold_per_band. These per band rssi
thresholds are referred through NL80211_BAND_* (enum nl80211_band)
variables as attribute types. Such attributes/values per each
band are nested through NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MIN_RSSI.
These band specific rssi thresholds shall take precedence over
the current rssi_thold per match set.
Drivers indicate this support through
%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD.
These per band rssi attributes/values does not specify
"default RSSI filter" as done by
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to stay backward compatible.
That said, these per band rssi values have to be specified for
the corresponding matchset.
Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org>
[rebase on refactoring, add policy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently there is no way for the driver to signal to mac80211 that it should
schedule a TXQ even if there are no packets on the mac80211 part of that queue.
This is problematic if the driver has an internal retry queue to deal with
software A-MPDU retry.
This patch changes the behavior of ieee80211_schedule_txq to always schedule
the queue, as its only user (ath9k) seems to expect such behavior already:
it calls this function on tx status and on powersave wakeup whenever its
internal retry queue is not empty.
Also add an extra argument to ieee80211_return_txq to get the same behavior.
This fixes an issue on ath9k where tx queues with packets to retry (and no
new packets in mac80211) would not get serviced.
Fixes: 89cea7493a ("ath9k: Switch to mac80211 TXQ scheduling and airtime APIs")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
wiphy_{err,warn}_ratelimited will be used by rt2x00
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This structure is now only 4 bytes, so its more efficient
to cache a copy rather than its address.
No significant size difference in allmodconfig vmlinux.
With non-modular kernel that has all XFRM options enabled, this
series reduces vmlinux image size by ~11kb. All xfrm_mode
indirections are gone and all modes are built-in.
before (ipsec-next master):
text data bss dec filename
21071494 7233140 11104324 39408958 vmlinux.master
after this series:
21066448 7226772 11104324 39397544 vmlinux.patched
With allmodconfig kernel, the size increase is only 362 bytes,
even all the xfrm config options removed in this series are
modular.
before:
text data bss dec filename
15731286 6936912 4046908 26715106 vmlinux.master
after this series:
15731492 6937068 4046908 26715468 vmlinux
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
after previous changes, xfrm_mode contains no function pointers anymore
and all modules defining such struct contain no code except an init/exit
functions to register the xfrm_mode struct with the xfrm core.
Just place the xfrm modes core and remove the modules,
the run-time xfrm_mode register/unregister functionality is removed.
Before:
text data bss dec filename
7523 200 2364 10087 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.o
40003 628 440 41071 net/xfrm/xfrm_state.o
15730338 6937080 4046908 26714326 vmlinux
7389 200 2364 9953 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.o
40574 656 440 41670 net/xfrm/xfrm_state.o
15730084 6937068 4046908 26714060 vmlinux
The xfrm*_mode_{transport,tunnel,beet} modules are gone.
v2: replace CONFIG_INET6_XFRM_MODE_* IS_ENABLED guards with CONFIG_IPV6
ones rather than removing them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Adds an EXPORT_SYMBOL for afinfo_get_rcu, as it will now be called from
ipv6 in case of CONFIG_IPV6=m.
This change has virtually no effect on vmlinux size, but it reduces
afinfo size and allows followup patch to make xfrm modes const.
v2: mark if (afinfo) tests as likely (Sabrina)
re-fetch afinfo according to inner_mode in xfrm_prepare_input().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
similar to previous patch: no external module dependencies,
so we can avoid the indirection by placing this in the core.
This change removes the last indirection from xfrm_mode and the
xfrm4|6_mode_{beet,tunnel}.c modules contain (almost) no code anymore.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
3957 136 0 4093 ffd net/xfrm/xfrm_output.o
587 44 0 631 277 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_beet.o
649 32 0 681 2a9 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_tunnel.o
625 44 0 669 29d net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_beet.o
599 32 0 631 277 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_tunnel.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
5359 184 0 5543 15a7 net/xfrm/xfrm_output.o
171 24 0 195 c3 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_beet.o
171 24 0 195 c3 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_tunnel.o
172 24 0 196 c4 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_beet.o
172 24 0 196 c4 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_tunnel.o
v2: fold the *encap_add functions into xfrm*_prepare_output
preserve (move) output2 comment (Sabrina)
use x->outer_mode->encap, not inner
fix a build breakage on ppc (kbuild robot)
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
No external dependencies on any module, place this in the core.
Increase is about 1800 byte for xfrm_input.o.
The beet helpers get added to internal header, as they can be reused
from xfrm_output.c in the next patch (kernel contains several
copies of them in the xfrm{4,6}_mode_beet.c files).
Before:
text data bss dec filename
5578 176 2364 8118 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.o
1180 64 0 1244 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_beet.o
171 40 0 211 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_transport.o
1163 40 0 1203 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_tunnel.o
1083 52 0 1135 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_beet.o
172 40 0 212 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_ro.o
172 40 0 212 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_transport.o
1056 40 0 1096 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_tunnel.o
After:
text data bss dec filename
7373 200 2364 9937 net/xfrm/xfrm_input.o
587 44 0 631 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_beet.o
171 32 0 203 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_transport.o
649 32 0 681 net/ipv4/xfrm4_mode_tunnel.o
625 44 0 669 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_beet.o
172 32 0 204 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_ro.o
172 32 0 204 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_transport.o
599 32 0 631 net/ipv6/xfrm6_mode_tunnel.o
v2: pass inner_mode to xfrm_inner_mode_encap_remove to fix
AF_UNSPEC selector breakage (bisected by Benedict Wong)
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
There are only two versions (tunnel and transport). The ip/ipv6 versions
are only differ in sizeof(iphdr) vs ipv6hdr.
Place this in the core and use x->outer_mode->encap type to call the
correct adjustment helper.
Before:
text data bss dec filename
15730311 6937008 4046908 26714227 vmlinux
After:
15730428 6937008 4046908 26714344 vmlinux
(about 117 byte increase)
v2: use family from x->outer_mode, not inner
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Same is input indirection. Only exception: we need to export
xfrm_outer_mode_output for pktgen.
Increases size of vmlinux by about 163 byte:
Before:
text data bss dec filename
15730208 6936948 4046908 26714064 vmlinux
After:
15730311 6937008 4046908 26714227 vmlinux
xfrm_inner_extract_output has no more external callers, make it static.
v2: add IS_ENABLED(IPV6) guard in xfrm6_prepare_output
add two missing breaks in xfrm_outer_mode_output (Sabrina Dubroca)
add WARN_ON_ONCE for 'call AF_INET6 related output function, but
CONFIG_IPV6=n' case.
make xfrm_inner_extract_output static
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
No need for any indirection or abstraction here, both functions
are pretty much the same and quite small, they also have no external
dependencies.
xfrm_prepare_input can then be made static.
With allmodconfig build, size increase of vmlinux is 25 byte:
Before:
text data bss dec filename
15730207 6936924 4046908 26714039 vmlinux
After:
15730208 6936948 4046908 26714064 vmlinux
v2: Fix INET_XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT name in is-enabled test (Sabrina Dubroca)
change copied comment to refer to transport and network header,
not skb->{h,nh}, which don't exist anymore. (Sabrina)
make xfrm_prepare_input static (Eyal Birger)
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This will be useful to know if we're supposed to decode ipv4 or ipv6.
While at it, make the unregister function return void, all module_exit
functions did just BUG(); there is never a point in doing error checks
if there is no way to handle such error.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This is similar to commit e285d5bfb7 ("NFC: Fix the number of pipes")
where we changed NFC_HCI_MAX_PIPES from 127 to 128.
As the comment next to the define explains, the pipe identifier is 7
bits long. The highest possible pipe is 127, but the number of possible
pipes is 128. As the code is now, then there is potential for an
out of bounds array access:
net/nfc/nci/hci.c:297 nci_hci_cmd_received() warn: array off by one?
'ndev->hci_dev->pipes[pipe]' '0-127 == 127'
Fixes: 11f54f2286 ("NFC: nci: Add HCI over NCI protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor comment merge conflict in mlx5.
Staging driver has a fixup due to the skb->xmit_more changes
in 'net-next', but was removed in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper which fills up switch_id
according to passed netdev pointer. Call it directly from
dev_get_port_parent_id() as a fallback when ndo_get_port_parent_id
is not defined for given netdev.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend devlink_port_attrs_set() to pass switch ID for ports which are
part of switch and store it in port attrs. For other ports, this is
NULL.
Note that this allows the driver to group devlink ports into one or more
switches according to the actual topology.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to save space in the struct, convert bools to bits.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export fib_nexthop_info and fib_add_nexthop for use by IPv6 code.
Remove rt6_nexthop_info and rt6_add_nexthop in favor of the IPv4
versions. Update fib_nexthop_info for IPv6 linkdown check and
RTA_GATEWAY for AF_INET6.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the ipv4 code only needs data from fib_nh_common. Add
fib_nh_common selection to fib_result and update users to use it.
Right now, fib_nh_common in fib_result will point to a fib_nh struct
that is embedded within a fib_info:
fib_info --> fib_nh
fib_nh
...
fib_nh
^
fib_result->nhc ----+
Later, nhc can point to a fib_nh within a nexthop struct:
fib_info --> nexthop --> fib_nh
^
fib_result->nhc ---------------+
or for a nexthop group:
fib_info --> nexthop --> nexthop --> fib_nh
nexthop --> fib_nh
...
nexthop --> fib_nh
^
fib_result->nhc ---------------------------+
In all cases nhsel within fib_result will point to which leg in the
multipath route is used.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before creating a slave netdevice, get the mac address from DTS and
apply in case it is valid.
Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same code to flush qdisc tree and purge the qdisc queue
is duplicated in many places and in most cases it does not
respect NOLOCK qdisc: the global backlog len is used and the
per CPU values are ignored.
This change addresses the above, factoring-out the relevant
code and using the helpers introduced by the previous patch
to fetch the correct backlog len.
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Classful qdiscs can't access directly the child qdiscs backlog
length: if such qdisc is NOLOCK, per CPU values should be
accounted instead.
Most qdiscs no not respect the above. As a result, qstats fetching
for most classful qdisc is currently incorrect: if the child qdisc is
NOLOCK, it always reports 0 len backlog.
This change introduces a pair of helpers to safely fetch
both backlog and qlen and use them in stats class dumping
functions, fixing the above issue and cleaning a bit the code.
DRR needs also to access the child qdisc queue length, so it
needs custom handling.
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configuration check to accept source route IP options should be made on
the incoming netdevice when the skb->dev is an l3mdev master. The route
lookup for the source route next hop also needs the incoming netdev.
v2->v3:
- Simplify by passing the original netdevice down the stack (per David
Ahern).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of stubs is growing and has nothing to do with addrconf.
Move the definition of the stubs to a separate header file and update
users. In the move, drop the vxlan specific comment before ipv6_stub.
Code move only; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With fib_nh_common in place, move common initialization and release
code into helpers used by both ipv4 and ipv6. For the moment, the init
is just the lwt encap and the release is both the netdev reference and
the the lwt state reference. More will be added later.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib_nh_common struct with common nexthop attributes. Convert
fib_nh and fib6_nh to use it. Use macros to move existing
fib_nh_* references to the new nh_common.nhc_*.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename fib6_nh entries that will be moved to a fib_nh_common struct.
Specifically, the device, gateway, flags, and lwtstate are common
with all nexthop definitions. In some places new temporary variables
are declared or local variables renamed to maintain line lengths.
Rename only; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename fib_nh entries that will be moved to a fib_nh_common struct.
Specifically, the device, oif, gateway, flags, scope, lwtstate,
nh_weight and nh_upper_bound are common with all nexthop definitions.
In the process shorten fib_nh_lwtstate to fib_nh_lws to avoid really
long lines.
Rename only; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_ignore_linkdown takes a fib6_info but only looks at the net_device
and its IPv6 config. Change it to take a net_device over a fib6_info as
its input argument.
In addition, move it to a header file to make the check inline and usable
later with IPv4 code without going through the ipv6 stub, and rename to
ip6_ignore_linkdown since it is only checking the setting based on the
ipv6 struct on a device.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gateway setting is not per fib6_info entry but per-fib6_nh. Add a new
fib_nh_has_gw flag to fib6_nh and convert references to RTF_GATEWAY to
the new flag. For IPv6 address the flag is cheaper than checking that
nh_gw is non-0 like IPv4 does.
While this increases fib6_nh by 8-bytes, the effective allocation size of
a fib6_info is unchanged. The 8 bytes is recovered later with a
fib_nh_common change.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the fib6_nh cleanup code to a new helper, fib6_nh_release.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, consolidate the fib6_nh initialization into a helper.
As a new standalone function, add a cleanup path to put lwtstate on
error.
To avoid modifying fib6_config flags, move the reject check to a helper
that is invoked once by fib6_nh_init to reset the device and then
again in ip6_route_info_create to set the fib6_flags.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the fib_nh cleanup code from free_fib_info_rcu into a new helper,
fib_nh_release. Move classid accounting into fib_nh_release which is
called per fib_nh to make accounting symmetrical with fib_nh_init.
Export the helper to allow for use with nexthop objects in the
future.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consolidate the fib_nh initialization which is duplicated between
fib_create_info for single path and fib_get_nhs for multipath.
Export the helper to allow for use with nexthop objects in the
future.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Holding the lock around the entire duration of tx scheduling can create
some nasty lock contention, especially when processing airtime information
from the tx status or the rx path.
Improve locking by only holding the active_txq_lock for lookups / scheduling
list modifications.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
net_hash_mix() currently uses kernel address of a struct net,
and is used in many places that could be used to reveal this
address to a patient attacker, thus defeating KASLR, for
the typical case (initial net namespace, &init_net is
not dynamically allocated)
I believe the original implementation tried to avoid spending
too many cycles in this function, but security comes first.
Also provide entropy regardless of CONFIG_NET_NS.
Fixes: 0b4419162a ("netns: introduce the net_hash_mix "salt" for hashes")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Amit Klein <aksecurity@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Benny Pinkas <benny@pinkas.net>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exports nf_ct_set_timeout() and nf_ct_destroy_timeout().
The two functions are derived from xt_ct_destroy_timeout() and
xt_ct_set_timeout() in xt_CT.c, and moved to nf_conntrack_timeout.c
without any functional change.
It would be useful for other users (i.e. OVS) that utilizes the
finer-grain conntrack timeout feature.
CC: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
CC: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that
gets the physical port name for specified netdevice
according to devlink port attributes.
Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name()
in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Follow-up patch is going to need a devlink port instance according to
a netdev. Devlink port instance should be always available when devlink
is used. So change the recently introduced ndo_get_devlink to
ndo_get_devlink_port. With that, adjust the wrapper for the only
user to get devlink pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to Amit Klein and Benny Pinkas, IP ID generation is too weak
and might be used by attackers.
Even with recent net_hash_mix() fix (netns: provide pure entropy for net_hash_mix())
having 64bit key and Jenkins hash is risky.
It is time to switch to siphash and its 128bit keys.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Amit Klein <aksecurity@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Benny Pinkas <benny@pinkas.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My recent patch had at least three problems :
1) TX zerocopy wants notification when skb is acknowledged,
thus we need to call skb_zcopy_clear() if the skb is
cached into sk->sk_tx_skb_cache
2) Some applications might expect precise EPOLLOUT
notifications, so we need to update sk->sk_wmem_queued
and call sk_mem_uncharge() from sk_wmem_free_skb()
in all cases. The SOCK_QUEUE_SHRUNK flag must also be set.
3) Reuse of saved skb should have used skb_cloned() instead
of simply checking if the fast clone has been freed.
Fixes: 472c2e07ee ("tcp: add one skb cache for tx")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Tested-by: Holger Hoffstätte <holger@applied-asynchrony.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an xfrmi is associated to a vrf layer 3 master device,
xfrm_policy_check() fails after traffic decapsulation. The input
interface is replaced by the layer 3 master device, and hence
xfrmi_decode_session() can't match the xfrmi anymore to satisfy
policy checking.
Extend ingress xfrmi lookup to honor the original layer 3 slave
device, allowing xfrm interfaces to operate within a vrf domain.
Fixes: f203b76d78 ("xfrm: Add virtual xfrm interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In commit 6a53b75932 ("xfrm: check id proto in validate_tmpl()")
I introduced a check for xfrm protocol, but according to Herbert
IPSEC_PROTO_ANY should only be used as a wildcard for lookup, so
it should be removed from validate_tmpl().
And, IPSEC_PROTO_ANY is expected to only match 3 IPSec-specific
protocols, this is why xfrm_state_flush() could still miss
IPPROTO_ROUTING, which leads that those entries are left in
net->xfrm.state_all before exit net. Fix this by replacing
IPSEC_PROTO_ANY with zero.
This patch also extracts the check from validate_tmpl() to
xfrm_id_proto_valid() and uses it in parse_ipsecrequest().
With this, no other protocols should be added into xfrm.
Fixes: 6a53b75932 ("xfrm: check id proto in validate_tmpl()")
Reported-by: syzbot+0bf0519d6e0de15914fe@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Some drivers are becoming more dependent on NET_DEVLINK being selected
in configuration. With upcoming compat functions, the behavior would be
wrong in case devlink was not compiled in. So make the drivers select
NET_DEVLINK and rely on the functions being there, not just stubs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency.
Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev
combinations.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
v1->v2:
- rebased
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series includes updates to mlx5 driver,
1) Compiler warnings cleanup from Saeed Mahameed
2) Parav Pandit simplifies sriov enable/disables
3) Gustavo A. R. Silva, Removes a redundant assignment
4) Moshe Shemesh, Adds Geneve tunnel stateless offload support
5) Eli Britstein, Adds the Support for VLAN modify action and
Replaces TC VLAN pop and push actions with VLAN modify
Note: This series includes two simple non-mlx5 patches,
1) Declare IANA_VXLAN_UDP_PORT definition in include/net/vxlan.h,
and use it in some drivers.
2) Declare GENEVE_UDP_PORT definition in include/net/geneve.h,
and use it in mlx5 and nfp drivers.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJclTLsAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+7bEH/1sz4oKP2mfhKSbG/I/g7Q3D
ifnccYq2EyXd1HzeglXpzLndO8wPve9qr/ANKrrKIYYCxc8FpCdb4aJD1Ucuylbb
XHHdfbTIPMa3vjhKtR/Fydht4RkY5IBBsgXywBcNL3ofxmnleNt9JRSr76Yhr2sy
Q3H30X+UvwAAQJBY1X+P8RiJcSklLu0UPG2KtTXcCz8YRgOWK0JtEiQyQu6yET4u
zbVxYixwKgsR9uhwNXqLxVMsaWFue9cYmVSMLigDx7fRZvj6Ao9REEUflt1hCEoR
jOXm1Avnsg9TKnwmgiBjrWQQQ4h+IMfZLK8EtuxVcraBUjtQRVnPak5JjZMjDuc=
=7t4R
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2019-03-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2019-03-20
This series includes updates to mlx5 driver,
1) Compiler warnings cleanup from Saeed Mahameed
2) Parav Pandit simplifies sriov enable/disables
3) Gustavo A. R. Silva, Removes a redundant assignment
4) Moshe Shemesh, Adds Geneve tunnel stateless offload support
5) Eli Britstein, Adds the Support for VLAN modify action and
Replaces TC VLAN pop and push actions with VLAN modify
Note: This series includes two simple non-mlx5 patches,
1) Declare IANA_VXLAN_UDP_PORT definition in include/net/vxlan.h,
and use it in some drivers.
2) Declare GENEVE_UDP_PORT definition in include/net/geneve.h,
and use it in mlx5 and nfp drivers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Often times, recvmsg() system calls and BH handling for a particular
TCP socket are done on different cpus.
This means the incoming skb had to be allocated on a cpu,
but freed on another.
This incurs a high spinlock contention in slab layer for small rpc,
but also a high number of cache line ping pongs for larger packets.
A full size GRO packet might use 45 page fragments, meaning
that up to 45 put_page() can be involved.
More over performing the __kfree_skb() in the recvmsg() context
adds a latency for user applications, and increase probability
of trapping them in backlog processing, since the BH handler
might found the socket owned by the user.
This patch, combined with the prior one increases the rpc
performance by about 10 % on servers with large number of cores.
(tcp_rr workload with 10,000 flows and 112 threads reach 9 Mpps
instead of 8 Mpps)
This also increases single bulk flow performance on 40Gbit+ links,
since in this case there are often two cpus working in tandem :
- CPU handling the NIC rx interrupts, feeding the receive queue,
and (after this patch) freeing the skbs that were consumed.
- CPU in recvmsg() system call, essentially 100 % busy copying out
data to user space.
Having at most one skb in a per-socket cache has very little risk
of memory exhaustion, and since it is protected by socket lock,
its management is essentially free.
Note that if rps/rfs is used, we do not enable this feature, because
there is high chance that the same cpu is handling both the recvmsg()
system call and the TCP rx path, but that another cpu did the skb
allocations in the device driver right before the RPS/RFS logic.
To properly handle this case, it seems we would need to record
on which cpu skb was allocated, and use a different channel
to give skbs back to this cpu.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On hosts with a lot of cores, RPC workloads suffer from heavy contention on slab spinlocks.
20.69% [kernel] [k] queued_spin_lock_slowpath
5.64% [kernel] [k] _raw_spin_lock
3.83% [kernel] [k] syscall_return_via_sysret
3.48% [kernel] [k] __entry_text_start
1.76% [kernel] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
1.64% [kernel] [k] __fget
For each sendmsg(), we allocate one skb, and free it at the time ACK packet comes.
In many cases, ACK packets are handled by another cpus, and this unfortunately
incurs heavy costs for slab layer.
This patch uses an extra pointer in socket structure, so that we try to reuse
the same skb and avoid these expensive costs.
We cache at most one skb per socket so this should be safe as far as
memory pressure is concerned.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We prefer static_branch_unlikely() over static_key_false() these days.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The queue is marked not empty after acquiring the seqlock,
and it's up to the NOLOCK qdisc clearing such flag on dequeue.
Since the empty status lays on the same cache-line of the
seqlock, it's always hot on cache during the updates.
This makes the empty flag update a little bit loosy. Given
the lack of synchronization between enqueue and dequeue, this
is unavoidable.
v2 -> v3:
- qdisc_is_empty() has a const argument (Eric)
v1 -> v2:
- use really an 'empty' flag instead of 'not_empty', as
suggested by Eric
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added IANA_VXLAN_UDP_PORT (4789) definition to vxlan header file so it
can be used by drivers instead of local definition.
Updated drivers which locally defined it as 4789 to use it.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cc: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Cc: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Move the definition of the default Geneve udp port from the geneve
source to the header file, so we can re-use it from drivers.
Modify existing drivers to use it.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cc: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Since maxattr is common, the policy can't really differ sanely,
so make it common as well.
The only user that did in fact manage to make a non-common policy
is taskstats, which has to be really careful about it (since it's
still using a common maxattr!). This is no longer supported, but
we can fake it using pre_doit.
This reduces the size of e.g. nl80211.o (which has lots of commands):
text data bss dec hex filename
398745 14323 2240 415308 6564c net/wireless/nl80211.o (before)
397913 14331 2240 414484 65314 net/wireless/nl80211.o (after)
--------------------------------
-832 +8 0 -824
Which is obviously just 8 bytes for each command, and an added 8
bytes for the new policy pointer. I'm not sure why the ops list is
counted as .text though.
Most of the code transformations were done using the following spatch:
@ops@
identifier OPS;
expression POLICY;
@@
struct genl_ops OPS[] = {
...,
{
- .policy = POLICY,
},
...
};
@@
identifier ops.OPS;
expression ops.POLICY;
identifier fam;
expression M;
@@
struct genl_family fam = {
.ops = OPS,
.maxattr = M,
+ .policy = POLICY,
...
};
This also gets rid of devlink_nl_cmd_region_read_dumpit() accessing
the cb->data as ops, which we want to change in a later genl patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch the timer to HRTIMER_MODE_SOFT, which executed the timer
callback in softirq context and remove the hrtimer_tasklet.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Anna-Maria Gleixner <anna-maria@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190301224821.29843-3-bigeasy@linutronix.de
Get rid of some obsolete gc-related documentation and macros that were
missed in commit 5b7c9a8ff8 ("net: remove dst gc related code").
CC: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_trie implementation calls synchronize_rcu when a certain amount of
pages are dirty from freed entries. The number of pages was determined
experimentally in 2009 (commit c3059477fc).
At the current setting, synchronize_rcu is called often -- 51 times in a
second in one test with an average of an 8 msec delay adding a fib entry.
The total impact is a lot of slow down modifying the fib. This is seen
in the output of 'time' - the difference between real time and sys+user.
For example, using 720,022 single path routes and 'ip -batch'[1]:
$ time ./ip -batch ipv4/routes-1-hops
real 0m14.214s
user 0m2.513s
sys 0m6.783s
So roughly 35% of the actual time to install the routes is from the ip
command getting scheduled out, most notably due to synchronize_rcu (this
is observed using 'perf sched timehist').
This patch makes the amount of dirty memory configurable between 64k where
the synchronize_rcu is called often (small, low end systems that are memory
sensitive) to 64M where synchronize_rcu is called rarely during a large
FIB change (for high end systems with lots of memory). The default is 512kB
which corresponds to the current setting of 128 pages with a 4kB page size.
As an example, at 16MB the worst interval shows 4 calls to synchronize_rcu
in a second blocking for up to 30 msec in a single instance, and a total
of almost 100 msec across the 4 calls in the second. The trade off is
allowing FIB entries to consume more memory in a given time window but
but with much better fib insertion rates (~30% increase in prefixes/sec).
With this patch and net.ipv4.fib_sync_mem set to 16MB, the same batch
file runs in:
$ time ./ip -batch ipv4/routes-1-hops
real 0m9.692s
user 0m2.491s
sys 0m6.769s
So the dead time is reduced to about 1/2 second or <5% of the real time.
[1] 'ip' modified to not request ACK messages which improves route
insertion times by about 20%
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU when accessing the action chain, to avoid use after free in the
traffic path when 'goto chain' is replaced on existing TC actions (see
script below). Since the control action is read in the traffic path
without holding the action spinlock, we need to explicitly ensure that
a->goto_chain is not NULL before dereferencing (i.e it's not sufficient
to rely on the value of TC_ACT_GOTO_CHAIN bits). Not doing so caused NULL
dereferences in tcf_action_goto_chain_exec() when the following script:
# tc chain add dev dd0 chain 42 ingress protocol ip flower \
> ip_proto udp action pass index 4
# tc filter add dev dd0 ingress protocol ip flower \
> ip_proto udp action csum udp goto chain 42 index 66
# tc chain del dev dd0 chain 42 ingress
(start UDP traffic towards dd0)
# tc action replace action csum udp pass index 66
was run repeatedly for several hours.
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
callers of tcf_gact_goto_chain_index() can potentially read an old value
of the chain index, or even dereference a NULL 'goto_chain' pointer,
because 'goto_chain' and 'tcfa_action' are read in the traffic path
without caring of concurrent write in the control path. The most recent
value of chain index can be read also from a->tcfa_action (it's encoded
there together with TC_ACT_GOTO_CHAIN bits), so we don't really need to
dereference 'goto_chain': just read the chain id from the control action.
Fixes: e457d86ada ("net: sched: add couple of goto_chain helpers")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- pass a pointer to struct tcf_proto in each actions's init() handler,
to allow validating the control action, checking whether the chain
exists and (eventually) refcounting it.
- remove code that validates the control action after a successful call
to the action's init() handler, and replace it with a test that forbids
addition of actions having 'goto_chain' and NULL goto_chain pointer at
the same time.
- add tcf_action_check_ctrlact(), that will validate the control action
and eventually allocate the action 'goto_chain' within the init()
handler.
- add tcf_action_set_ctrlact(), that will assign the control action and
swap the current 'goto_chain' pointer with the new given one.
This disallows 'goto_chain' on actions that don't initialize it properly
in their init() handler, i.e. calling tcf_action_check_ctrlact() after
successful IDR reservation and then calling tcf_action_set_ctrlact()
to assign 'goto_chain' and 'tcf_action' consistently.
By doing this, the kernel does not leak anymore refcounts when a valid
'goto chain' handle is replaced in TC actions, causing kmemleak splats
like the following one:
# tc chain add dev dd0 chain 42 ingress protocol ip flower \
> ip_proto tcp action drop
# tc chain add dev dd0 chain 43 ingress protocol ip flower \
> ip_proto udp action drop
# tc filter add dev dd0 ingress matchall \
> action gact goto chain 42 index 66
# tc filter replace dev dd0 ingress matchall \
> action gact goto chain 43 index 66
# echo scan >/sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak
<...>
unreferenced object 0xffff93c0ee09f000 (size 1024):
comm "tc", pid 2565, jiffies 4295339808 (age 65.426s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
00 00 00 00 08 00 06 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<000000009b63f92d>] tc_ctl_chain+0x3d2/0x4c0
[<00000000683a8d72>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x263/0x2d0
[<00000000ddd88f8e>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x4a/0x110
[<000000006126a348>] netlink_unicast+0x1a0/0x250
[<00000000b3340877>] netlink_sendmsg+0x2c1/0x3c0
[<00000000a25a2171>] sock_sendmsg+0x36/0x40
[<00000000f19ee1ec>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x280/0x2f0
[<00000000d0422042>] __sys_sendmsg+0x5e/0xa0
[<000000007a6c61f9>] do_syscall_64+0x5b/0x180
[<00000000ccd07542>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
[<0000000013eaa334>] 0xffffffffffffffff
Fixes: db50514f9a ("net: sched: add termination action to allow goto chain")
Fixes: 97763dc0f4 ("net_sched: reject unknown tcfa_action values")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change addrconf_f6i_alloc to generate a fib6_config and call
ip6_route_info_create. addrconf_f6i_alloc is the last caller to
fib6_info_alloc besides ip6_route_info_create, and there is no
reason for it to do its own initialization on a fib6_info.
Host routes need to be created even if the device is down, so add a
new flag, fc_ignore_dev_down, to fib6_config and update fib6_nh_init
to not error out if device is not up.
Notes on the conversion:
- ip_fib_metrics_init is the same as fib6_config has fc_mx set to NULL
and fc_mx_len set to 0
- dst_nocount is handled by the RTF_ADDRCONF flag
- dst_host is handled by fc_dst_len = 128
nh_gw does not get set after the conversion to ip6_route_info_create
but it should not be set in addrconf_f6i_alloc since this is a host
route not a gateway route.
Everything else is a straight forward map between fib6_info and
fib6_config.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In addition to icmp_echo_ignore_multicast, there is a need to also
prevent responding to pings to anycast addresses for security.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support for AES128-CCM based record encryption. AES128-CCM is
similar to AES128-GCM. Both of them have same salt/iv/mac size. The
notable difference between the two is that while invoking AES128-CCM
operation, the salt||nonce (which is passed as IV) has to be prefixed
with a hardcoded value '2'. Further, CCM implementation in kernel
requires IV passed in crypto_aead_request() to be full '16' bytes.
Therefore, the record structure 'struct tls_rec' has been modified to
reserve '16' bytes for IV. This works for both GCM and CCM based cipher.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit f10e0010fa.
This commit was just wrong. It caused a lot of
syzbot warnings, so just revert it.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
IPv4 has icmp_echo_ignore_broadcast to prevent responding to broadcast pings.
IPv6 needs a similar mechanism.
v1->v2:
- Remove NET_IPV6_ICMP_ECHO_IGNORE_MULTICAST.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the request socket is created locally, it'd make more sense to
use reqsk_free() instead of reqsk_put() in TFO and syncookies' error
path.
However, tcp_get_cookie_sock() may set ->rsk_refcnt before freeing the
socket; tcp_conn_request() may also have non-null ->rsk_refcnt because
of tcp_try_fastopen(). In both cases 'req' hasn't been exposed
to the outside world and is safe to free immediately, but that'd
trigger the WARN_ON_ONCE in reqsk_free().
Define __reqsk_free() for these situations where we know nobody's
referencing the socket, even though ->rsk_refcnt might be non-null.
Now we can consolidate the error path of tcp_get_cookie_sock() and
tcp_conn_request().
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_hdr(skb) only works when skb->transport_header is set properly.
But in Netfilter, skb->transport_header for ipv6 is not guaranteed
to be right value for sctphdr. It would cause to fail to check the
checksum for sctp packets.
So fix it by using offset, which is always right in all places.
v1->v2:
- Fix the changelog.
Fixes: e6d8b64b34 ("net: sctp: fix and consolidate SCTP checksumming code")
Reported-by: Li Shuang <shuali@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using fanouts with AF_PACKET, the demux functions such as
fanout_demux_cpu will return an index in the fanout socket array, which
corresponds to the selected socket.
The ordering of this array depends on the order the sockets were added
to a given fanout group, so for FANOUT_CPU this means sockets are bound
to cpus in the order they are configured, which is OK.
However, when stopping then restarting the interface these sockets are
bound to, the sockets are reassigned to the fanout group in the reverse
order, due to the fact that they were inserted at the head of the
interface's AF_PACKET socket list.
This means that traffic that was directed to the first socket in the
fanout group is now directed to the last one after an interface restart.
In the case of FANOUT_CPU, traffic from CPU0 will be directed to the
socket that used to receive traffic from the last CPU after an interface
restart.
This commit introduces a helper to add a socket at the tail of a list,
then uses it to register AF_PACKET sockets.
Note that this changes the order in which sockets are listed in /proc and
with sock_diag.
Fixes: dc99f60069 ("packet: Add fanout support")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2019-03-16
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Fix a umem memory leak on cleanup in AF_XDP, from Björn.
2) Fix BTF to properly resolve forward-declared enums into their corresponding
full enum definition types during deduplication, from Andrii.
3) Fix libbpf to reject invalid flags in xsk_socket__create(), from Magnus.
4) Fix accessing invalid pointer returned from bpf_tcp_sock() and
bpf_sk_fullsock() after bpf_sk_release() was called, from Martin.
5) Fix generation of load/store DW instructions in PPC JIT, from Naveen.
6) Various fixes in BPF helper function documentation in bpf.h UAPI header
used to bpf-helpers(7) man page, from Quentin.
7) Fix segfault in BPF test_progs when prog loading failed, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the umem is cleaned up, the task that created it might already be
gone. If the task was gone, the xdp_umem_release function did not free
the pages member of struct xdp_umem.
It turned out that the task lookup was not needed at all; The code was
a left-over when we moved from task accounting to user accounting [1].
This patch fixes the memory leak by removing the task lookup logic
completely.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20180131135356.19134-3-bjorn.topel@gmail.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/c1cb2ca8-6a14-3980-8672-f3de0bb38dfd@suse.cz/
Fixes: c0c77d8fb7 ("xsk: add user memory registration support sockopt")
Reported-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"More fixes in the queue:
1) Netfilter nat can erroneously register the device notifier twice,
fix from Florian Westphal.
2) Use after free in nf_tables, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
3) Parallel update of steering rule fix in mlx5 river, from Eli
Britstein.
4) RX processing panic in lan743x, fix from Bryan Whitehead.
5) Use before initialization of TCP_SKB_CB, fix from Christoph Paasch.
6) Fix locking in SRIOV mode of mlx4 driver, from Jack Morgenstein.
7) Fix TX stalls in lan743x due to mishandling of interrupt ACKing
modes, from Bryan Whitehead.
8) Fix infoleak in l2tp_ip6_recvmsg(), from Eric Dumazet"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (43 commits)
pptp: dst_release sk_dst_cache in pptp_sock_destruct
MAINTAINERS: GENET & SYSTEMPORT: Add internal Broadcom list
l2tp: fix infoleak in l2tp_ip6_recvmsg()
net/tls: Inform user space about send buffer availability
net_sched: return correct value for *notify* functions
lan743x: Fix TX Stall Issue
net/mlx4_core: Fix qp mtt size calculation
net/mlx4_core: Fix locking in SRIOV mode when switching between events and polling
net/mlx4_core: Fix reset flow when in command polling mode
mlxsw: minimal: Initialize base_mac
mlxsw: core: Prevent duplication during QSFP module initialization
net: dwmac-sun8i: fix a missing check of of_get_phy_mode
net: sh_eth: fix a missing check of of_get_phy_mode
net: 8390: fix potential NULL pointer dereferences
net: fujitsu: fix a potential NULL pointer dereference
net: qlogic: fix a potential NULL pointer dereference
isdn: hfcpci: fix potential NULL pointer dereference
Documentation: devicetree: add a new optional property for port mac address
net: rocker: fix a potential NULL pointer dereference
net: qlge: fix a potential NULL pointer dereference
...
This also makes sctp_stream_alloc_(out|in) saner, in that they no longer
allocate new flex_arrays/genradixes, they just preallocate more
elements.
This code does however have a suspicious lack of locking.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20181217131929.11727-7-kent.overstreet@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Dave Hansen <dave.hansen@intel.com>
Cc: Eric Paris <eparis@parisplace.org>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Cc: Shaohua Li <shli@kernel.org>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree:
1) Fix list corruption in device notifier in the masquerade
infrastructure, from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix double-free of sets and use-after-free when deleting elements.
3) Don't bogusly return EBUSY when removing a set after flush command.
4) Use-after-free in dynamically allocate operations.
5) Don't report a new ruleset generation to userspace if transaction
list is empty, this invalidates the userspace cache innecessarily.
From Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"First batch of fixes in the new merge window:
1) Double dst_cache free in act_tunnel_key, from Wenxu.
2) Avoid NULL deref in IN_DEV_MFORWARD() by failing early in the
ip_route_input_rcu() path, from Paolo Abeni.
3) Fix appletalk compile regression, from Arnd Bergmann.
4) If SLAB objects reach the TCP sendpage method we are in serious
trouble, so put a debugging check there. From Vasily Averin.
5) Memory leak in hsr layer, from Mao Wenan.
6) Only test GSO type on GSO packets, from Willem de Bruijn.
7) Fix crash in xsk_diag_put_umem(), from Eric Dumazet.
8) Fix VNIC mailbox length in nfp, from Dirk van der Merwe.
9) Fix race in ipv4 route exception handling, from Xin Long.
10) Missing DMA memory barrier in hns3 driver, from Jian Shen.
11) Use after free in __tcf_chain_put(), from Vlad Buslov.
12) Handle inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add() failures, from Guillaume Nault.
13) Return value correction when ip_mc_may_pull() fails, from Eric
Dumazet.
14) Use after free in x25_device_event(), also from Eric"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (72 commits)
gro_cells: make sure device is up in gro_cells_receive()
vxlan: test dev->flags & IFF_UP before calling gro_cells_receive()
net/x25: fix use-after-free in x25_device_event()
isdn: mISDNinfineon: fix potential NULL pointer dereference
net: hns3: fix to stop multiple HNS reset due to the AER changes
ip: fix ip_mc_may_pull() return value
net: keep refcount warning in reqsk_free()
net: stmmac: Avoid one more sometimes uninitialized Clang warning
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Set correct interface mode for CPU/DSA ports
rxrpc: Fix client call queueing, waiting for channel
tcp: handle inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add() failures
net: ethernet: sun: Zero initialize class in default case in niu_add_ethtool_tcam_entry
8139too : Add support for U.S. Robotics USR997901A 10/100 Cardbus NIC
fou, fou6: avoid uninit-value in gue_err() and gue6_err()
net: sched: fix potential use-after-free in __tcf_chain_put()
vhost: silence an unused-variable warning
vsock/virtio: fix kernel panic from virtio_transport_reset_no_sock
connector: fix unsafe usage of ->real_parent
vxlan: do not need BH again in vxlan_cleanup()
net: hns3: add dma_rmb() for rx description
...
Set deletion after flush coming in the same batch results in EBUSY. Add
set use counter to track the number of references to this set from
rules. We cannot rely on the list of bindings for this since such list
is still populated from the preparation phase.
Reported-by: Václav Zindulka <vaclav.zindulka@tlapnet.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As Eric Dumazet said, "We do not have a way to tell if the req was ever
inserted in a hash table, so better play safe.".
Let's remove this comment, so that nobody will be tempted to drop the
WARN_ON_ONCE() line.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=p78E
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'io_uring-2019-03-06' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block
Pull io_uring IO interface from Jens Axboe:
"Second attempt at adding the io_uring interface.
Since the first one, we've added basic unit testing of the three
system calls, that resides in liburing like the other unit tests that
we have so far. It'll take a while to get full coverage of it, but
we're working towards it. I've also added two basic test programs to
tools/io_uring. One uses the raw interface and has support for all the
various features that io_uring supports outside of standard IO, like
fixed files, fixed IO buffers, and polled IO. The other uses the
liburing API, and is a simplified version of cp(1).
This adds support for a new IO interface, io_uring.
io_uring allows an application to communicate with the kernel through
two rings, the submission queue (SQ) and completion queue (CQ) ring.
This allows for very efficient handling of IOs, see the v5 posting for
some basic numbers:
https://lore.kernel.org/linux-block/20190116175003.17880-1-axboe@kernel.dk/
Outside of just efficiency, the interface is also flexible and
extendable, and allows for future use cases like the upcoming NVMe
key-value store API, networked IO, and so on. It also supports async
buffered IO, something that we've always failed to support in the
kernel.
Outside of basic IO features, it supports async polled IO as well.
This particular feature has already been tested at Facebook months ago
for flash storage boxes, with 25-33% improvements. It makes polled IO
actually useful for real world use cases, where even basic flash sees
a nice win in terms of efficiency, latency, and performance. These
boxes were IOPS bound before, now they are not.
This series adds three new system calls. One for setting up an
io_uring instance (io_uring_setup(2)), one for submitting/completing
IO (io_uring_enter(2)), and one for aux functions like registrating
file sets, buffers, etc (io_uring_register(2)). Through the help of
Arnd, I've coordinated the syscall numbers so merge on that front
should be painless.
Jon did a writeup of the interface a while back, which (except for
minor details that have been tweaked) is still accurate. Find that
here:
https://lwn.net/Articles/776703/
Huge thanks to Al Viro for helping getting the reference cycle code
correct, and to Jann Horn for his extensive reviews focused on both
security and bugs in general.
There's a userspace library that provides basic functionality for
applications that don't need or want to care about how to fiddle with
the rings directly. It has helpers to allow applications to easily set
up an io_uring instance, and submit/complete IO through it without
knowing about the intricacies of the rings. It also includes man pages
(thanks to Jeff Moyer), and will continue to grow support helper
functions and features as time progresses. Find it here:
git://git.kernel.dk/liburing
Fio has full support for the raw interface, both in the form of an IO
engine (io_uring), but also with a small test application (t/io_uring)
that can exercise and benchmark the interface"
* tag 'io_uring-2019-03-06' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block:
io_uring: add a few test tools
io_uring: allow workqueue item to handle multiple buffered requests
io_uring: add support for IORING_OP_POLL
io_uring: add io_kiocb ref count
io_uring: add submission polling
io_uring: add file set registration
net: split out functions related to registering inflight socket files
io_uring: add support for pre-mapped user IO buffers
block: implement bio helper to add iter bvec pages to bio
io_uring: batch io_kiocb allocation
io_uring: use fget/fput_many() for file references
fs: add fget_many() and fput_many()
io_uring: support for IO polling
io_uring: add fsync support
Add io_uring IO interface
The abort path can cause a double-free of an anonymous set.
Added-and-to-be-aborted rule looks like this:
udp dport { 137, 138 } drop
The to-be-aborted transaction list looks like this:
newset
newsetelem
newsetelem
rule
This gets walked in reverse order, so first pass disables the rule, the
set elements, then the set.
After synchronize_rcu(), we then destroy those in same order: rule, set
element, set element, newset.
Problem is that the anonymous set has already been bound to the rule, so
the rule (lookup expression destructor) already frees the set, when then
cause use-after-free when trying to delete the elements from this set,
then try to free the set again when handling the newset expression.
Rule releases the bound set in first place from the abort path, this
causes the use-after-free on set element removal when undoing the new
element transactions. To handle this, skip new element transaction if
set is bound from the abort path.
This is still causes the use-after-free on set element removal. To
handle this, remove transaction from the list when the set is already
bound.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Fixes: f6ac858589 ("netfilter: nf_tables: unbind set in rule from commit path")
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1325
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For rcu protected pointers, we'd better add '__rcu' for them.
Once added '__rcu' tag for rcu protected pointer, the sparse tool reports
warnings.
net/xfrm/xfrm_user.c:1198:39: sparse: expected struct sock *sk
net/xfrm/xfrm_user.c:1198:39: sparse: got struct sock [noderef] <asn:4> *nlsk
[...]
So introduce a new wrapper function of nlmsg_unicast to handle type
conversions.
This patch also fixes a direct access of a rcu protected socket.
Fixes: be33690d8fcf("[XFRM]: Fix aevent related crash")
Signed-off-by: Su Yanjun <suyj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
It is possible that a reporter state will be updated due to a recover flow
which is not triggered by a devlink health related operation, but as a side
effect of some other operation in the system.
Expose devlink health API for a direct update of a reporter status.
Move devlink_health_reporter_state enum definition to devlink.h so it could
be used from drivers as a parameter of devlink_health_reporter_state_update.
In addition, add trace_devlink_health_reporter_state_update to provide user
notification for reporter state change.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS device cannot use the sw context. This patch returns the original
tls device write space handler and moves the sw/device specific portions
to the relevant files.
Also, we remove the write_space call for the tls_sw flow, because it
handles partial records in its delayed tx work handler.
Fixes: a42055e8d2 ("net/tls: Add support for async encryption of records for performance")
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
KSZ9893 switch is similar to KSZ9477 switch except the ingress tail tag
has 1 byte instead of 2 bytes. The size of the portmap is smaller and
so the override and lookup bits are also moved.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the series fc8b81a598 ("Merge branch 'lockless-qdisc-series'")
John made the assumption that the data path had no need to read
the qdisc qlen (number of packets in the qdisc).
It is true when pfifo_fast is used as the root qdisc, or as direct MQ/MQPRIO
children.
But pfifo_fast can be used as leaf in class full qdiscs, and existing
logic needs to access the child qlen in an efficient way.
HTB breaks badly, since it uses cl->leaf.q->q.qlen in :
htb_activate() -> WARN_ON()
htb_dequeue_tree() to decide if a class can be htb_deactivated
when it has no more packets.
HFSC, DRR, CBQ, QFQ have similar issues, and some calls to
qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() also read q.qlen directly.
Using qdisc_qlen_sum() (which iterates over all possible cpus)
in the data path is a non starter.
It seems we have to put back qlen in a central location,
at least for stable kernels.
For all qdisc but pfifo_fast, qlen is guarded by the qdisc lock,
so the existing q.qlen{++|--} are correct.
For 'lockless' qdisc (pfifo_fast so far), we need to use atomic_{inc|dec}()
because the spinlock might be not held (for example from
pfifo_fast_enqueue() and pfifo_fast_dequeue())
This patch adds atomic_qlen (in the same location than qlen)
and renames the following helpers, since we want to express
they can be used without qdisc lock, and that qlen is no longer percpu.
- qdisc_qstats_cpu_qlen_dec -> qdisc_qstats_atomic_qlen_dec()
- qdisc_qstats_cpu_qlen_inc -> qdisc_qstats_atomic_qlen_inc()
Later (net-next) we might revert this patch by tracking all these
qlen uses and replace them by a more efficient method (not having
to access a precise qlen, but an empty/non_empty status that might
be less expensive to maintain/track).
Another possibility is to have a legacy pfifo_fast version that would
be used when used a a child qdisc, since the parent qdisc needs
a spinlock anyway. But then, future lockless qdiscs would also
have the same problem.
Fixes: 7e66016f2c ("net: sched: helpers to sum qlen and qlen for per cpu logic")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next:
1) Add .release_ops to properly unroll .select_ops, use it from nft_compat.
After this change, we can remove list of extensions too to simplify this
codebase.
2) Update amanda conntrack helper to support v3.4, from Florian Tham.
3) Get rid of the obsolete BUGPRINT macro in ebtables, from
Florian Westphal.
4) Merge IPv4 and IPv6 masquerading infrastructure into one single module.
From Florian Westphal.
5) Patchset to remove nf_nat_l3proto structure to get rid of
indirections, from Florian Westphal.
6) Skip unnecessary conntrack timeout updates in case the value is
still the same, also from Florian Westphal.
7) Remove unnecessary 'fall through' comments in empty switch cases,
from Li RongQing.
8) Fix lookup to fixed size hashtable sets on big endian with 32-bit keys.
9) Incorrect logic to deactivate path of fixed size hashtable sets,
element was being tested to self.
10) Remove nft_hash_key(), the bitmap set is always selected for 16-bit
keys.
11) Use boolean whenever possible in IPVS codebase, from Andrea Claudi.
12) Enter close state in conntrack if RST matches exact sequence number,
from Florian Westphal.
13) Initialize dst_cache in tunnel extension, from wenxu.
14) Pass protocol as u16 to xt_check_match and xt_check_target, from
Li RongQing.
15) SCTP header is granted to be in a linear area from IPVS NAT handler,
from Xin Long.
16) Don't steal packets coming from slave VRF device from the
ip_sabotage_in() path, from David Ahern.
17) Fix unsafe update of basechain stats, from Li RongQing.
18) Make sure CONNTRACK_LOCKS is power of 2 to let compiler optimize
modulo operation as bitwise AND, from Li RongQing.
19) Use device_attribute instead of internal definition in the IDLETIMER
target, from Sami Tolvanen.
20) Merge redir, masq and IPv4/IPv6 NAT chain types, from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2019-03-02
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for the 5.1 kernel:
- Added support for MediaTek MT7663U and MT7668U UART devices
- Cleanups & fixes to the hci_qca driver
- Fixed wakeup pin behavior for QCA6174A controller
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no more in tree users of the
switchdev_trans_item_{dequeue,enqueue} or switchdev_trans_item structure
in the kernel since commit 00fc0c51e3 ("rocker: Change world_ops API
and implementation to be switchdev independant").
Remove this unused code and update the documentation accordingly since.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ip rules, we need to use 'ipproto ipv6-icmp' to match ICMPv6 headers.
But for ip -6 route, currently we only support tcp, udp and icmp.
Add ICMPv6 support so we can match ipv6-icmp rules for route lookup.
v2: As David Ahern and Sabrina Dubroca suggested, Add an argument to
rtm_getroute_parse_ip_proto() to handle ICMP/ICMPv6 with different family.
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Fixes: eacb9384a3 ("ipv6: support sport, dport and ip_proto in RTM_GETROUTE")
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The family specific masq modules are way too small to warrant
an extra module, just place all of them in nft_masq.
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
1001 832 0 1833 729 nft_masq.ko
766 896 0 1662 67e nft_masq_ipv4.ko
764 896 0 1660 67c nft_masq_ipv6.ko
after:
2010 960 0 2970 b9a nft_masq.ko
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
990 832 0 1822 71e nft_redir.ko
697 896 0 1593 639 nft_redir_ipv4.ko
713 896 0 1609 649 nft_redir_ipv6.ko
after:
text data bss dec hex filename
1910 960 0 2870 b36 nft_redir.ko
size is reduced, all helpers from nft_redir.ko can be made static.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We need this functionality for the io_uring file registration, but
we cannot rely on it since CONFIG_UNIX can be modular. Move the helpers
to a separate file, that's always builtin to the kernel if CONFIG_UNIX is
m/y.
No functional changes in this patch, just moving code around.
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Current fib_multipath_hash_policy can make hash based on the L3 or
L4. But it only work on the outer IP. So a specific tunnel always
has the same hash value. But a specific tunnel may contain so many
inner connections.
This patch provide a generic multipath_hash in floi_common. It can
make a user-define hash which can mix with L3 or L4 hash.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have converted all possible callers to using a switchdev
notifier for attributes we do not have a need for implementing
switchdev_ops anymore, and this can be removed from all drivers the
net_device structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for allowing switchdev enabled drivers to veto specific
attribute settings from within the context of the caller, introduce a
new switchdev notifier type for port attributes.
Suggested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to dirty a cache line if timeout is unchanged.
Also, WARN() is useless here: we crash on 'skb->len' access
if skb is NULL.
Last, ct->timeout is u32, not 'unsigned long' so adapt the
function prototype accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The l3proto name is gone, its header file is the last trace.
While at it, also remove nf_nat_core.h, its very small and all users
include nf_nat.h too.
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
22948 1612 4136 28696 7018 nf_nat.ko
after removal of l3proto register/unregister functions:
text data bss dec hex filename
22196 1516 4136 27848 6cc8 nf_nat.ko
checkpatch complains about overly long lines, but line breaks
do not make things more readable and the line length gets smaller
here, not larger.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
after ipv4/6 nat tracker merge, there are no external callers, so
make last function static and remove the header.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
None of these functions calls any external functions, moving them allows
to avoid both the indirection and a need to export these symbols.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add .release_ops, that is called in case of error at a later stage in
the expression initialization path, ie. .select_ops() has been already
set up operations and that needs to be undone. This allows us to unwind
.select_ops from the error path, ie. release the dynamic operations for
this extension.
Moreover, allocate one single operation instead of recycling them, this
comes at the cost of consuming a bit more memory per rule, but it
simplifies the infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We prefer static_branch_unlikely() over static_key_false() these days.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helper is only used from tcp_add_write_queue_tail(), and does
not make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helper is used only once, and its name is no longer relevant.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack coverage in vxlan link
create and changelink paths. Introduces a new helper
vxlan_nl2flags to consolidate flag attribute validation.
thanks to Johannes Berg for some tips to construct the
generic vxlan flag extack strings.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of iterating over all devlink ports add a NDO which
will return the devlink instance from the driver.
v2: add the netdev_to_devlink() helper (Michal)
v3: check that devlink has ops (Florian)
v4: hold devlink_mutex (Jiri)
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Being able to build devlink as a module causes growing pains.
First all drivers had to add a meta dependency to make sure
they are not built in when devlink is built as a module. Now
we are struggling to invoke ethtool compat code reliably.
Make devlink code built-in, users can still not build it at
all but the dynamically loadable module option is removed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all users of struct inet_frag_queue have been converted
to use 'rb_fragments', remove the unused 'fragments' field.
Build with `make allyesconfig` succeeded. ip_defrag selftest passed.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add HCI_QUIRK_USE_BDADDR_PROPERTY to allow controllers to retrieve
the public Bluetooth address from the firmware node property
'local-bd-address'. If quirk is set and the property does not exist
or is invalid the controller is marked as unconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Balakrishna Godavarthi <bgodavar@codeaurora.org>
Tested-by: Balakrishna Godavarthi <bgodavar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Extract IP options in cipso_v4_error and use __icmp_send.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Nazarov <s-nazarov@yandex.ru>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __icmp_send function having ip_options struct parameter
Signed-off-by: Sergey Nazarov <s-nazarov@yandex.ru>
Reviewed-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using tcf_walker->stop flag to determine when tcf_walker->fn() was called
at least once is unreliable. Some classifiers set 'stop' flag on error
before calling walker callback, other classifiers used to call it with NULL
filter pointer when empty. In order to prevent further regressions, extend
tcf_walker structure with dedicated 'nonempty' flag. Set this flag in
tcf_walker->fn() implementation that is used to check if classifier has
filters configured.
Fixes: 8b64678e0a ("net: sched: refactor tp insert/delete for concurrent execution")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have no more in tree users of switchdev_port_attr_get() after
d0e698d57a ("Merge branch 'net-Get-rid-of-switchdev_port_attr_get'")
so completely remove the function signature and body.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No current DSA driver makes use of the phydev parameter passed to the
disable_port call. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 5.1 kernel.
- Fixes & improvements to mediatek, hci_qca, btrtl, and btmrvl HCI drivers
- Fixes to parsing invalid L2CAP config option sizes
- Locking fix to bt_accept_enqueue()
- Add support for new Marvel sd8977 chipset
- Various other smaller fixes & cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch enables returning 'type' in msghdr for records that are
retrieved with MSG_PEEK in recvmsg. Further it prevents records peeked
from socket from getting clubbed with any other record of different
type when records are subsequently dequeued from strparser.
For each record, we now retain its type in sk_buff's control buffer
cb[]. Inside control buffer, record's full length and offset are already
stored by strparser in 'struct strp_msg'. We store record type after
'struct strp_msg' inside 'struct tls_msg'. For tls1.2, the type is
stored just after record dequeue. For tls1.3, the type is stored after
record has been decrypted.
Inside process_rx_list(), before processing a non-data record, we check
that we must be able to return back the record type to the user
application. If not, the decrypted records in tls context's rx_list is
left there without consuming any data.
Fixes: 692d7b5d1f ("tls: Fix recvmsg() to be able to peek across multiple records")
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use percpu allocation for the ipv6.icmp_sk.
Signed-off-by: Kefeng Wang <wangkefeng.wang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three conflicts, one of which, for marvell10g.c is non-trivial and
requires some follow-up from Heiner or someone else.
The issue is that Heiner converted the marvell10g driver over to
use the generic c45 code as much as possible.
However, in 'net' a bug fix appeared which makes sure that a new
local mask (MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV_NBT_MASK) with value 0x01e0
is cleared.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For tcindex filter, it is too late to initialize the
net pointer in tcf_exts_validate(), as tcf_exts_get_net()
requires a non-NULL net pointer. We can just move its
initialization into tcf_exts_init(), which just requires
an additional parameter.
This makes the code in tcindex_alloc_perfect_hash()
prettier.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most likely the last set of patches for 5.1. WPA3 support to ath10k
and qtnfmac. FTM support to iwlwifi and ath10k. And of course other
new features and bugfixes.
wireless-drivers was merged due to dependency in mt76.
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* HE radiotap
* FTM (Fine Timing Measurement) initiator and responder implementation
* bump supported firmware API to 46
* VHT extended NSS support
* new PCI IDs for 9260 and 22000 series
ath10k
* change QMI interface to support the new (and backwards incompatible)
interface from HL3.1 and used in recent HL2.0 branch firmware
releases
* support WPA3 with WCN3990
* support for mac80211 airtime fairness based on transmit rate
estimation, the firmware needs to support WMI_SERVICE_PEER_STATS to
enable this
* report transmit airtime to mac80211 with firmwares having
WMI_SERVICE_REPORT_AIRTIME feature, this to have more accurate
airtime fairness based on real transmit time (instead of just
estimated from transmit rate)
* support Fine Timing Measurement (FTM) responder role
* add dynamic VLAN support with firmware having WMI_SERVICE_PER_PACKET_SW_ENCRYPT
* switch to use SPDX license identifiers
ath
* add new country codes for US
brcmfmac
* support monitor frames with the hardware/ucode header
qtnfmac
* enable WPA3 SAE and OWE support
mt76
* beacon support for USB devices (mesh+ad-hoc only)
rtlwifi
* convert to use SPDX license identifiers
libertas_tf
* get the MAC address before registering the device
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJccAnlAAoJEG4XJFUm622bxxMH/2cz2GEuDQXOwfYLnCUwFES8
vqTdMWnlfqGQvsTyvtSp91KqsL3hE2FB1Cu3n6/vzND3C7afT0V2/QlU7Pmgr8sR
1gnJnu0NJT5SZfzcTsqwt8rFw9lQZ3HcvEcfNo6T5KUyyY7FGCNGR5H27nvoKOP3
ea1h7U80loPV40sGTI8jj963wa9LNHUrjHTK4wY+KMWECgZuD/fHeE9YPB9MTdff
lJ5bWCoQmuJddvTtC+X0tOAsCkxgdbbw6ieKqzep8H4gtUjerZD+V8uUdbtpr7IL
sWPoaqrrADMv9cZtDVj+pEtNIJ3mpfuHYFKSON9jy/uxygeFTfVzLu43RFreDp8=
=D15/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2019-02-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers-next patches for 5.1
Most likely the last set of patches for 5.1. WPA3 support to ath10k
and qtnfmac. FTM support to iwlwifi and ath10k. And of course other
new features and bugfixes.
wireless-drivers was merged due to dependency in mt76.
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* HE radiotap
* FTM (Fine Timing Measurement) initiator and responder implementation
* bump supported firmware API to 46
* VHT extended NSS support
* new PCI IDs for 9260 and 22000 series
ath10k
* change QMI interface to support the new (and backwards incompatible)
interface from HL3.1 and used in recent HL2.0 branch firmware
releases
* support WPA3 with WCN3990
* support for mac80211 airtime fairness based on transmit rate
estimation, the firmware needs to support WMI_SERVICE_PEER_STATS to
enable this
* report transmit airtime to mac80211 with firmwares having
WMI_SERVICE_REPORT_AIRTIME feature, this to have more accurate
airtime fairness based on real transmit time (instead of just
estimated from transmit rate)
* support Fine Timing Measurement (FTM) responder role
* add dynamic VLAN support with firmware having WMI_SERVICE_PER_PACKET_SW_ENCRYPT
* switch to use SPDX license identifiers
ath
* add new country codes for US
brcmfmac
* support monitor frames with the hardware/ucode header
qtnfmac
* enable WPA3 SAE and OWE support
mt76
* beacon support for USB devices (mesh+ad-hoc only)
rtlwifi
* convert to use SPDX license identifiers
libertas_tf
* get the MAC address before registering the device
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge net-next to resolve a conflict and to get the mac80211
rhashtable fixes so further patches can be applied on top.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes, we may want to transport higher bandwidth data
through vendor events, and in that case sending it multicast
is a bad idea. Allow vendor events to be unicast.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may want to track further the CSA beacons, for example
to compensate for buggy APs that change the beacon count or quiet
mode during CSA flow.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case we receive a beacon without CSA IE while we are in
the middle of channel switch - abort the operation.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018 REVmd of the spec introduces the max channel switch time
element which is optionally included in beacons/probes when there
is a channel switch / extended channel switch element.
The value represents the maximum delay between the time the AP
transmitted the last beacon in current channel and the expected
time of the first beacon in the new channel, in TU.
Parse the value and pass it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This extends the NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE event case to report
NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE similarly to what is already done with the
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT events if the driver provides this information. In
practice, this adds (Re)Association Request frame information element
reporting to mac80211 drivers for the cases where user space SME is
used.
This provides more information for user space to figure out which
capabilities were negotiated for the association. For example, this can
be used to determine whether HT, VHT, or HE is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
clang warns about overflowing the data[] member in the struct pnpipehdr:
net/phonet/pep.c:295:8: warning: array index 4 is past the end of the array (which contains 1 element) [-Warray-bounds]
if (hdr->data[4] == PEP_IND_READY)
^ ~
include/net/phonet/pep.h:66:3: note: array 'data' declared here
u8 data[1];
Using a flexible array member at the end of the struct avoids the
warning, but since we cannot have a flexible array member inside
of the union, each index now has to be moved back by one, which
makes it a little uglier.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi@remlab.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2019-02-21
1) Don't do TX bytes accounting for the esp trailer when sending
from a request socket as this will result in an out of bounds
memory write. From Martin Willi.
2) Destroy xfrm_state synchronously on net exit path to
avoid nested gc flush callbacks that may trigger a
warning in xfrm6_tunnel_net_exit(). From Cong Wang.
3) Do an unconditionally clone in pfkey_broadcast_one()
to avoid a race when freeing the skb.
From Sean Tranchetti.
4) Fix inbound traffic via XFRM interfaces across network
namespaces. We did the lookup for interfaces and policies
in the wrong namespace. From Tobias Brunner.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the bridge no longer calling switchdev_port_attr_get() to obtain
the supported bridge port flags from a driver but instead trying to set
the bridge port flags directly and relying on driver to reject
unsupported configurations, we can effectively get rid of
switchdev_port_attr_get() entirely since this was the only place where
it was called.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have converted the bridge code and the drivers to check for
bridge port(s) flags at the time we try to set them, there is no need
for a get() -> set() sequence anymore and
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT therefore becomes unused.
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for removing switchdev_port_attr_get(), introduce
PORT_PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS which will be called through
switchdev_port_attr_set(), in the caller's context (possibly atomic) and
which must be checked by the switchdev driver in order to return whether
the operation is supported or not.
This is entirely analoguous to how the BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT works,
except it goes through a set() instead of get().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Linux bridge implementation allows various properties of the bridge
to be controlled, such as flooding unknown unicast and multicast frames.
This patch adds the necessary DSA infrastructure to allow the Linux
bridge support to control these properties for DSA switches.
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
[florian: Add missing dp and ds variables declaration to fix build]
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, users can only set pnetids for netdevs and ib devices in the
pnet table. This patch adds support for smcd devices to the pnet table.
Signed-off-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each tls context maintains two cipher contexts (one each for tx and rx
directions). For each tls session, the constants such as protocol
version, ciphersuite, iv size, associated data size etc are same for
both the directions and need to be stored only once per tls context.
Hence these are moved from 'struct cipher_context' to 'struct
tls_prot_info' and stored only once in 'struct tls_context'.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for you net-next
tree:
1) Missing NFTA_RULE_POSITION_ID netlink attribute validation,
from Phil Sutter.
2) Restrict matching on tunnel metadata to rx/tx path, from wenxu.
3) Avoid indirect calls for IPV6=y, from Florian Westphal.
4) Add two indirections to prepare merger of IPV4 and IPV6 nat
modules, from Florian Westphal.
5) Broken indentation in ctnetlink, from Colin Ian King.
6) Patches to use struct_size() from netfilter and IPVS,
from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
7) Display kernel splat only once in case of racing to confirm
conntrack from bridge plus nfqueue setups, from Chieh-Min Wang.
8) Skip checksum validation for layer 4 protocols that don't need it,
patch from Alin Nastac.
9) Sparse warning due to symbol that should be static in CLUSTERIP,
from Wei Yongjun.
10) Add new toggle to disable SDP payload translation when media
endpoint is reachable though the same interface as the signalling
peer, from Alin Nastac.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If driver does not support ethtool flash update operation
call into devlink.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add devlink flash update command. Advanced NICs have firmware
stored in flash and often cryptographically secured. Updating
that flash is handled by management firmware. Ethtool has a
flash update command which served us well, however, it has two
shortcomings:
- it takes rtnl_lock unnecessarily - really flash update has
nothing to do with networking, so using a networking device
as a handle is suboptimal, which leads us to the second one:
- it requires a functioning netdev - in case device enters an
error state and can't spawn a netdev (e.g. communication
with the device fails) there is no netdev to use as a handle
for flashing.
Devlink already has the ability to report the firmware versions,
now with the ability to update the firmware/flash we will be
able to recover devices in bad state.
To enable updates of sub-components of the FW allow passing
component name. This name should correspond to one of the
versions reported in devlink info.
v1: - replace target id with component name (Jiri).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-02-16
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) numerous libbpf API improvements, from Andrii, Andrey, Yonghong.
2) test all bpf progs in alu32 mode, from Jiong.
3) skb->sk access and bpf_sk_fullsock(), bpf_tcp_sock() helpers, from Martin.
4) support for IP encap in lwt bpf progs, from Peter.
5) remove XDP_QUERY_XSK_UMEM dead code, from Jan.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netfilter conflicts were rather simple overlapping
changes.
However, the cls_tcindex.c stuff was a bit more complex.
On the 'net' side, Cong is fixing several races and memory
leaks. Whilst on the 'net-next' side we have Vlad adding
the rtnl-ness support.
What I've decided to do, in order to resolve this, is revert the
conversion over to using a workqueue that Cong did, bringing us back
to pure RCU. I did it this way because I believe that either Cong's
races don't apply with have Vlad did things, or Cong will have to
implement the race fix slightly differently.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the introduction of flow_stats_update(), drivers now update the stats
fields of the passed tc_cls_flower_offload struct, rather than call
tcf_exts_stats_update() directly to update the stats of offloaded TC
flower rules. However, if multiple qdiscs are registered to a TC shared
block and a flower rule is applied, then, when getting stats for the rule,
multiple callbacks may be made.
Take this into consideration by modifying flow_stats_update to gather the
stats from all callbacks. Currently, the values in tc_cls_flower_offload
only account for the last stats callback in the list.
Fixes: 3b1903ef97 ("flow_offload: add statistics retrieval infrastructure and use it")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With many active TCP sockets, fat TCP sockets could fool
__sk_mem_raise_allocated() thanks to an overflow.
They would increase their share of the memory, instead
of decreasing it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Proxy ip6_route_input via ipv6_stub, for later use by lwt bpf ip encap
(see the next patch in the patchset).
Signed-off-by: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Implement BPF_LWT_ENCAP_IP mode in bpf_lwt_push_encap BPF helper.
It enables BPF programs (specifically, BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_IN and
BPF_PROG_TYPE_LWT_XMIT prog types) to add IP encapsulation headers
to packets (e.g. IP/GRE, GUE, IPIP).
This is useful when thousands of different short-lived flows should be
encapped, each with different and dynamically determined destination.
Although lwtunnels can be used in some of these scenarios, the ability
to dynamically generate encap headers adds more flexibility, e.g.
when routing depends on the state of the host (reflected in global bpf
maps).
v7 changes:
- added a call skb_clear_hash();
- removed calls to skb_set_transport_header();
- refuse to encap GSO-enabled packets.
v8 changes:
- fix build errors when LWT is not enabled.
Note: the next patch in the patchset with deal with GSO-enabled packets,
which are currently rejected at encapping attempt.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Some protocols have other means to verify the payload integrity
(AH, ESP, SCTP) while others are incompatible with nf_ip(6)_checksum
implementation because checksum is either optional or might be
partial (UDPLITE, DCCP, GRE). Because nf_ip(6)_checksum was used
to validate the packets, ip(6)tables REJECT rules were not capable
to generate ICMP(v6) errors for the protocols mentioned above.
This commit also fixes the incorrect pseudo-header protocol used
for IPv4 packets that carry other transport protocols than TCP or
UDP (pseudo-header used protocol 0 iso the proper value).
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Extend Qdisc_class_ops with flags. Create enum to hold possible class ops
flag values. Add first class ops flags value QDISC_CLASS_OPS_DOIT_UNLOCKED
to indicate that class ops functions can be called without taking rtnl
lock.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 'rtnl_held' flag to tcf proto change, delete, destroy, dump, walk
functions to track rtnl lock status. Extend users of these function in cls
API to propagate rtnl lock status to them. This allows classifiers to
obtain rtnl lock when necessary and to pass rtnl lock status to extensions
and driver offload callbacks.
Add flags field to tcf proto ops. Add flag value to indicate that
classifier doesn't require rtnl lock.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add optional tp->ops->put() API to be implemented for filter reference
counting. This new function is called by cls API to release filter
reference for filters returned by tp->ops->change() or tp->ops->get()
functions. Implement tfilter_put() helper to call tp->ops->put() only for
classifiers that implement it.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Actions API is already updated to not rely on rtnl lock for
synchronization. However, it need to be provided with rtnl status when
called from classifiers API in order to be able to correctly release the
lock when loading kernel module.
Extend extension validation function with 'rtnl_held' flag which is passed
to actions API. Add new 'rtnl_held' parameter to tcf_exts_validate() in cls
API. No classifier is currently updated to support unlocked execution, so
pass hardcoded 'true' flag parameter value.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend tcf_chain with 'flushing' flag. Use the flag to prevent insertion of
new classifier instances when chain flushing is in progress in order to
prevent resource leak when tcf_proto is created by unlocked users
concurrently.
Return EAGAIN error from tcf_chain_tp_insert_unique() to restart
tc_new_tfilter() and lookup the chain/proto again.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement unique insertion function to atomically attach tcf_proto to chain
after verifying that no other tcf proto with specified priority exists.
Implement delete function that verifies that tp is actually empty before
deleting it. Use these functions to refactor cls API to account for
concurrent tp and rule update instead of relying on rtnl lock. Add new
'deleting' flag to tcf proto. Use it to restart search when iterating over
tp's on chain to prevent accessing potentially inval tp->next pointer.
Extend tcf proto with spinlock that is intended to be used to protect its
data from concurrent modification instead of relying on rtnl mutex. Use it
to protect 'deleting' flag. Add lockdep macros to validate that lock is
held when accessing protected fields.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users of chain->filters_chain rely on rtnl lock and assume that no new
classifier instances are added when traversing the list. Use
tcf_get_next_proto() to traverse filters list without relying on rtnl
mutex. This function iterates over classifiers by taking reference to
current iterator classifier only and doesn't assume external
synchronization of filters list.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock and allow concurrent tcf_proto
modification, extend tcf_proto with reference counter. Implement helper
get/put functions for tcf proto and use them to modify cls API to always
take reference to tcf_proto while using it. Only release reference to
parent chain after releasing last reference to tp.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend tcf_chain with new filter_chain_lock mutex. Always lock the chain
when accessing filter_chain list, instead of relying on rtnl lock.
Dereference filter_chain with tcf_chain_dereference() lockdep macro to
verify that all users of chain_list have the lock taken.
Rearrange tp insert/remove code in tc_new_tfilter/tc_del_tfilter to execute
all necessary code while holding chain lock in order to prevent
invalidation of chain_info structure by potential concurrent change. This
also serializes calls to tcf_chain0_head_change(), which allows head change
callbacks to rely on filter_chain_lock for synchronization instead of rtnl
mutex.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users of block->chain_list rely on rtnl lock and assume that no new
chains are added when traversing the list. Use tcf_get_next_chain() to
traverse chain list without relying on rtnl mutex. This function iterates
over chains by taking reference to current iterator chain only and doesn't
assume external synchronization of chain list.
Don't take reference to all chains in block when flushing and use
tcf_get_next_chain() to safely iterate over chain list instead. Remove
tcf_block_put_all_chains() that is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, tcf_block doesn't use any synchronization mechanisms to protect
critical sections that manage lifetime of its chains. block->chain_list and
multiple variables in tcf_chain that control its lifetime assume external
synchronization provided by global rtnl lock. Converting chain reference
counting to atomic reference counters is not possible because cls API uses
multiple counters and flags to control chain lifetime, so all of them must
be synchronized in chain get/put code.
Use single per-block lock to protect block data and manage lifetime of all
chains on the block. Always take block->lock when accessing chain_list.
Chain get and put modify chain lifetime-management data and parent block's
chain_list, so take the lock in these functions. Verify block->lock state
with assertions in functions that expect to be called with the lock taken
and are called from multiple places. Take block->lock when accessing
filter_chain_list.
In order to allow parallel update of rules on single block, move all calls
to classifiers outside of critical sections protected by new block->lock.
Rearrange chain get and put functions code to only access protected chain
data while holding block lock:
- Rearrange code to only access chain reference counter and chain action
reference counter while holding block lock.
- Extract code that requires block->lock from tcf_chain_destroy() into
standalone tcf_chain_destroy() function that is called by
__tcf_chain_put() in same critical section that changes chain reference
counters.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit b639583f9e.
As per discussion with Jakub Kicinski and Michal Kubecek,
this will be better addressed by soon-too-come ethtool netlink
API with additional indication that given configuration request
is supposed to be persisted.
Also, remove the parameter support from bnxt_en driver.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implementation of macro "flow_action_for_each" introduced in
commit e3ab786b42 ("flow_offload: add flow action infrastructure")
and used in commit 7386788175 ("drivers: net: use flow action
infrastructure") iterated the first item twice and did not reach the
last one. Fix it.
Fixes: e3ab786b42 ("flow_offload: add flow action infrastructure")
Fixes: 7386788175 ("drivers: net: use flow action infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At Jiri's suggestion add a generic "board.manufacture"
version identifier.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix cfg80211_gen_new_bssid() to not rely on u64 modulo arithmetic,
which isn't needed since we really just want to mask there. Also,
clean it up to calculate the mask only once and use GENMASK_ULL()
instead of open-coding the mask calculation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Modify the kernel users of the TCA_ACT_* macros to use TCA_ID_*. For
example, use TCA_ID_GACT instead of TCA_ACT_GACT. This will align with
TCA_ID_POLICE and also differentiates these identifier, used in struct
tc_action_ops type field, from other macros starting with TCA_ACT_.
To make things clearer, we name the enum defining the TCA_ID_*
identifiers and also change the "type" field of struct tc_action to
id.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the algorithm described in the comment block at the
beginning of ip_rt_send_redirect, the host should try to send
'ip_rt_redirect_number' ICMP redirect packets with an exponential
backoff and then stop sending them at all assuming that the destination
ignores redirects.
If the device has previously sent some ICMP error packets that are
rate-limited (e.g TTL expired) and continues to receive traffic,
the redirect packets will never be transmitted. This happens since
peer->rate_tokens will be typically greater than 'ip_rt_redirect_number'
and so it will never be reset even if the redirect silence timeout
(ip_rt_redirect_silence) has elapsed without receiving any packet
requiring redirects.
Fix it by using a dedicated counter for the number of ICMP redirect
packets that has been sent by the host
I have not been able to identify a given commit that introduced the
issue since ip_rt_send_redirect implements the same rate-limiting
algorithm from commit 1da177e4c3 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, user can do dump or get of param values right after the
devlink params are registered. However the driver may not be initialized
which is an issue. The same problem happens during notification
upon param registration. Allow driver to publish devlink params
whenever it is ready to handle get() ops. Note that this cannot
be resolved by init reordering, as the "driverinit" params have
to be available before the driver is initialized (it needs the param
values there).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An ipvlan bug fix in 'net' conflicted with the abstraction away
of the IPV6 specific support in 'net-next'.
Similarly, a bug fix for mlx5 in 'net' conflicted with the flow
action conversion in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set multi-bssid support flags according to driver support.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for multi-bssid.
This includes:
- Parsing multi-bssid element
- Overriding DTIM values
- Taking into account in various places the inner BSSID instead of
transmitter BSSID
- Save aside some multi-bssid properties needed by drivers
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the new IEs are generated, the multiple BSSID elements
are not saved. Save aside properties that are needed later
for PS.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parsing and exposing nontransmitted APs is problematic
when underlying HW doesn't support it. Do it only if
driver indicated support. Allow HE restriction as well,
since the HE spec defined the exact manner that Multiple
BSSID set should behave. APs that not support the HE
spec will have less predictable Multiple BSSID set
support/behavior
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously the transmitted BSS and the non-trasmitted BSS list were
defined in struct cfg80211_internal_bss. Move them to struct cfg80211_bss
since mac80211 needs this info.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We currently have a number of helpers to find elements that just
return a u8 *, change those to return a struct element and add
inlines to deal with the u8 * compatibility.
Note that the match behaviour is changed to start the natch at
the data, so conversion from _ie_match to _elem_match need to
be done carefully.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health
mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate
reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which
will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks.
Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions:
* A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer
* Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance
* Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long
as there is no other dump which is already stored)
* Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on:
- Auto Recovery configuration
- Grace period vs. Time since last recover
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and
recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters.
Define it's data structure and supported operations.
In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter.
Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list.
As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which
will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user
commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to
provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by
devlink_health_reporter_priv function.
For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics,
dump msg and status.
For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink
fmsg API.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink fmsg is a mechanism to pass descriptors between drivers and
devlink, in json-like format. The API allows the driver to add nested
attributes such as object, object pair and value array, in addition to
attributes such as name and value.
Driver can use this API to fill the fmsg context in a format which will be
translated by the devlink to the netlink message later.
There is no memory allocation in advance (other than the initial list
head), and it dynamically allocates messages descriptors and add them to
the list on the fly.
When it needs to send the data using SKBs to the netlink layer, it
fragments the data between different SKBs. In order to do this
fragmentation, it uses virtual nests attributes, to avoid actual
nesting use which cannot be divided between different SKBs.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Work on the new debugging infrastructure continues;
* HE radiotap;
* Support for new FW version 44;
* A couple of new FW API changes;
* A bunch of fixes for static analyzer reported issues;
* General bugfixes;
* Other cleanups and small fixes;
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ckmd
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2019-02-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
Third batch of iwlwifi patches intended for v5.1
* Work on the new debugging infrastructure continues;
* HE radiotap;
* Support for new FW version 44;
* A couple of new FW API changes;
* A bunch of fixes for static analyzer reported issues;
* General bugfixes;
* Other cleanups and small fixes;
Now that we have a dedicated NDO for getting a port's parent ID, get rid
of SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID and convert all callers to use the
NDO exclusively. This is a preliminary change to getting rid of
switchdev_ops eventually.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These actions need to be added to support the ethtool_rx_flow interface.
The queue action includes a field to specify the RSS context, that is
set via FLOW_RSS flow type flag and the rss_context field in struct
ethtool_rxnfc, plus the corresponding queue index. FLOW_RSS implies that
rss_context is non-zero, therefore, queue.ctx == 0 means that FLOW_RSS
was not set. Also add a field to store the vf index which is stored in
the ethtool_rxnfc ring_cookie field.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that drivers have been converted to use the flow action
infrastructure, remove this field from the tc_cls_flower_offload
structure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the flow_stats structure that acts as container for
tc_cls_flower_offload, then we can use to restore the statistics on the
existing TC actions. Hence, tcf_exts_stats_update() is not used from
drivers anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements a new function to translate from native TC action
to the new flow_action representation. Moreover, this patch also updates
cls_flower to use this new function.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new infrastructure defines the nic actions that you can perform
from existing network drivers. This infrastructure allows us to avoid a
direct dependency with the native software TC action representation.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch wraps the dissector key and mask - that flower uses to
represent the matching side - around the flow_match structure.
To avoid a follow up patch that would edit the same LoCs in the drivers,
this patch also wraps this new flow match structure around the flow rule
object. This new structure will also contain the flow actions in follow
up patches.
This introduces two new interfaces:
bool flow_rule_match_key(rule, dissector_id)
that returns true if a given matching key is set on, and:
flow_rule_match_XYZ(rule, &match);
To fetch the matching side XYZ into the match container structure, to
retrieve the key and the mask with one single call.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm_state_put() moves struct xfrm_state to the GC list
and schedules the GC work to clean it up. On net exit call
path, xfrm_state_flush() is called to clean up and
xfrm_flush_gc() is called to wait for the GC work to complete
before exit.
However, this doesn't work because one of the ->destructor(),
ipcomp_destroy(), schedules the same GC work again inside
the GC work. It is hard to wait for such a nested async
callback. This is also why syzbot still reports the following
warning:
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 33 at net/ipv6/xfrm6_tunnel.c:351 xfrm6_tunnel_net_exit+0x2cb/0x500 net/ipv6/xfrm6_tunnel.c:351
...
ops_exit_list.isra.0+0xb0/0x160 net/core/net_namespace.c:153
cleanup_net+0x51d/0xb10 net/core/net_namespace.c:551
process_one_work+0xd0c/0x1ce0 kernel/workqueue.c:2153
worker_thread+0x143/0x14a0 kernel/workqueue.c:2296
kthread+0x357/0x430 kernel/kthread.c:246
ret_from_fork+0x3a/0x50 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:352
In fact, it is perfectly fine to bypass GC and destroy xfrm_state
synchronously on net exit call path, because it is in process context
and doesn't need a work struct to do any blocking work.
This patch introduces xfrm_state_put_sync() which simply bypasses
GC, and lets its callers to decide whether to use this synchronous
version. On net exit path, xfrm_state_fini() and
xfrm6_tunnel_net_exit() use it. And, as ipcomp_destroy() itself is
blocking, it can use xfrm_state_put_sync() directly too.
Also rename xfrm_state_gc_destroy() to ___xfrm_state_destroy() to
reflect this change.
Fixes: b48c05ab5d ("xfrm: Fix warning in xfrm6_tunnel_net_exit.")
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+e9aebef558e3ed673934@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Anonymous sets that are bound to rules from the same transaction trigger
a kernel splat from the abort path due to double set list removal and
double free.
This patch updates the logic to search for the transaction that is
responsible for creating the set and disable the set list removal and
release, given the rule is now responsible for this. Lookup is reverse
since the transaction that adds the set is likely to be at the tail of
the list.
Moreover, this patch adds the unbind step to deliver the event from the
commit path. This should not be done from the worker thread, since we
have no guarantees of in-order delivery to the listener.
This patch removes the assumption that both activate and deactivate
callbacks need to be provided.
Fixes: cd5125d8f5 ("netfilter: nf_tables: split set destruction in deactivate and destroy phase")
Reported-by: Mikhail Morfikov <mmorfikov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Expose the trigger-based PPDU SIG-A bandwidth to radiotap in
the newly defined bits thereof.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Shared buffer allocation is usually done in cell increments.
Drivers will either round up the allocation or refuse the
configuration if it's not an exact multiple of cell size.
Drivers know exactly the cell size of shared buffer, so help
out users by providing this information in dumps.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If driver did not fill the fw_version field, try to call into
the new devlink get_info op and collect the versions that way.
We assume ethtool was always reporting running versions.
v4:
- use IS_REACHABLE() to avoid problems with DEVLINK=m (kbuildbot).
v3 (Jiri):
- do a dump and then parse it instead of special handling;
- concatenate all versions (well, all that fit :)).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add defines and docs for generic info versions.
v3:
- add docs;
- separate patch (Jiri).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool -i has a few fixed-size fields which can be used to report
firmware version and expansion ROM version. Unfortunately, modern
hardware has more firmware components. There is usually some
datapath microcode, management controller, PXE drivers, and a
CPLD load. Running ethtool -i on modern controllers reveals the
fact that vendors cram multiple values into firmware version field.
Here are some examples from systems I could lay my hands on quickly:
tg3: "FFV20.2.17 bc 5720-v1.39"
i40e: "6.01 0x800034a4 1.1747.0"
nfp: "0.0.3.5 0.25 sriov-2.1.16 nic"
Add a new devlink API to allow retrieving multiple versions, and
provide user-readable name for those versions.
While at it break down the versions into three categories:
- fixed - this is the board/fixed component version, usually vendors
report information like the board version in the PCI VPD,
but it will benefit from naming and common API as well;
- running - this is the running firmware version;
- stored - this is firmware in the flash, after firmware update
this value will reflect the flashed version, while the
running version may only be updated after reboot.
v3:
- add per-type helpers instead of using the special argument (Jiri).
RFCv2:
- remove the nesting in attr DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_VERSIONS (now
versions are mixed with other info attrs)l
- have the driver report versions from the same callback as
other info.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing
its limitations more and more. The device information should
also be reported per device not per-netdev.
Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device
info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces
of information exposed via this new API.
v3:
- rename helpers (Jiri);
- rename driver name attr (Jiri);
- remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri).
RFC v2:
- wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri);
- allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew);
- add driver name (Jonathan).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we don't zerocopy if the crypto framework async bit is set.
However some crypto algorithms (such as x86 AESNI) support async,
but in the context of sendmsg, will never run asynchronously. Instead,
check for actual EINPROGRESS return code before assuming algorithm is
async.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS 1.3 has minor changes from TLS 1.2 at the record layer.
* Header now hardcodes the same version and application content type in
the header.
* The real content type is appended after the data, before encryption (or
after decryption).
* The IV is xored with the sequence number, instead of concatinating four
bytes of IV with the explicit IV.
* Zero-padding: No exlicit length is given, we search backwards from the
end of the decrypted data for the first non-zero byte, which is the
content type. Currently recv supports reading zero-padding, but there
is no way for send to add zero padding.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TLS 1.3 has a different AAD size, use a variable in the code to
make TLS 1.3 support easy.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wire up support for 256 bit keys from the setsockopt to the crypto
framework
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the missing and malformed documentation that kernel-doc and
sphinx warn about. While at it, also add some things to the docs
to fix missing links.
Sadly, the only way I could find to fix this was to add some
trailing whitespace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the missing documentation that kernel-doc continually warns
about, to get rid of all that noise.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In typical cases, there's no need to pass both the maxattr
and the policy array pointer, as the maxattr should just be
ARRAY_SIZE(policy) - 1. Therefore, to be less error prone,
just remove the maxattr argument from the default macros
and deduce the size accordingly.
Leave the original macros with a leading underscore to use
here and in case somebody needs to pass a policy pointer
where the policy isn't declared in the same place and thus
ARRAY_SIZE() cannot be used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge net-next so that we get the changes from net, which would
otherwise conflict with the NLA_POLICY_NESTED/_ARRAY changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix spelling mistake in cfg80211.h: "lenght" -> "length".
The typo is also in the special comment block which
translates to documentation.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There was a typo in the documentation for weight_multiplier in mac80211.h,
and the doc was missing entirely for airtime and airtime_weight in sta_info.h.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While implementing ipvlan l3 and l3s mode for kubernetes CNI plugin,
I ran into the issue that while l3 mode is working fine, l3s mode
does not have any connectivity to kube-apiserver and hence all pods
end up in Error state as well. The ipvlan master device sits on
top of a bond device and hostns traffic to kube-apiserver (also running
in hostns) is DNATed from 10.152.183.1:443 to 139.178.29.207:37573
where the latter is the address of the bond0. While in l3 mode, a
curl to https://10.152.183.1:443 or to https://139.178.29.207:37573
works fine from hostns, neither of them do in case of l3s. In the
latter only a curl to https://127.0.0.1:37573 appeared to work where
for local addresses of bond0 I saw kernel suddenly starting to emit
ARP requests to query HW address of bond0 which remained unanswered
and neighbor entries in INCOMPLETE state. These ARP requests only
happen while in l3s.
Debugging this further, I found the issue is that l3s mode is piggy-
backing on l3 master device, and in this case local routes are using
l3mdev_master_dev_rcu(dev) instead of net->loopback_dev as per commit
f5a0aab84b ("net: ipv4: dst for local input routes should use l3mdev
if relevant") and 5f02ce24c2 ("net: l3mdev: Allow the l3mdev to be
a loopback"). I found that reverting them back into using the
net->loopback_dev fixed ipvlan l3s connectivity and got everything
working for the CNI.
Now judging from 4fbae7d83c ("ipvlan: Introduce l3s mode") and the
l3mdev paper in [0] the only sole reason why ipvlan l3s is relying
on l3 master device is to get the l3mdev_ip_rcv() receive hook for
setting the dst entry of the input route without adding its own
ipvlan specific hacks into the receive path, however, any l3 domain
semantics beyond just that are breaking l3s operation. Note that
ipvlan also has the ability to dynamically switch its internal
operation from l3 to l3s for all ports via ipvlan_set_port_mode()
at runtime. In any case, l3 vs l3s soley distinguishes itself by
'de-confusing' netfilter through switching skb->dev to ipvlan slave
device late in NF_INET_LOCAL_IN before handing the skb to L4.
Minimal fix taken here is to add a IFF_L3MDEV_RX_HANDLER flag which,
if set from ipvlan setup, gets us only the wanted l3mdev_l3_rcv() hook
without any additional l3mdev semantics on top. This should also have
minimal impact since dev->priv_flags is already hot in cache. With
this set, l3s mode is working fine and I also get things like
masquerading pod traffic on the ipvlan master properly working.
[0] https://netdevconf.org/1.2/papers/ahern-what-is-l3mdev-paper.pdf
Fixes: f5a0aab84b ("net: ipv4: dst for local input routes should use l3mdev if relevant")
Fixes: 5f02ce24c2 ("net: l3mdev: Allow the l3mdev to be a loopback")
Fixes: 4fbae7d83c ("ipvlan: Introduce l3s mode")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Martynas Pumputis <m@lambda.lt>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check with SCTP_ALL_ASSOC instead in sctp_setsockopt_scheduler and
check with SCTP_FUTURE_ASSOC instead in sctp_getsockopt_scheduler,
it's compatible with 0.
SCTP_CURRENT_ASSOC is supported for SCTP_STREAM_SCHEDULER in this
patch. It also adds default_ss in sctp_sock to support
SCTP_FUTURE_ASSOC.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check with SCTP_FUTURE_ASSOC instead in
sctp_set/getsockopt_paddr_thresholds, it's compatible with 0.
It also adds pf_retrans in sctp_sock to support SCTP_FUTURE_ASSOC.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
wake_on_lan - Enables Wake on Lan for this port. If enabled,
the controller asserts a wake pin based on the WOL type.
v2->v3:
- Define only WOL types used now and define them as bitfield, so that
mutliple WOL types can be enabled upon power on.
- Modify "wake-on-lan" name to "wake_on_lan" to be symmetric with
previous definitions.
- Rename DEVLINK_PARAM_WOL_XXX to DEVLINK_PARAM_WAKE_XXX to be
symmetrical with ethtool WOL definitions.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add notification call for devlink port param set, register and unregister
functions.
Add devlink_port_param_value_changed() function to enable the driver notify
devlink on value change. Driver should use this function after value was
changed on any configuration mode part to driverinit.
v7->v8:
Order devlink_port_param_value_changed() definitions followed by
devlink_param_value_changed()
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port
configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set()
function to help the driver set the value to devlink_port.
Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_set()
to be used by both device and port params.
v7->v8:
Re-order the definitions as follows:
__devlink_param_driverinit_value_get
__devlink_param_driverinit_value_set
devlink_param_driverinit_value_get
devlink_param_driverinit_value_set
devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get
devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_set
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for "driverinit" configuration mode value for devlink_port
configuration parameters. Add devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get()
function to help the driver get the value from devlink_port.
Also, move the common code to __devlink_param_driverinit_value_get()
to be used by both device and port params.
v7->v8:
-Add the missing devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() declaration.
-Also, order devlink_port_param_driverinit_value_get() after
devlink_param_driverinit_value_get/set() calls
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add functions to register and unregister for the driver supported
configuration parameters table per port.
v7->v8:
- Order the definitions following way as suggested by Jiri.
__devlink_params_register
__devlink_params_unregister
devlink_params_register
devlink_params_unregister
devlink_port_params_register
devlink_port_params_unregister
- Append with Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>.
v2->v3:
- Add a helper __devlink_params_register() with common code used by
both devlink_params_register() and devlink_port_params_register().
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
aead_request_set_crypt takes an iv pointer, and we change the iv
soon after setting it. Some async crypto algorithms don't save the iv,
so we need to save it in the tls_rec for async requests.
Found by hardcoding x64 aesni to use async crypto manager (to test the async
codepath), however I don't think this combination can happen in the wild.
Presumably other hardware offloads will need this fix, but there have been
no user reports.
Fixes: a42055e8d2 ("Add support for async encryption of records...")
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2019-01-29
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Teach verifier dead code removal, this also allows for optimizing /
removing conditional branches around dead code and to shrink the
resulting image. Code store constrained architectures like nfp would
have hard time doing this at JIT level, from Jakub.
2) Add JMP32 instructions to BPF ISA in order to allow for optimizing
code generation for 32-bit sub-registers. Evaluation shows that this
can result in code reduction of ~5-20% compared to 64 bit-only code
generation. Also add implementation for most JITs, from Jiong.
3) Add support for __int128 types in BTF which is also needed for
vmlinux's BTF conversion to work, from Yonghong.
4) Add a new command to bpftool in order to dump a list of BPF-related
parameters from the system or for a specific network device e.g. in
terms of available prog/map types or helper functions, from Quentin.
5) Add AF_XDP sock_diag interface for querying sockets from user
space which provides information about the RX/TX/fill/completion
rings, umem, memory usage etc, from Björn.
6) Add skb context access for skb_shared_info->gso_segs field, from Eric.
7) Add support for testing flow dissector BPF programs by extending
existing BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN infrastructure, from Stanislav.
8) Split BPF kselftest's test_verifier into various subgroups of tests
in order better deal with merge conflicts in this area, from Jakub.
9) Add support for queue/stack manipulations in bpftool, from Stanislav.
10) Document BTF, from Yonghong.
11) Dump supported ELF section names in libbpf on program load
failure, from Taeung.
12) Silence a false positive compiler warning in verifier's BTF
handling, from Peter.
13) Fix help string in bpftool's feature probing, from Prashant.
14) Remove duplicate includes in BPF kselftests, from Yue.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next tree:
1) Introduce a hashtable to speed up object lookups, from Florian Westphal.
2) Make direct calls to built-in extension, also from Florian.
3) Call helper before confirming the conntrack as it used to be originally,
from Florian.
4) Call request_module() to autoload br_netfilter when physdev is used
to relax the dependency, also from Florian.
5) Allow to insert rules at a given position ID that is internal to the
batch, from Phil Sutter.
6) Several patches to replace conntrack indirections by direct calls,
and to reduce modularization, from Florian. This also includes
several follow up patches to deal with minor fallout from this
rework.
7) Use RCU from conntrack gre helper, from Florian.
8) GRE conntrack module becomes built-in into nf_conntrack, from Florian.
9) Replace nf_ct_invert_tuplepr() by calls to nf_ct_invert_tuple(),
from Florian.
10) Unify sysctl handling at the core of nf_conntrack, from Florian.
11) Provide modparam to register conntrack hooks.
12) Allow to match on the interface kind string, from wenxu.
13) Remove several exported symbols, not required anymore now after
a bit of de-modulatization work has been done, from Florian.
14) Remove built-in map support in the hash extension, this can be
done with the existing userspace infrastructure, from laura.
15) Remove indirection to calculate checksums in IPVS, from Matteo Croce.
16) Use call wrappers for indirection in IPVS, also from Matteo.
17) Remove superfluous __percpu parameter in nft_counter, patch from
Luc Van Oostenryck.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function pointer ip_vs_protocol->csum_check is only used in protocol
specific code, and never in the generic one.
Remove the function pointer from struct ip_vs_protocol and call the
checksum functions directly.
This reduces the performance impact of the Spectre mitigation, and
should give a small improvement even with RETPOLINES disabled.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In order to be more confident about an on-going interactive session, we
increment pingpong count by 1 for every interactive transaction and we
adjust TCP_PINGPONG_THRESH to 3.
This means, we only consider a session in pingpong mode after we see 3
interactive transactions, and start to activate delayed acks in quick
ack mode.
And in order to not over-count the credits, we only increase pingpong
count for the first packet sent in response for the previous received
packet.
This is mainly to prevent delaying the ack immediately after some
handshake protocol but no real interactive traffic pattern afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using pingpong as a single bit information, we refactor the
code to treat it as a counter. When interactive session is detected,
we set pingpong count to TCP_PINGPONG_THRESH. And when pingpong count
is >= TCP_PINGPONG_THRESH, we consider the session in pingpong mode.
This patch is a pure refactor and sets foundation for the next patch.
This patch itself does not change any pingpong logic.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tnl_update_pmtu in ip_md_tunnel_xmit to dynamic modify
the pmtu which packet send through collect_metadata mode
ip tunnel
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Accept MSG_ZEROCOPY in all the TCP states that allow sendmsg. Remove
the explicit check for ESTABLISHED and CLOSE_WAIT states.
This requires correctly handling zerocopy state (uarg, sk_zckey) in
all paths reachable from other TCP states. Such as the EPIPE case
in sk_stream_wait_connect, which a sendmsg() in incorrect state will
now hit. Most paths are already safe.
Only extension needed is for TCP Fastopen active open. This can build
an skb with data in tcp_send_syn_data. Pass the uarg along with other
fastopen state, so that this skb also generates a zerocopy
notification on release.
Tested with active and passive tcp fastopen packetdrill scripts at
1747eef03d
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, IPv6 defragmentation code drops non-last fragments that
are smaller than 1280 bytes: see
commit 0ed4229b08 ("ipv6: defrag: drop non-last frags smaller than min mtu")
This behavior is not specified in IPv6 RFCs and appears to break
compatibility with some IPv6 implemenations, as reported here:
https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg543846.html
This patch re-uses common IP defragmentation queueing and reassembly
code in IPv6, removing the 1280 byte restriction.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Reported-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a refactoring patch: without changing runtime behavior,
it moves rbtree-related code from IPv4-specific files/functions
into .h/.c defrag files shared with IPv6 defragmentation code.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 40cbfa9021 ("cfg80211/nl80211: Optional authentication
offload to userspace")' introduced authentication offload to user
space by the host drivers in station mode. This commit extends
the same for the AP mode too.
Extend NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT to also claim the
support of external authentication from the user space in AP mode.
A new flag parameter is introduced in cfg80211_ap_settings to
intend the same while "start ap".
Host driver to use NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface to transmit and
receive the authentication frames to / from the user space.
Host driver to indicate the flag NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH
while sending the authentication frame to the user space. This
intends to the user space that the driver wishes it to process
the authentication frame for certain protocols, though it had
initially advertised the support for SME functionality.
User space shall accordingly do the authentication and indicate
its final status through the command NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH.
Allow the command even if userspace doesn't include the attribute
NL80211_ATTR_SSID for AP interface.
Host driver shall continue with the association sequence and
indicate the STA connection status through cfg80211_new_sta.
To facilitate the host drivers in AP mode for matching the pmkid
by the stations during the association, NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
is also enhanced to include the pmkid to drivers after
the authentication.
This pmkid can also be used in the STA mode to include in the
association request.
Also modify nl80211_external_auth to not mandate SSID in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org>
[remove useless nla_get_flag() usage]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There was no such capability advertisement from the driver and thus the
current user space has to assume the driver to support all the AKMs. While
that may be the case with some drivers (e.g., mac80211-based ones), there
are cfg80211-based drivers that implement SME and have constraints on
which AKMs can be supported (e.g., such drivers may need an update to
support SAE AKM using NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH). Allow such drivers to
advertise the exact set of supported AKMs so that user space tools can
determine what network profile options should be allowed to be configured.
Signed-off-by: Veerendranath Jakkam <vjakkam@codeaurora.org>
[pmsr data might be big, start a new netlink message section]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since we reworked ieee80211_return_txq() so it assumes that the caller
takes care of logging, we need another function that can be called without
holding any locks. Introduce ieee80211_schedule_txq() which serves this
purpose.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a hook to allow the BT driver to do device or command specific
handling in case of timeouts. This is to be used by Intel driver to
reset the device after certain number of timeouts.
Signed-off-by: Rajat Jain <rajatja@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Aggregation effects are extremely common with wifi, cellular, and cable
modem link technologies, ACK decimation in middleboxes, and LRO and GRO
in receiving hosts. The aggregation can happen in either direction,
data or ACKs, but in either case the aggregation effect is visible
to the sender in the ACK stream.
Previously BBR's sending was often limited by cwnd under severe ACK
aggregation/decimation because BBR sized the cwnd at 2*BDP. If packets
were acked in bursts after long delays (e.g. one ACK acking 5*BDP after
5*RTT), BBR's sending was halted after sending 2*BDP over 2*RTT, leaving
the bottleneck idle for potentially long periods. Note that loss-based
congestion control does not have this issue because when facing
aggregation it continues increasing cwnd after bursts of ACKs, growing
cwnd until the buffer is full.
To achieve good throughput in the presence of aggregation effects, this
algorithm allows the BBR sender to put extra data in flight to keep the
bottleneck utilized during silences in the ACK stream that it has evidence
to suggest were caused by aggregation.
A summary of the algorithm: when a burst of packets are acked by a
stretched ACK or a burst of ACKs or both, BBR first estimates the expected
amount of data that should have been acked, based on its estimated
bandwidth. Then the surplus ("extra_acked") is recorded in a windowed-max
filter to estimate the recent level of observed ACK aggregation. Then cwnd
is increased by the ACK aggregation estimate. The larger cwnd avoids BBR
being cwnd-limited in the face of ACK silences that recent history suggests
were caused by aggregation. As a sanity check, the ACK aggregation degree
is upper-bounded by the cwnd (at the time of measurement) and a global max
of BW * 100ms. The algorithm is further described by the following
presentation:
https://datatracker.ietf.org/meeting/101/materials/slides-101-iccrg-an-update-on-bbr-work-at-google-00
In our internal testing, we observed a significant increase in BBR
throughput (measured using netperf), in a basic wifi setup.
- Host1 (sender on ethernet) -> AP -> Host2 (receiver on wifi)
- 2.4 GHz -> BBR before: ~73 Mbps; BBR after: ~102 Mbps; CUBIC: ~100 Mbps
- 5.0 GHz -> BBR before: ~362 Mbps; BBR after: ~593 Mbps; CUBIC: ~601 Mbps
Also, this code is running globally on YouTube TCP connections and produced
significant bandwidth increases for YouTube traffic.
This is based on Ian Swett's max_ack_height_ algorithm from the
QUIC BBR implementation.
Signed-off-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I made a dumb mistake when I summed up the slave stats, obviously slaves
can come and go which would make the master stats unreliable.
Count and export the master stats separately.
Fixes: a258aeacd7 ("bonding: add support for xstats and export 3ad stats")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds an id to the umem structure. The id uniquely
identifies a umem instance, and will be exposed to user-space via the
socket monitoring interface.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Track each AF_XDP socket in a per-netns list. This will be used later
by the sock_diag interface for querying sockets from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
When multiple multicast routers are present in a broadcast domain then
only one of them will be detectable via IGMP/MLD query snooping. The
multicast router with the lowest IP address will become the selected and
active querier while all other multicast routers will then refrain from
sending queries.
To detect such rather silent multicast routers, too, RFC4286
("Multicast Router Discovery") provides a standardized protocol to
detect multicast routers for multicast snooping switches.
This patch implements the necessary MRD Advertisement message parsing
and after successful processing adds such routers to the internal
multicast router list.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch refactors ip_mc_check_igmp(), ipv6_mc_check_mld() and
their callers (more precisely, the Linux bridge) to not rely on
the skb_trimmed parameter anymore.
An skb with its tail trimmed to the IP packet length was initially
introduced for the following three reasons:
1) To be able to verify the ICMPv6 checksum.
2) To be able to distinguish the version of an IGMP or MLD query.
They are distinguishable only by their size.
3) To avoid parsing data for an IGMPv3 or MLDv2 report that is
beyond the IP packet but still within the skb.
The first case still uses a cloned and potentially trimmed skb to
verfiy. However, there is no need to propagate it to the caller.
For the second and third case explicit IP packet length checks were
added.
This hopefully makes ip_mc_check_igmp() and ipv6_mc_check_mld() easier
to read and verfiy, as well as easier to use.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for extended statistics (xstats) call to the
bonding. The first user would be the 3ad code which counts the following
events:
- LACPDU Rx/Tx
- LACPDU unknown type Rx
- LACPDU illegal Rx
- Marker Rx/Tx
- Marker response Rx/Tx
- Marker unknown type Rx
All of these are exported via netlink as separate attributes to be
easily extensible as we plan to add more in the future.
Similar to how the bridge and other xstats exports, the structure
inside is:
[ IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS ]
-> [ LINK_XSTATS_TYPE_BOND ]
-> [ BOND_XSTATS_3AD ]
-> [ 3ad stats attributes ]
With this structure it's easy to add more stat types later.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Count the following types of 3ad packets per slave:
- rx/tx lacpdu
- rx/tx marker
- rx/tx marker response
- rx illegal lacpdus (right now counted on wrong length)
- rx unknown lacpdu type
- rx unknown marker type
The counters are using atomic64 since this is not fast path.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With commit e163376220 ("Bluetooth: Handle bt_accept_enqueue() socket
atomically") lock_sock[_nested]() is used to acquire the socket lock
before manipulating the socket. lock_sock[_nested]() may block, which
is problematic since bt_accept_enqueue() can be called in bottom half
context (e.g. from rfcomm_connect_ind()):
[<ffffff80080d81ec>] __might_sleep+0x4c/0x80
[<ffffff800876c7b0>] lock_sock_nested+0x24/0x58
[<ffffff8000d7c27c>] bt_accept_enqueue+0x48/0xd4 [bluetooth]
[<ffffff8000e67d8c>] rfcomm_connect_ind+0x190/0x218 [rfcomm]
Add a parameter to bt_accept_enqueue() to indicate whether the
function is called from BH context, and acquire the socket lock
with bh_lock_sock_nested() if that's the case.
Also adapt all callers of bt_accept_enqueue() to pass the new
parameter:
- l2cap_sock_new_connection_cb()
- uses lock_sock() to lock the parent socket => process context
- rfcomm_connect_ind()
- acquires the parent socket lock with bh_lock_sock() => BH
context
- __sco_chan_add()
- called from sco_chan_add(), which is called from sco_connect().
parent is NULL, hence bt_accept_enqueue() isn't called in this
code path and we can ignore it
- also called from sco_conn_ready(). uses bh_lock_sock() to acquire
the parent lock => BH context
Fixes: e163376220 ("Bluetooth: Handle bt_accept_enqueue() socket atomically")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
There are now several places where qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog() is called
with a negative number of packets (to signal an increase in number of
packets in the queue). Rather than rely on overflow behaviour, change the
function signature to use signed integers to communicate this usage to
people reading the code.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hardware (e.g. MediaTek MT7603) cannot report A-MPDU length in tx status
information. Add support for a flag to indicate that, to allow minstrel_ht
to use a fixed value in its internal calculation (which gives better results
than just defaulting to 1).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Expose path change count to destination in mpath info
Signed-off-by: Julan Hsu <julanhsu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Expose hop count to destination information in mpath info
Signed-off-by: Julan Hsu <julanhsu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds airtime accounting and scheduling to the mac80211 TXQ
scheduler. A new callback, ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(), is added
that drivers can call to report airtime usage for stations.
When airtime information is present, mac80211 will schedule TXQs
(through ieee80211_next_txq()) in a way that enforces airtime fairness
between active stations. This scheduling works the same way as the ath9k
in-driver airtime fairness scheduling. If no airtime usage is reported
by the driver, the scheduler will default to round-robin scheduling.
For drivers that don't control TXQ scheduling in software, a new API
function, ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(), is added which the driver can use
to check if the TXQ is eligible for transmission, or should be throttled to
enforce fairness. Calls to this function must also be enclosed in
ieee80211_txq_schedule_{start,end}() calls to ensure proper locking.
The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync.
Co-developed-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Louie Lu <git@louie.lu>
[added debugfs write op to reset airtime counter]
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds TX airtime statistics to the cfg80211 station dump (to go along
with the RX info already present), and adds a new parameter to set the
airtime weight of each station. The latter allows userspace to implement
policies for different stations by varying their weights.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
[rmanohar@codeaurora.org: fixed checkpatch warnings]
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
[move airtime weight != 0 check into policy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs. The interface
between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling is changed by adding two new
functions: ieee80211_next_txq(), which will return the next TXQ to schedule
in the current round-robin rotation, and ieee80211_return_txq(), which the
driver uses to indicate that it has finished scheduling a TXQ (which will
then be put back in the scheduling rotation if it isn't empty).
The driver must call ieee80211_txq_schedule_start() at the start of each
scheduling session, and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end() at the end. The API
then guarantees that the same TXQ is not returned twice in the same
session (so a driver can loop on ieee80211_next_txq() without worrying
about breaking the loop.
Usage of the new API is optional, so drivers can be ported one at a time.
In this patch, the actual scheduling performed by mac80211 is simple
round-robin, but a subsequent commit adds airtime fairness awareness to the
scheduler.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
[minor kernel-doc fix, propagate sparse locking checks out]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health
mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate
reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which
will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks.
Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions:
* A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer
* Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance
* Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long
as there is no other dump which is already stored)
* Auto recovery attempt is being done. depends on:
- Auto Recovery configuration
- Grace period vs. time since last recover
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and
recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters.
Define it's data structure and supported operations.
In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter.
Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list.
As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which
will be used the devlink in order to handle health reports and user
commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to
provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by
devlink_health_reporter_priv function.
For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics,
buffers and status.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink health buffer is a mechanism to pass descriptors between drivers
and devlink. The API allows the driver to add objects, object pair,
value array (nested attributes), value and name.
Driver can use this API to fill the buffers in a format which can be
translated by the devlink to the netlink message.
In order to fulfill it, an internal buffer descriptor is defined. This
will hold the data and metadata per each attribute and by used to pass
actual commands to the netlink.
This mechanism will be later used in devlink health for dump and diagnose
data store by the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since tcp_mmap() is defined when CONFIG_MMU is set.
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not used since 203f2e7820 ("netfilter: nat: remove l4proto->unique_tuple")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Its now same as __nf_ct_l4proto_find(), so rename that to
nf_ct_l4proto_find and use it everywhere.
It never returns NULL and doesn't need locks or reference counts.
Before this series:
302824 net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.ko
21504 net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_gre.ko
text data bss dec hex filename
6281 1732 4 8017 1f51 nf_conntrack_proto_gre.ko
108356 20613 236 129205 1f8b5 nf_conntrack.ko
After:
294864 net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.ko
text data bss dec hex filename
106979 19557 240 126776 1ef38 nf_conntrack.ko
so, even with builtin gre, total size got reduced.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Only one user (gre), add a direct call and remove this facility.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Those were needed we still had modular trackers.
As we don't have those anymore, prefer direct calls and remove all
the (un)register infrastructure associated with this.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
after removal of the packet and invert function pointers, several
places do not need to lookup the l4proto structure anymore.
Remove those lookups.
The function nf_ct_invert_tuplepr becomes redundant, replace
it with nf_ct_invert_tuple everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that all l4trackers are builtin, no need to use a mix of direct and
indirect calls.
This removes the last two users: gre and the generic l4 protocol
tracker.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
No need to get/put module owner reference, none of these can be removed
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Only used by icmp(v6). Prefer a direct call and remove this
function from the l4proto struct.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
GRE is now builtin, so we can handle it via direct call and
remove the callback.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This makes the last of the modular l4 trackers 'bool'.
After this, all infrastructure to handle dynamic l4 protocol registration
becomes obsolete and can be removed in followup patches.
Old:
302824 net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.ko
21504 net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_gre.ko
New:
313728 net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.ko
Old:
text data bss dec hex filename
6281 1732 4 8017 1f51 nf_conntrack_proto_gre.ko
108356 20613 236 129205 1f8b5 nf_conntrack.ko
New:
112095 21381 240 133716 20a54 nf_conntrack.ko
The size increase is only temporary.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
rather than handling them via indirect call, use a direct one instead.
This leaves GRE as the last user of this indirect call facility.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The l4 protocol trackers are invoked via indirect call: l4proto->packet().
With one exception (gre), all l4trackers are builtin, so we can make
.packet optional and use a direct call for most protocols.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Following command:
iptables -D FORWARD -m physdev ...
causes connectivity loss in some setups.
Reason is that iptables userspace will probe kernel for the module revision
of the physdev patch, and physdev has an artificial dependency on
br_netfilter (xt_physdev use makes no sense unless a br_netfilter module
is loaded).
This causes the "phydev" module to be loaded, which in turn enables the
"call-iptables" infrastructure.
bridged packets might then get dropped by the iptables ruleset.
The better fix would be to change the "call-iptables" defaults to 0 and
enforce explicit setting to 1, but that breaks backwards compatibility.
This does the next best thing: add a request_module call to checkentry.
This was a stray '-D ... -m physdev' won't activate br_netfilter
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With CONFIG_RETPOLINE its faster to add an if (ptr == &foo_func)
check and and use direct calls for all the built-in expressions.
~15% improvement in pathological cases.
checkpatch doesn't like the X macro due to the embedded return statement,
but the macro has a very limited scope so I don't think its a problem.
I would like to avoid bugs of the form
If (e->ops->eval == (unsigned long)nft_foo_eval)
nft_bar_eval();
and open-coded if ()/else if()/else cascade, thus the macro.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of linear search, use rhlist interface to look up the objects.
This fixes rulesets with thousands of named objects (quota, counters and
the like).
We only use a single table for this and consider the address of the
table we're doing the lookup in as a part of the key.
This reduces restore time of a sample ruleset with ~20k named counters
from 37 seconds to 0.8 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a 'key' structure for object, so we can look them up by name + table
combination (the name can be the same in each table).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A follow-up patch will enable vetoing of FDB entries. Make it possible
to communicate details of why an FDB entry is not acceptable back to the
user.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are four sources of VXLAN switchdev notifier calls:
- the changelink() link operation, which already supports extack,
- ndo_fdb_add() which got extack support in a previous patch,
- FDB updates due to packet forwarding,
- and vxlan_fdb_replay().
Extend vxlan_fdb_switchdev_call_notifiers() to include extack in the
switchdev message that it sends, and propagate the argument upwards to
the callers. For the first two cases, pass in the extack gotten through
the operation. For case #3, pass in NULL.
To cover the last case, extend vxlan_fdb_replay() to take extack
argument, which might come from whatever operation necessitated the FDB
replay.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes recvmsg() to be able to peek across multiple tls records.
Without this patch, the tls's selftests test case
'recv_peek_large_buf_mult_recs' fails. Each tls receive context now
maintains a 'rx_list' to retain incoming skb carrying tls records. If a
tls record needs to be retained e.g. for peek case or for the case when
the buffer passed to recvmsg() has a length smaller than decrypted
record length, then it is added to 'rx_list'. Additionally, records are
added in 'rx_list' if the crypto operation runs in async mode. The
records are dequeued from 'rx_list' after the decrypted data is consumed
by copying into the buffer passed to recvmsg(). In case, the MSG_PEEK
flag is used in recvmsg(), then records are not consumed or removed
from the 'rx_list'.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having net/dsa.h contain both the internal switch tree/driver
structures, split the relevant platform_data parts into
include/linux/platform_data/dsa.h and make that header be included by
net/dsa.h in order not to break any setup. A subsequent set of patches
will update code including net/dsa.h to include only the platform_data
header.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is not currently way to infer the port number through sysfs that
is being used as the CPU port number. Overlay a ndo_get_phys_port_name()
operation onto the DSA master network device in order to retrieve that
information.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The changes introduced to allow rxrpc calls to be retried creates an issue
when it comes to refcounting afs_call structs. The problem is that when
rxrpc_send_data() queues the last packet for an asynchronous call, the
following sequence can occur:
(1) The notify_end_tx callback is invoked which causes the state in the
afs_call to be changed from AFS_CALL_CL_REQUESTING or
AFS_CALL_SV_REPLYING.
(2) afs_deliver_to_call() can then process event notifications from rxrpc
on the async_work queue.
(3) Delivery of events, such as an abort from the server, can cause the
afs_call state to be changed to AFS_CALL_COMPLETE on async_work.
(4) For an asynchronous call, afs_process_async_call() notes that the call
is complete and tried to clean up all the refs on async_work.
(5) rxrpc_send_data() might return the amount of data transferred
(success) or an error - which could in turn reflect a local error or a
received error.
Synchronising the clean up after rxrpc_kernel_send_data() returns an error
with the asynchronous cleanup is then tricky to get right.
Mostly revert commit c038a58ccf. The two API
functions the original commit added aren't currently used. This makes
rxrpc_kernel_send_data() always return successfully if it queued the data
it was given.
Note that this doesn't affect synchronous calls since their Rx notification
function merely pokes a wait queue and does not refcounting. The
asynchronous call notification function *has* to do refcounting and pass a
ref over the work item to avoid the need to sync the workqueue in call
cleanup.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 routing tables are flushed in two cases:
1. In response to events in the netdev and inetaddr notification chains
2. When a network namespace is being dismantled
In both cases only routes associated with a dead nexthop group are
flushed. However, a nexthop group will only be marked as dead in case it
is populated with actual nexthops using a nexthop device. This is not
the case when the route in question is an error route (e.g.,
'blackhole', 'unreachable').
Therefore, when a network namespace is being dismantled such routes are
not flushed and leaked [1].
To reproduce:
# ip netns add blue
# ip -n blue route add unreachable 192.0.2.0/24
# ip netns del blue
Fix this by not skipping error routes that are not marked with
RTNH_F_DEAD when flushing the routing tables.
To prevent the flushing of such routes in case #1, add a parameter to
fib_table_flush() that indicates if the table is flushed as part of
namespace dismantle or not.
Note that this problem does not exist in IPv6 since error routes are
associated with the loopback device.
[1]
unreferenced object 0xffff888066650338 (size 56):
comm "ip", pid 1206, jiffies 4294786063 (age 26.235s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 b0 1c 62 61 80 88 ff ff ..........ba....
e8 8b a1 64 80 88 ff ff 00 07 00 08 fe 00 00 00 ...d............
backtrace:
[<00000000856ed27d>] inet_rtm_newroute+0x129/0x220
[<00000000fcdfc00a>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x397/0xa20
[<00000000cb85801a>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x132/0x380
[<00000000ebc991d2>] netlink_unicast+0x4c0/0x690
[<0000000014f62875>] netlink_sendmsg+0x929/0xe10
[<00000000bac9d967>] sock_sendmsg+0xc8/0x110
[<00000000223e6485>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x77a/0x8f0
[<000000002e94f880>] __sys_sendmsg+0xf7/0x250
[<00000000ccb1fa72>] do_syscall_64+0x14d/0x610
[<00000000ffbe3dae>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
[<000000003a8b605b>] 0xffffffffffffffff
unreferenced object 0xffff888061621c88 (size 48):
comm "ip", pid 1206, jiffies 4294786063 (age 26.235s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b d8 8e 26 5f 80 88 ff ff kkkkkkkk..&_....
backtrace:
[<00000000733609e3>] fib_table_insert+0x978/0x1500
[<00000000856ed27d>] inet_rtm_newroute+0x129/0x220
[<00000000fcdfc00a>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x397/0xa20
[<00000000cb85801a>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x132/0x380
[<00000000ebc991d2>] netlink_unicast+0x4c0/0x690
[<0000000014f62875>] netlink_sendmsg+0x929/0xe10
[<00000000bac9d967>] sock_sendmsg+0xc8/0x110
[<00000000223e6485>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x77a/0x8f0
[<000000002e94f880>] __sys_sendmsg+0xf7/0x250
[<00000000ccb1fa72>] do_syscall_64+0x14d/0x610
[<00000000ffbe3dae>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
[<000000003a8b605b>] 0xffffffffffffffff
Fixes: 8cced9eff1 ("[NETNS]: Enable routing configuration in non-initial namespace.")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the forward chain, the iif is changed from slave device to master vrf
device. Thus, flow offload does not find a match on the lower slave
device.
This patch uses the cached route, ie. dst->dev, to update the iif and
oif fields in the flow entry.
After this patch, the following example works fine:
# ip addr add dev eth0 1.1.1.1/24
# ip addr add dev eth1 10.0.0.1/24
# ip link add user1 type vrf table 1
# ip l set user1 up
# ip l set dev eth0 master user1
# ip l set dev eth1 master user1
# nft add table firewall
# nft add flowtable f fb1 { hook ingress priority 0 \; devices = { eth0, eth1 } \; }
# nft add chain f ftb-all {type filter hook forward priority 0 \; policy accept \; }
# nft add rule f ftb-all ct zone 1 ip protocol tcp flow offload @fb1
# nft add rule f ftb-all ct zone 1 ip protocol udp flow offload @fb1
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Nobody has actually used the type (VERIFY_READ vs VERIFY_WRITE) argument
of the user address range verification function since we got rid of the
old racy i386-only code to walk page tables by hand.
It existed because the original 80386 would not honor the write protect
bit when in kernel mode, so you had to do COW by hand before doing any
user access. But we haven't supported that in a long time, and these
days the 'type' argument is a purely historical artifact.
A discussion about extending 'user_access_begin()' to do the range
checking resulted this patch, because there is no way we're going to
move the old VERIFY_xyz interface to that model. And it's best done at
the end of the merge window when I've done most of my merges, so let's
just get this done once and for all.
This patch was mostly done with a sed-script, with manual fix-ups for
the cases that weren't of the trivial 'access_ok(VERIFY_xyz' form.
There were a couple of notable cases:
- csky still had the old "verify_area()" name as an alias.
- the iter_iov code had magical hardcoded knowledge of the actual
values of VERIFY_{READ,WRITE} (not that they mattered, since nothing
really used it)
- microblaze used the type argument for a debug printout
but other than those oddities this should be a total no-op patch.
I tried to fix up all architectures, did fairly extensive grepping for
access_ok() uses, and the changes are trivial, but I may have missed
something. Any missed conversion should be trivially fixable, though.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
KMSAN detected read beyond end of buffer in vti and sit devices when
passing truncated packets with PF_PACKET. The issue affects additional
ip tunnel devices.
Extend commit 76c0ddd8c3 ("ip6_tunnel: be careful when accessing the
inner header") and commit ccfec9e5cb ("ip_tunnel: be careful when
accessing the inner header").
Move the check to a separate helper and call at the start of each
ndo_start_xmit function in net/ipv4 and net/ipv6.
Minor changes:
- convert dev_kfree_skb to kfree_skb on error path,
as dev_kfree_skb calls consume_skb which is not for error paths.
- use pskb_network_may_pull even though that is pedantic here,
as the same as pskb_may_pull for devices without llheaders.
- do not cache ipv6 hdrs if used only once
(unsafe across pskb_may_pull, was more relevant to earlier patch)
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Al Viro mentioned (Message-ID
<20170626041334.GZ10672@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>)
that there is probably a race condition
lurking in accesses of sk_stamp on 32-bit machines.
sock->sk_stamp is of type ktime_t which is always an s64.
On a 32 bit architecture, we might run into situations of
unsafe access as the access to the field becomes non atomic.
Use seqlocks for synchronization.
This allows us to avoid using spinlocks for readers as
readers do not need mutual exclusion.
Another approach to solve this is to require sk_lock for all
modifications of the timestamps. The current approach allows
for timestamps to have their own lock: sk_stamp_lock.
This allows for the patch to not compete with already
existing critical sections, and side effects are limited
to the paths in the patch.
The addition of the new field maintains the data locality
optimizations from
commit 9115e8cd2a ("net: reorganize struct sock for better data
locality")
Note that all the instances of the sk_stamp accesses
are either through the ioctl or the syscall recvmsg.
Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of removing a empty list node that might be reintroduced soon
thereafter, tentatively place the empty list node on the list passed to
tree_nodes_free(), then re-check if the list is empty again before erasing
it from the tree.
[ Florian: rebase on top of pending nf_conncount fixes ]
Fixes: 5c789e131c ("netfilter: nf_conncount: Add list lock and gc worker, and RCU for init tree search")
Reviewed-by: Shawn Bohrer <sbohrer@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
'lookup' is always followed by 'add'.
Merge both and make the list-walk part of nf_conncount_add().
This also avoids one unneeded unlock/re-lock pair.
Extra care needs to be taken in count_tree, as we only hold rcu
read lock, i.e. we can only insert to an existing tree node after
acquiring its lock and making sure it has a nonzero count.
As a zero count should be rare, just fall back to insert_tree()
(which acquires tree lock).
This issue and its solution were pointed out by Shawn Bohrer
during patch review.
Reviewed-by: Shawn Bohrer <sbohrer@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Patch eedbbb0d98 "net: dccp: initialize (addr,port) ..."
added calling to inet_hashinfo2_init() from dccp_init().
However, inet_hashinfo2_init() is marked as __init(), and
thus the kernel panics when dccp is loaded as module. Removing
__init() tag from inet_hashinfo2_init() is not feasible because
it calls into __init functions in mm.
This patch adds inet_hashinfo2_init_mod() function that can
be called after the init phase is done; changes dccp_init() to
call the new function; un-marks inet_hashinfo2_init() as
exported.
Fixes: eedbbb0d98 ("net: dccp: initialize (addr,port) ...")
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Support for destination MAC in ipset, from Stefano Brivio.
2) Disallow all-zeroes MAC address in ipset, also from Stefano.
3) Add IPSET_CMD_GET_BYNAME and IPSET_CMD_GET_BYINDEX commands,
introduce protocol version number 7, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
A follow up patch to fix ip_set_byindex() is also included
in this batch.
4) Honor CTA_MARK_MASK from ctnetlink, from Andreas Jaggi.
5) Statify nf_flow_table_iterate(), from Taehee Yoo.
6) Use nf_flow_table_iterate() to simplify garbage collection in
nf_flow_table logic, also from Taehee Yoo.
7) Don't use _bh variants of call_rcu(), rcu_barrier() and
synchronize_rcu_bh() in Netfilter, from Paul E. McKenney.
8) Remove NFC_* cache definition from the old caching
infrastructure.
9) Remove layer 4 port rover in NAT helpers, use random port
instead, from Florian Westphal.
10) Use strscpy() in ipset, from Qian Cai.
11) Remove NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM_FULLY branch now that
random port is allocated by default, from Xiaozhou Liu.
12) Ignore NF_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM too, from Florian Westphal.
13) Limit port allocation selection routine in NAT to avoid
softlockup splats when most ports are in use, from Florian.
14) Remove unused parameters in nf_ct_l4proto_unregister_sysctl()
from Yafang Shao.
15) Direct call to nf_nat_l4proto_unique_tuple() instead of
indirection, from Florian Westphal.
16) Several patches to remove all layer 4 NAT indirections,
remove nf_nat_l4proto struct, from Florian Westphal.
17) Fix RTP/RTCP source port translation when SNAT is in place,
from Alin Nastac.
18) Selective rule dump per chain, from Phil Sutter.
19) Revisit CLUSTERIP target, this includes a deadlock fix from
netns path, sleep in atomic, remove bogus WARN_ON_ONCE()
and disallow mismatching IP address and MAC address.
Patchset from Taehee Yoo.
20) Update UDP timeout to stream after 2 seconds, from Florian.
21) Shrink UDP established timeout to 120 seconds like TCP timewait.
22) Sysctl knobs to set GRE timeouts, from Yafang Shao.
23) Move seq_print_acct() to conntrack core file, from Florian.
24) Add enum for conntrack sysctl knobs, also from Florian.
25) Place nf_conntrack_acct, nf_conntrack_helper, nf_conntrack_events
and nf_conntrack_timestamp knobs in the core, from Florian Westphal.
As a side effect, shrink netns_ct structure by removing obsolete
sysctl anchors, also from Florian.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-12-21
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
There is a merge conflict in test_verifier.c. Result looks as follows:
[...]
},
{
"calls: cross frame pruning",
.insns = {
[...]
.prog_type = BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER,
.errstr_unpriv = "function calls to other bpf functions are allowed for root only",
.result_unpriv = REJECT,
.errstr = "!read_ok",
.result = REJECT,
},
{
"jset: functional",
.insns = {
[...]
{
"jset: unknown const compare not taken",
.insns = {
BPF_RAW_INSN(BPF_JMP | BPF_CALL, 0, 0, 0,
BPF_FUNC_get_prandom_u32),
BPF_JMP_IMM(BPF_JSET, BPF_REG_0, 1, 1),
BPF_LDX_MEM(BPF_B, BPF_REG_8, BPF_REG_9, 0),
BPF_EXIT_INSN(),
},
.prog_type = BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER,
.errstr_unpriv = "!read_ok",
.result_unpriv = REJECT,
.errstr = "!read_ok",
.result = REJECT,
},
[...]
{
"jset: range",
.insns = {
[...]
},
.prog_type = BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER,
.result_unpriv = ACCEPT,
.result = ACCEPT,
},
The main changes are:
1) Various BTF related improvements in order to get line info
working. Meaning, verifier will now annotate the corresponding
BPF C code to the error log, from Martin and Yonghong.
2) Implement support for raw BPF tracepoints in modules, from Matt.
3) Add several improvements to verifier state logic, namely speeding
up stacksafe check, optimizations for stack state equivalence
test and safety checks for liveness analysis, from Alexei.
4) Teach verifier to make use of BPF_JSET instruction, add several
test cases to kselftests and remove nfp specific JSET optimization
now that verifier has awareness, from Jakub.
5) Improve BPF verifier's slot_type marking logic in order to
allow more stack slot sharing, from Jiong.
6) Add sk_msg->size member for context access and add set of fixes
and improvements to make sock_map with kTLS usable with openssl
based applications, from John.
7) Several cleanups and documentation updates in bpftool as well as
auto-mount of tracefs for "bpftool prog tracelog" command,
from Quentin.
8) Include sub-program tags from now on in bpf_prog_info in order to
have a reliable way for user space to get all tags of the program
e.g. needed for kallsyms correlation, from Song.
9) Add BTF annotations for cgroup_local_storage BPF maps and
implement bpf fs pretty print support, from Roman.
10) Fix bpftool in order to allow for cross-compilation, from Ivan.
11) Update of bpftool license to GPLv2-only + BSD-2-Clause in order
to be compatible with libbfd and allow for Debian packaging,
from Jakub.
12) Remove an obsolete prog->aux sanitation in dump and get rid of
version check for prog load, from Daniel.
13) Fix a memory leak in libbpf's line info handling, from Prashant.
14) Fix cpumap's frame alignment for build_skb() so that skb_shared_info
does not get unaligned, from Jesper.
15) Fix test_progs kselftest to work with older compilers which are less
smart in optimizing (and thus throwing build error), from Stanislav.
16) Cleanup and simplify AF_XDP socket teardown, from Björn.
17) Fix sk lookup in BPF kselftest's test_sock_addr with regards
to netns_id argument, from Andrey.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove the obsolete sysctl anchors and move auto_assign_helper_warned
to avoid/cover a hole. Reduces size by 40 bytes on 64 bit.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
after moving sysctl handling into single place, the init functions
can't fail anymore and some of the fini functions are empty.
Remove them and change return type to void.
This also simplifies error unwinding in conntrack module init path.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently DNS resolvers that send both A and AAAA queries from same source port
can trigger stream mode prematurely, which results in non-early-evictable conntrack entry
for three minutes, even though DNS requests are done in a few milliseconds.
Add a two second grace period where we continue to use the ordinary
30-second default timeout. Its enough for DNS request/response traffic,
even if two request/reply packets are involved.
ASSURED is still set, else conntrack (and thus a possible
NAT mapping ...) gets zapped too in case conntrack table runs full.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
A sockmap program that redirects through a kTLS ULP enabled socket
will not work correctly because the ULP layer is skipped. This
fixes the behavior to call through the ULP layer on redirect to
ensure any operations required on the data stream at the ULP layer
continue to be applied.
To do this we add an internal flag MSG_SENDPAGE_NOPOLICY to avoid
calling the BPF layer on a redirected message. This is
required to avoid calling the BPF layer multiple times (possibly
recursively) which is not the current/expected behavior without
ULPs. In the future we may add a redirect flag if users _do_
want the policy applied again but this would need to work for both
ULP and non-ULP sockets and be opt-in to avoid breaking existing
programs.
Also to avoid polluting the flag space with an internal flag we
reuse the flag space overlapping MSG_SENDPAGE_NOPOLICY with
MSG_WAITFORONE. Here WAITFORONE is specific to recv path and
SENDPAGE_NOPOLICY is only used for sendpage hooks. The last thing
to verify is user space API is masked correctly to ensure the flag
can not be set by user. (Note this needs to be true regardless
because we have internal flags already in-use that user space
should not be able to set). But for completeness we have two UAPI
paths into sendpage, sendfile and splice.
In the sendfile case the function do_sendfile() zero's flags,
./fs/read_write.c:
static ssize_t do_sendfile(int out_fd, int in_fd, loff_t *ppos,
size_t count, loff_t max)
{
...
fl = 0;
#if 0
/*
* We need to debate whether we can enable this or not. The
* man page documents EAGAIN return for the output at least,
* and the application is arguably buggy if it doesn't expect
* EAGAIN on a non-blocking file descriptor.
*/
if (in.file->f_flags & O_NONBLOCK)
fl = SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK;
#endif
file_start_write(out.file);
retval = do_splice_direct(in.file, &pos, out.file, &out_pos, count, fl);
}
In the splice case the pipe_to_sendpage "actor" is used which
masks flags with SPLICE_F_MORE.
./fs/splice.c:
static int pipe_to_sendpage(struct pipe_inode_info *pipe,
struct pipe_buffer *buf, struct splice_desc *sd)
{
...
more = (sd->flags & SPLICE_F_MORE) ? MSG_MORE : 0;
...
}
Confirming what we expect that internal flags are in fact internal
to socket side.
Fixes: d3b18ad31f ("tls: add bpf support to sk_msg handling")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Lots of conflicts, by happily all cases of overlapping
changes, parallel adds, things of that nature.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell, Saeed Mahameed, and others
for their guidance in these resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip l add dev tun type gretap external
ip r a 10.0.0.1 encap ip dst 192.168.152.171 id 1000 dev gretap
For gretap Key example when the command set the id but don't set the
TUNNEL_KEY flags. There is no key field in the send packet
In the lwtunnel situation, some TUNNEL_FLAGS should can be set by
userspace
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this patch registers neigh doit handler. The doit handler
returns a neigh entry given dst and dev. This is similar
to route and fdb doit (get) handlers. Also moves nda_policy
declaration from rtnetlink.c to neighbour.c
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove skb->sp and allocate secpath storage via extension
infrastructure. This also reduces sk_buff by 8 bytes on x86_64.
Total size of allyesconfig kernel is reduced slightly, as there is
less inlined code (one conditional atomic op instead of two on
skb_clone).
No differences in throughput in following ipsec performance tests:
- transport mode with aes on 10GB link
- tunnel mode between two network namespaces with aes and null cipher
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Will reduce noise when skb->sp is removed later in this series.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_sec_path gains 'const' qualifier to avoid
xt_policy.c: 'skb_sec_path' discards 'const' qualifier from pointer target type
same reasoning as previous conversions: Won't need to touch these
spots anymore when skb->sp is removed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Future patch will remove skb->sp pointer.
To reduce noise in those patches, move existing helper to
sk_buff and use it in more places to ease skb->sp replacement later.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It can only return 0 (success) or -ENOMEM.
Change return value to a pointer to secpath struct.
This avoids direct access to skb->sp:
err = secpath_set(skb);
if (!err) ..
skb->sp-> ...
Becomes:
sp = secpath_set(skb)
if (!sp) ..
sp-> ..
This reduces noise in followup patch which is going to remove skb->sp.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This converts the bridge netfilter (calling iptables hooks from bridge)
facility to use the extension infrastructure.
The bridge_nf specific hooks in skb clone and free paths are removed, they
have been replaced by the skb_ext hooks that do the same as the bridge nf
allocations hooks did.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This pointer is going to be removed soon, so use the existing helpers in
more places to avoid noise when the removal happens.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* virt_wifi - wireless control simulation on top of
another network interface
* hwsim configurability to test capabilities similar
to real hardware
* various mesh improvements
* various radiotap vendor data fixes in mac80211
* finally the nl_set_extack_cookie_u64() we talked
about previously, used for
* peer measurement APIs, right now only with FTM
(flight time measurement) for location
* made nl80211 radio/interface announcements more complete
* various new HE (802.11ax) things:
updates, TWT support, ...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=EpyK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-12-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time we have too many changes to list, highlights:
* virt_wifi - wireless control simulation on top of
another network interface
* hwsim configurability to test capabilities similar
to real hardware
* various mesh improvements
* various radiotap vendor data fixes in mac80211
* finally the nl_set_extack_cookie_u64() we talked
about previously, used for
* peer measurement APIs, right now only with FTM
(flight time measurement) for location
* made nl80211 radio/interface announcements more complete
* various new HE (802.11ax) things:
updates, TWT support, ...
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2018-12-18
1) Fix error return code in xfrm_output_one()
when no dst_entry is attached to the skb.
From Wei Yongjun.
2) The xfrm state hash bucket count reported to
userspace is off by one. Fix from Benjamin Poirier.
3) Fix NULL pointer dereference in xfrm_input when
skb_dst_force clears the dst_entry.
4) Fix freeing of xfrm states on acquire. We use a
dedicated slab cache for the xfrm states now,
so free it properly with kmem_cache_free.
From Mathias Krause.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2018-12-18
1) Add xfrm policy selftest scripts.
From Florian Westphal.
2) Split inexact policies into four different search list
classes and use the rbtree infrastructure to store/lookup
the policies. This is to improve the policy lookup
performance after the flowcache removal.
Patches from Florian Westphal.
3) Various coding style fixes, from Colin Ian King.
4) Fix policy lookup logic after adding the inexact policy
search tree infrastructure. From Florian Westphal.
5) Remove a useless remove BUG_ON from xfrm6_dst_ifdown.
From Li RongQing.
6) Use the correct policy direction for lookups on hash
rebuilding. From Florian Westphal.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TWT is a feature that was added in 11ah and enhanced in
11ax. There are two bits that need to be set if we want
to use the feature in 11ax: one in the HE Capability IE
and one in the Extended Capability IE. This is because
of backward compatibility between 11ah and 11ax.
In order to simplify the flow for the low level driver
in managed mode, aggregate the two bits and add a boolean
that tells whether TWT is supported or not, but only if
11ax is supported.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the iwlwifi conversion, we sometimes call this from outside
of the wake_tx_queue() method, and in those cases must be in an
RCU critical section. Document this requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The older code and current userspace assumed that this data
is the content of the Measurement Report element, starting
with the Measurement Token. Clarify this in the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID is supported on TCP, UDP and RAW sockets.
But it was missing on RAW with IPPROTO_IP, PF_PACKET and CAN.
Add skb_setup_tx_timestamp that configures both tx_flags and tskey
for these paths that do not need corking or use bytestream keys.
Fixes: 09c2d251b7 ("net-timestamp: add key to disambiguate concurrent datagrams")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the (now empty) nf_nat_l4proto struct, all its instances
and all the no longer needed runtime (un)register functionality.
nf_nat_need_gre() can be axed as well: the module that calls it (to
load the no-longer-existing nat_gre module) also calls other nat core
functions. GRE nat is now always available if kernel is built with it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This removes the last l4proto indirection, the two callers, the l3proto
packet mangling helpers for ipv4 and ipv6, now call the
nf_nat_l4proto_manip_pkt() helper.
nf_nat_proto_{dccp,tcp,sctp,gre,icmp,icmpv6} are left behind, even though
they contain no functionality anymore to not clutter this patch.
Next patch will remove the empty files and the nf_nat_l4proto
struct.
nf_nat_proto_udp.c is renamed to nf_nat_proto.c, as it now contains the
other nat manip functionality as well, not just udp and udplite.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
all protocols did set this to nf_nat_l4proto_nlattr_to_range, so
just call it directly.
The important difference is that we'll now also call it for
protocols that we don't support (i.e., nf_nat_proto_unknown did
not provide .nlattr_to_range).
However, there should be no harm, even icmp provided this callback.
If we don't implement a specific l4nat for this, nothing would make
use of this information, so adding a big switch/case construct listing
all supported l4protocols seems a bit pointless.
This change leaves a single function pointer in the l4proto struct.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With exception of icmp, all of the l4 nat protocols set this to
nf_nat_l4proto_in_range.
Get rid of this and just check the l4proto in the caller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
No need for indirections here, we only support ipv4 and ipv6
and the called functions are very small.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
fold remaining users (icmp, icmpv6, gre) into nf_nat_l4proto_unique_tuple.
The static-save of old incarnation of resolved key in gre and icmp is
removed as well, just use the prandom based offset like the others.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
almost all l4proto->unique_tuple implementations just call this helper,
so make ->unique_tuple() optional and call its helper directly if the
l4proto doesn't override it.
This is an intermediate step to get rid of ->unique_tuple completely.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Historically this was net_random() based, and was then converted to
a hash based algorithm (private boot seed + hash of endpoint addresses)
due to concerns of leaking net_random() bits.
RANDOM_FULLY mode was added later to avoid problems with hash
based mode (see commit 34ce324019,
"netfilter: nf_nat: add full port randomization support" for details).
Just make prandom_u32() the default search starting point and get rid of
->secure_port() altogether.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Rename the tag Kconfig option and related macros in preparation for
addition of new KSZ family switches with different tag formats.
Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to routes and rules, add protocol attribute to neighbor entries
for easier tracking of how each was created.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids an indirect call in the receive path for TCP and UDP
packets. TCP takes precedence on UDP, so that we have a single
additional conditional in the common case.
When IPV6 is build as module, all gro symbols except UDPv6 are
builtin, while the latter belong to the ipv6 module, so we
need some special care.
v1 -> v2:
- adapted to INDIRECT_CALL_ changes
v2 -> v3:
- fix build issue with CONFIG_IPV6=m
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids an indirect calls for L3 GRO receive path, both
for ipv4 and ipv6, if the latter is not compiled as a module.
Note that when IPv6 is compiled as builtin, it will be checked first,
so we have a single additional compare for the more common path.
v1 -> v2:
- adapted to INDIRECT_CALL_ changes
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move arp_queue_len_bytes ahead of arp_queue to remove two 4-byte holes.
Ensure ha element is always 8-byte aligned.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh_update_ext_learned has one caller in neighbour.c so does not need
to be defined in the header. Move it and in the process remove the
intialization of ndm_flags and just set it based on the flags check.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 69bd48404f ("net/sched: Remove egdev mechanism"),
tc_setup_cb_call() is nearly identical to tcf_block_cb_call(),
so we can just fold tcf_block_cb_call() into tc_setup_cb_call()
and remove its unused parameter 'exts'.
Fixes: 69bd48404f ("net/sched: Remove egdev mechanism")
Cc: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HW unhash within mutex for registered tls devices cause sleep
when called from tcp_set_state for TCP_CLOSE. Release lock and
re-acquire after function call with ref count incr/dec.
defined kref and fp release for tls_device to ensure device
is not released outside lock.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at
kernel/locking/mutex.c:748
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 0, name: swapper/7
INFO: lockdep is turned off.
CPU: 7 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/7 Tainted: G W O
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
dump_stack+0x5e/0x8b
___might_sleep+0x222/0x260
__mutex_lock+0x5c/0xa50
? vprintk_emit+0x1f3/0x440
? kmem_cache_free+0x22d/0x2a0
? tls_hw_unhash+0x2f/0x80
? printk+0x52/0x6e
? tls_hw_unhash+0x2f/0x80
tls_hw_unhash+0x2f/0x80
tcp_set_state+0x5f/0x180
tcp_done+0x2e/0xe0
tcp_rcv_state_process+0x92c/0xdd3
? lock_acquire+0xf5/0x1f0
? tcp_v4_rcv+0xa7c/0xbe0
? tcp_v4_do_rcv+0x70/0x1e0
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers use switchdev_handle_port_obj_add() to handle recursive descent
through lower devices. Change this function prototype to take add_cb
that itself takes an extack argument. Decode extack from
switchdev_notifier_port_obj_info and pass it to add_cb.
Update mlxsw and ocelot drivers which use this helper.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to pass extack to the drivers that need it, add an extack field
to struct switchdev_notifier_info, and an extack argument to the
function call_switchdev_blocking_notifiers(). Also add a helper function
switchdev_notifier_info_to_extack().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the previous patch, bridge driver has extack argument available to
pass to switchdev. Therefore extend switchdev_port_obj_add() with this
argument, updating all callers, and passing the argument through to
switchdev_port_obj_notify().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The egdev mechanism was replaced by the TC indirect block notifications
platform.
Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Changed the is_gretap_dev and is_ip6gretap_dev logic from structure
comparison to string comparison of the rtnl_link_ops kind field.
This approach aligns with the current identification methods and function
names of vxlan and geneve network devices.
Convert mlxsw to use these helpers and use them in downstream mlx5 patch.
Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Trivial fix to clean up indentation issue, remove an extraneous
space.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Several conflicts, seemingly all over the place.
I used Stephen Rothwell's sample resolutions for many of these, if not
just to double check my own work, so definitely the credit largely
goes to him.
The NFP conflict consisted of a bug fix (moving operations
past the rhashtable operation) while chaning the initial
argument in the function call in the moved code.
The net/dsa/master.c conflict had to do with a bug fix intermixing of
making dsa_master_set_mtu() static with the fixing of the tagging
attribute location.
cls_flower had a conflict because the dup reject fix from Or
overlapped with the addition of port range classifiction.
__set_phy_supported()'s conflict was relatively easy to resolve
because Andrew fixed it in both trees, so it was just a matter
of taking the net-next copy. Or at least I think it was :-)
Joe Stringer's fix to the handling of netns id 0 in bpf_sk_lookup()
intermixed with changes on how the sdif and caller_net are calculated
in these code paths in net-next.
The remaining BPF conflicts were largely about the addition of the
__bpf_md_ptr stuff in 'net' overlapping with adjustments and additions
to the relevant data structure where the MD pointer macros are used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While skb_push() makes the kernel panic if the skb headroom is less than
the unaligned hardware header size, it will proceed normally in case we
copy more than that because of alignment, and we'll silently corrupt
adjacent slabs.
In the case fixed by the previous patch,
"ipv6: Check available headroom in ip6_xmit() even without options", we
end up in neigh_hh_output() with 14 bytes headroom, 14 bytes hardware
header and write 16 bytes, starting 2 bytes before the allocated buffer.
Always check we're not writing before skb->head and, if the headroom is
not enough, warn and drop the packet.
v2:
- instead of panicking with BUG_ON(), WARN_ON_ONCE() and drop the packet
(Eric Dumazet)
- if we avoid the panic, though, we need to explicitly check the headroom
before the memcpy(), otherwise we'll have corrupted slabs on a running
kernel, after we warn
- use __skb_push() instead of skb_push(), as the headroom check is
already implemented here explicitly (Eric Dumazet)
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing garbage collection algorithm has a number of problems:
1. The gc algorithm will not evict PERMANENT entries as those entries
are managed by userspace, yet the existing algorithm walks the entire
hash table which means it always considers PERMANENT entries when
looking for entries to evict. In some use cases (e.g., EVPN) there
can be tens of thousands of PERMANENT entries leading to wasted
CPU cycles when gc kicks in. As an example, with 32k permanent
entries, neigh_alloc has been observed taking more than 4 msec per
invocation.
2. Currently, when the number of neighbor entries hits gc_thresh2 and
the last flush for the table was more than 5 seconds ago gc kicks in
walks the entire hash table evicting *all* entries not in PERMANENT
or REACHABLE state and not marked as externally learned. There is no
discriminator on when the neigh entry was created or if it just moved
from REACHABLE to another NUD_VALID state (e.g., NUD_STALE).
It is possible for entries to be created or for established neighbor
entries to be moved to STALE (e.g., an external node sends an ARP
request) right before the 5 second window lapses:
-----|---------x|----------|-----
t-5 t t+5
If that happens those entries are evicted during gc causing unnecessary
thrashing on neighbor entries and userspace caches trying to track them.
Further, this contradicts the description of gc_thresh2 which says
"Entries older than 5 seconds will be cleared".
One workaround is to make gc_thresh2 == gc_thresh3 but that negates the
whole point of having separate thresholds.
3. Clearing *all* neigh non-PERMANENT/REACHABLE/externally learned entries
when gc_thresh2 is exceeded is over kill and contributes to trashing
especially during startup.
This patch addresses these problems as follows:
1. Use of a separate list_head to track entries that can be garbage
collected along with a separate counter. PERMANENT entries are not
added to this list.
The gc_thresh parameters are only compared to the new counter, not the
total entries in the table. The forced_gc function is updated to only
walk this new gc_list looking for entries to evict.
2. Entries are added to the list head at the tail and removed from the
front.
3. Entries are only evicted if they were last updated more than 5 seconds
ago, adhering to the original intent of gc_thresh2.
4. Forced gc is stopped once the number of gc_entries drops below
gc_thresh2.
5. Since gc checks do not apply to PERMANENT entries, gc levels are skipped
when allocating a new neighbor for a PERMANENT entry. By extension this
means there are no explicit limits on the number of PERMANENT entries
that can be created, but this is no different than FIB entries or FDB
entries.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a driver unoffloads all FDB entries en bloc, it's inefficient to
send the switchdev notification one by one. Add a helper that walks the
FDB table, unsetting the offload flag on RDST with a given VNI.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a VXLAN device becomes relevant to a driver (such as when it is
attached to an offloaded bridge), the driver will generally need to walk
the existing FDB entries and offload them.
Add a function vxlan_fdb_replay() to call a given notifier block for
each FDB entry with a given VNI.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each DSA tag protocol needs to add additional headers to the Ethernet
frame in order to direct it towards a specific switch egress port. It
must also remove the head from a frame received from a
switch. Indicate the maximum size of these headers in the tag protocol
ops structure, so the core can take these overheads into account.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If for some reason an association's fragmentation point is zero,
sctp_datamsg_from_user will try to endlessly try to divide a message
into zero-sized chunks. This eventually causes kernel panic due to
running out of memory.
Although this situation is quite unlikely, it has occurred before as
reported. I propose to add this simple last-ditch sanity check due to
the severity of the potential consequences.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Audykowicz <jakub.audykowicz@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option or sysctl was added in linux-3.12
as a step to enable bigger tcp sndbuf limits.
It works reasonably well, but the following happens :
Once the limit is reached, TCP stack generates
an [E]POLLOUT event for every incoming ACK packet.
This causes a high number of context switches.
This patch implements the strategy David Miller added
in sock_def_write_space() :
- If TCP socket has a notsent_lowat constraint of X bytes,
allow sendmsg() to fill up to X bytes, but send [E]POLLOUT
only if number of notsent bytes is below X/2
This considerably reduces TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT overhead,
while allowing to keep the pipe full.
Tested:
100 ms RTT netem testbed between A and B, 100 concurrent TCP_STREAM
A:/# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_wmem
4096 262144 64000000
A:/# super_netperf 100 -H B -l 1000 -- -K bbr &
A:/# grep TCP /proc/net/sockstat
TCP: inuse 203 orphan 0 tw 19 alloc 414 mem 1364904 # This is about 54 MB of memory per flow :/
A:/# vmstat 5 5
procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu-----
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st
0 0 0 256220672 13532 694976 0 0 10 0 28 14 0 1 99 0 0
2 0 0 256320016 13532 698480 0 0 512 0 715901 5927 0 10 90 0 0
0 0 0 256197232 13532 700992 0 0 735 13 771161 5849 0 11 89 0 0
1 0 0 256233824 13532 703320 0 0 512 23 719650 6635 0 11 89 0 0
2 0 0 256226880 13532 705780 0 0 642 4 775650 6009 0 12 88 0 0
A:/# echo 2097152 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
A:/# grep TCP /proc/net/sockstat
TCP: inuse 203 orphan 0 tw 19 alloc 414 mem 86411 # 3.5 MB per flow
A:/# vmstat 5 5 # check that context switches have not inflated too much.
procs -----------memory---------- ---swap-- -----io---- -system-- ------cpu-----
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa st
2 0 0 260386512 13592 662148 0 0 10 0 17 14 0 1 99 0 0
0 0 0 260519680 13592 604184 0 0 512 13 726843 12424 0 10 90 0 0
1 1 0 260435424 13592 598360 0 0 512 25 764645 12925 0 10 90 0 0
1 0 0 260855392 13592 578380 0 0 512 7 722943 13624 0 11 88 0 0
1 0 0 260445008 13592 601176 0 0 614 34 772288 14317 0 10 90 0 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In sctp_hash_transport/sctp_epaddr_lookup_transport, it dereferences
a transport's asoc under rcu_read_lock while asoc is freed not after
a grace period, which leads to a use-after-free panic.
This patch fixes it by calling kfree_rcu to make asoc be freed after
a grace period.
Note that only the asoc's memory is delayed to free in the patch, it
won't cause sk to linger longer.
Thanks Neil and Marcelo to make this clear.
Fixes: 7fda702f93 ("sctp: use new rhlist interface on sctp transport rhashtable")
Fixes: cd2b708750 ("sctp: check duplicate node before inserting a new transport")
Reported-by: syzbot+0b05d8aa7cb185107483@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Reported-by: syzbot+aad231d51b1923158444@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Suggested-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Existing functions to retreive the l3mdev of a device did not walk the
master chain to find the upper master. This patch adds a function to
find the l3mdev, even indirect through e.g. a bridge:
+----------+
| |
| vrf-blue |
| |
+----+-----+
|
|
+----+-----+
| |
| br-blue |
| |
+----+-----+
|
|
+----+-----+
| |
| eth0 |
| |
+----------+
This will properly resolve the l3mdev of eth0 to vrf-blue.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Bauvin <abauvin@scaleway.com>
Reviewed-by: Amine Kherbouche <akherbouche@scaleway.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Amine Kherbouche <akherbouche@scaleway.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP tunnel sockets are always opened unbound to a specific device. This
patch allow the socket to be bound on a custom device, which
incidentally makes UDP tunnels VRF-aware if binding to an l3mdev.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Bauvin <abauvin@scaleway.com>
Reviewed-by: Amine Kherbouche <akherbouche@scaleway.com>
Tested-by: Amine Kherbouche <akherbouche@scaleway.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many drivers load the device's firmware image during the initialization
flow either from the flash or from the disk. Currently this option is not
controlled by the user and the driver decides from where to load the
firmware image.
'fw_load_policy' gives the ability to control this option which allows the
user to choose between different loading policies supported by the driver.
This parameter can be useful while testing and/or debugging the device. For
example, testing a firmware bug fix.
Signed-off-by: Shalom Toledo <shalomt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a leftover from days where single-cpu systems were common:
Store last port used to resolve a clash to use it as a starting point when
the next conflict needs to be resolved.
When we have parallel attempt to connect to same address:port pair,
its likely that both cores end up computing the same "available" port,
as both use same starting port, and newly used ports won't become
visible to other cores until the conntrack gets confirmed later.
One of the cores then has to drop the packet at insertion time because
the chosen new tuple turns out to be in use after all.
Lets simplify this: remove port rover and use a pseudo-random starting
point.
Note that this doesn't make netfilter default to 'fully random' mode;
the 'rover' was only used if NAT could not reuse source port as-is.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Most linux hosts never setup TCP MD5 keys. We can avoid a
cache line miss (accessing tp->md5ig_info) on RX and TX
using a jump label.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jean-Louis Dupond reported poor iscsi TCP receive performance
that we tracked to backlog drops.
Apparently we fail to send window updates reflecting the
fact that we are under stress.
Note that we might lack a proper window increase when
backlog is fully processed, since __release_sock() clears
sk->sk_backlog.len _after_ all skbs have been processed.
This should not matter in practice. If we had a significant
load through socket backlog, we are in a dangerous
situation.
Reported-by: Jean-Louis Dupond <jean-louis@dupond.be>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Tested-by: Jean-Louis Dupond<jean-louis@dupond.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tell the compiler that most TCP flows are using SACK these days.
There is no need to add the unlikely() clause in tcp_is_reno(),
the compiler is able to infer it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no such structs flow_dissector_key_flow_vlan or
flow_dissector_key_flow_tags, the actual structs used are struct
flow_dissector_key_vlan and struct flow_dissector_key_tags. So correct the
comments against FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_VLAN, FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_FLOW_LABEL and
FLOW_DISSECTOR_KEY_CVLAN to refer to those.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial conflict in net/core/filter.c, a locally computed
'sdif' is now an argument to the function.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Disable BH while holding list spinlock in nf_conncount, from
Taehee Yoo.
2) List corruption in nf_conncount, also from Taehee.
3) Fix race that results in leaving around an empty list node in
nf_conncount, from Taehee Yoo.
4) Proper chain handling for inactive chains from the commit path,
from Florian Westphal. This includes a selftest for this.
5) Do duplicate rule handles when replacing rules, also from Florian.
6) Remove net_exit path in xt_RATEEST that results in splat, from Taehee.
7) Possible use-after-free in nft_compat when releasing extensions.
From Florian.
8) Memory leak in xt_hashlimit, from Taehee.
9) Call ip_vs_dst_notifier after ipv6_dev_notf, from Xin Long.
10) Fix cttimeout with udplite and gre, from Florian.
11) Preserve oif for IPv6 link-local generated traffic from mangle
table, from Alin Nastac.
12) Missing error handling in masquerade notifiers, from Taehee Yoo.
13) Use mutex to protect registration/unregistration of masquerade
extensions in order to prevent a race, from Taehee.
14) Incorrect condition check in tree_nodes_free(), also from Taehee.
15) Fix chain counter leak in rule replacement path, from Taehee.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
register_{netdevice/inetaddr/inet6addr}_notifier may return an error
value, this patch adds the code to handle these error paths.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Drop switchdev_ops.switchdev_port_obj_add and _del. Drop the uses of
this field from all clients, which were migrated to use switchdev
notification in the previous patches.
Add a new function switchdev_port_obj_notify() that sends the switchdev
notifications SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL.
Update switchdev_port_obj_del_now() to dispatch to this new function.
Drop __switchdev_port_obj_add() and update switchdev_port_obj_add()
likewise.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the transition from switchdev operations to notifier chain (which
will take place in following patches), the onus is on the driver to find
its own devices below possible layer of LAG or other uppers.
The logic to do so is fairly repetitive: each driver is looking for its
own devices among the lowers of the notified device. For those that it
finds, it calls a handler. To indicate that the event was handled,
struct switchdev_notifier_port_obj_info.handled is set. The differences
lie only in what constitutes an "own" device and what handler to call.
Therefore abstract this logic into two helpers,
switchdev_handle_port_obj_add() and switchdev_handle_port_obj_del(). If
a driver only supports physical ports under a bridge device, it will
simply avoid this layer of indirection.
One area where this helper diverges from the current switchdev behavior
is the case of mixed lowers, some of which are switchdev ports and some
of which are not. Previously, such scenario would fail with -EOPNOTSUPP.
The helper could do that for lowers for which the passed-in predicate
doesn't hold. That would however break the case that switchdev ports
from several different drivers are stashed under one master, a scenario
that switchdev currently happily supports. Therefore tolerate any and
all unknown netdevices, whether they are backed by a switchdev driver
or not.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An offloading driver may need to have access to switchdev events on
ports that aren't directly under its control. An example is a VXLAN port
attached to a bridge offloaded by a driver. The driver needs to know
about VLANs configured on the VXLAN device. However the VXLAN device
isn't stashed between the bridge and a front-panel-port device (such as
is the case e.g. for LAG devices), so the usual switchdev ops don't
reach the driver.
VXLAN is likely not the only device type like this: in theory any L2
tunnel device that needs offloading will prompt requirement of this
sort. This falsifies the assumption that only the lower devices of a
front panel port need to be notified to achieve flawless offloading.
A way to fix this is to give up the notion of port object addition /
deletion as a switchdev operation, which assumes somewhat tight coupling
between the message producer and consumer. And instead send the message
over a notifier chain.
To that end, introduce two new switchdev notifier types,
SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_DEL. These notifier types
communicate the same event as the corresponding switchdev op, except in
a form of a notification. struct switchdev_notifier_port_obj_info was
added to carry the fields that the switchdev op carries. An additional
field, handled, will be used to communicate back to switchdev that the
event has reached an interested party, which will be important for the
two-phase commit.
The two switchdev operations themselves are kept in place. Following
patches first convert individual clients to the notifier protocol, and
only then are the operations removed.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In general one can't assume that a switchdev notifier is called in a
non-atomic context, and correspondingly, the switchdev notifier chain is
an atomic one.
However, port object addition and deletion messages are delivered from a
process context. Even the MDB addition messages, whose delivery is
scheduled from atomic context, are queued and the delivery itself takes
place in blocking context. For VLAN messages in particular, keeping the
blocking nature is important for error reporting.
Therefore introduce a blocking notifier chain and related service
functions to distribute the notifications for which a blocking context
can be assumed.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The two macros SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN() and SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB()
expand to a container_of() call, yielding an appropriate container of
their sole argument. However, due to a name collision, the first
argument, i.e. the contained object pointer, is not the only one to get
expanded. The third argument, which is a structure member name, and
should be kept literal, gets expanded as well. The only safe way to use
these two macros is therefore to name the local variable passed to them
"obj".
To fix this, rename the sole argument of the two macros from
"obj" (which collides with the member name) to "OBJ". Additionally,
instead of passing "OBJ" to container_of() verbatim, parenthesize it, so
that a comma in the passed-in expression doesn't pollute the
container_of() invocation.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 565f0fa902 ("xfrm: use a dedicated slab cache for struct
xfrm_state") moved xfrm state objects to use their own slab cache.
However, it missed to adapt xfrm_user to use this new cache when
freeing xfrm states.
Fix this by introducing and make use of a new helper for freeing
xfrm_state objects.
Fixes: 565f0fa902 ("xfrm: use a dedicated slab cache for struct xfrm_state")
Reported-by: Pan Bian <bianpan2016@163.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.18+
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In order to allow devices to signal learning events to VXLAN, introduce
two new switchdev messages: SWITCHDEV_VXLAN_FDB_ADD_TO_BRIDGE and
SWITCHDEV_VXLAN_FDB_DEL_TO_BRIDGE.
Listen to these notifications in the vxlan driver. The FDB entries
learned this way have an NTF_EXT_LEARNED flag, and only entries marked
as such can be unlearned by the _DEL_ event. They are also immediately
marked as offloaded. This is the same behavior that the bridge driver
observes.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VXLAN driver needs to differentiate between FDB entries learned by
the VXLAN driver, and those added by the user. The latter ones shouldn't
be taken over by external learning events. This is in accordance with
bridge behavior.
Therefore, extend the flags bitfield to 16 bits and add a new private
NTF flag to mark the user-added entries.
This seems preferable to adding a dedicated boolean, because passing the
flag, unlike passing e.g. a true, makes it clear what the meaning of the
bit is.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of egress offloads the class/flowid assigned by the filter
may be very important for offloaded Qdisc selection. Provide this
info to drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers which offload GRED to report back statistics. Since
A lot of GRED stats is fairly ad hoc in nature pass to drivers the
standard struct gnet_stats_basic/gnet_stats_queue pairs, and
untangle the values in the core.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add basic offload for the GRED Qdisc. Inform the drivers any
time Qdisc or virtual queue configuration changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 22d7be267e.
The dst's mtu in transport can be updated by a non sctp place like
in xfrm where the MTU information didn't get synced between asoc,
transport and dst, so it is still needed to do the pmtu check
in sctp_packet_config.
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_event is a structure name defined in RFC for sockopt
SCTP_EVENT. To avoid the conflict, rename it.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The member subscribe should be per asoc, so that sockopt SCTP_EVENT
in the next patch can subscribe a event from one asoc only.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The member subscribe in sctp_sock is used to indicate to which of
the events it is subscribed, more like a group of flags. So it's
better to be defined as __u16 (2 bytpes), instead of struct
sctp_event_subscribe (13 bytes).
Note that sctp_event_subscribe is an UAPI struct, used on sockopt
calls, and thus it will not be removed. This patch only changes
the internal storage of the flags.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This structure is small (12 or 16 bytes depending on 64bit
or 32bit kernels), but we do not want it spanning two cache lines.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we can use bpf or tcp tracepoint to conveniently trace the tcp
state transition at the run time.
So we don't need to do this stuff at the compile time anymore.
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__tcp_checksum_complete() is 100% same with __skb_checksum_complete()
and there is no other caller except tcp_checksum_complete().
So, just use __skb_checksum_complete() there.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The life-checking function, which is used by kAFS to make sure that a call
is still live in the event of a pending signal, only samples the received
packet serial number counter; it doesn't actually provoke a change in the
counter, rather relying on the server to happen to give us a packet in the
time window.
Fix this by adding a function to force a ping to be transmitted.
kAFS then keeps track of whether there's been a stall, and if so, uses the
new function to ping the server, resetting the timeout to allow the reply
to come back.
If there's a stall, a ping and the call is *still* stalled in the same
place after another period, then the call will be aborted.
Fixes: bc5e3a546d ("rxrpc: Use MSG_WAITALL to tell sendmsg() to temporarily ignore signals")
Fixes: f4d15fb6f9 ("rxrpc: Provide functions for allowing cleaner handling of signals")
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RED qdisc's limit parameter changes the behaviour of the qdisc,
for instance if it's set to 0 qdisc will drop all the packets.
When replace operation happens and parameter is set to non-0
a new fifo qdisc will be instantiated and replace the old child
qdisc which will be destroyed.
Drivers need to know the parameter, even if they don't impose
the actual limit to be able to reliably reconstruct the Qdisc
hierarchy.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers offloading Qdiscs should have reasonable certainty
the offloaded behaviour matches the SW path. This is impossible
if the driver does not know about all Qdiscs or when Qdiscs move
and are reused. Send a graft notification from MQ.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers offloading Qdiscs should have reasonable certainty
the offloaded behaviour matches the SW path. This is impossible
if the driver does not know about all Qdiscs or when Qdiscs move
and are reused. Send a graft notification from RED. The drivers
are expected to simply stop offloading the Qdisc, if a non-standard
child is ever grafted onto it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers are currently not notified when a Qdisc is grafted as root.
This requires special casing Qdiscs added with parent = TC_H_ROOT in
the driver. Also there is no notification sent to the driver when
an existing Qdisc is grafted as root.
Add this very simple notifications, drivers should now be able to
track their Qdisc tree fully.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When socks' sk_reuseport is set, the same port and address are allowed
to be bound into these socks who have the same uid.
Note that the difference from sk_reuse is that it allows multiple socks
to listen on the same port and address.
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a part of sk_reuseport support for sctp. It defines a helper
sctp_bind_addrs_check() to check if the bind_addrs in two socks are
matched. It will add sock_reuseport if they are completely matched,
and return err if they are partly matched, and alloc sock_reuseport
if all socks are not matched at all.
It will work until sk_reuseport support is added in
sctp_get_port_local() in the next patch.
v1->v2:
- use 'laddr->valid && laddr2->valid' check instead as Marcelo
pointed in sctp_bind_addrs_check().
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_flow_table_iterate() is local function, make it static.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently drivers can register to receive TC block bind/unbind callbacks
by implementing the setup_tc ndo in any of their given netdevs. However,
drivers may also be interested in binds to higher level devices (e.g.
tunnel drivers) to potentially offload filters applied to them.
Introduce indirect block devs which allows drivers to register callbacks
for block binds on other devices. The callback is triggered when the
device is bound to a block, allowing the driver to register for rules
applied to that block using already available functions.
Freeing an indirect block callback will trigger an unbind event (if
necessary) to direct the driver to remove any offloaded rules and unreg
any block rule callbacks. It is the responsibility of the implementing
driver to clean any registered indirect block callbacks before exiting,
if the block it still active at such a time.
Allow registering an indirect block dev callback for a device that is
already bound to a block. In this case (if it is an ingress block),
register and also trigger the callback meaning that any already installed
rules can be replayed to the calling driver.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds inexact lists per destination network, stored in a search tree.
Inexact lookups now return two 'candidate lists', the 'any' policies
('any' destionations), and a list of policies that share same
daddr/prefix.
Next patch will add a second search tree for 'saddr:any' policies
so we can avoid placing those on the 'any:any' list too.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
At this time inexact policies are all searched in-order until the first
match is found. After removal of the flow cache, this resolution has
to be performed for every packetm resulting in major slowdown when
number of inexact policies is high.
This adds infrastructure to later sort inexact policies into a tree.
This only introduces a single class: any:any.
Next patch will add a search tree to pre-sort policies that
have a fixed daddr/prefixlen, so in this patch the any:any class
will still be used for all policies.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Switch packet-path lookups for inexact policies to rhashtable.
In this initial version, we now no longer need to search policies with
non-matching address family and type.
Next patch will add the if_id as well so lookups from the xfrm interface
driver only need to search inexact policies for that device.
Future patches will augment the hlist in each rhash bucket with a tree
and pre-sort policies according to daddr/prefix.
A single rhashtable is used. In order to avoid a full rhashtable walk on
netns exit, the bins get placed on a pernet list, i.e. we add almost no
cost for network namespaces that had no xfrm policies.
The inexact lists are kept in place, and policies are added to both the
per-rhash-inexact list and a pernet one.
The latter is needed for the control plane to handle migrate -- these
requests do not consider the if_id, so if we'd remove the inexact_list
now we would have to search all hash buckets and then figure
out which matching policy candidate is the most recent one -- this appears
a bit harder than just keeping the 'old' inexact list for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When peering is in userspace, some implementations may want to control
which peers are accepted based on RSSI in addition to the information
elements being sent today. Add signal level so that info is available
to clients.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bobcopeland@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When userspace is controlling mesh routing, it may have better
knowledge about whether a mesh STA is connected to a mesh
gate than the kernel mpath table. Add dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate
to the mesh config so that such applications can explicitly
signal that a mesh STA is connected to a gate, which will then
be advertised in the beacon.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bobcopeland@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Capture the current state of gate connectivity from the mesh
formation field in mesh config whenever we receive a beacon,
and report that via GET_STATION. This allows applications
doing mesh peering in userspace to make peering decisions
based on peers' current upstream connectivity.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bobcopeland@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, like in the rsi driver hardware scan offload, there
may be scenarios in which hardware scan might not be available or
desirable.
Allow drivers to cope with this by letting them fall back to software
scan by returning the special value 1 from the hardware scan method.
Requested-by: Sushant Kumar Mishra <sushant2k1513@gmail.com>
Requested-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's nothing much for mac80211 to do, so only pass through
the requests with minimal checks and tracing. The driver must
call cfg80211's results APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure
certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement
FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that
it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary
things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig.
The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and
channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a
set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform.
Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final
complete message.
Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running
measurement.
v3:
- add a bit to report "final" for partial results
- remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results
to the requester (big code reduction ...)
- also send complete message unicast, and as a result
remove the multicast group
- separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer
- document timeout == 0 if no timeout
- disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0,
must not include attribute for no timeout
- make MAC address randomization optional
- change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather
rather than the old default of 15==don't care)
v4:
- clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation
v5:
- remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes
- remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient
- add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability
- rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst"
v6:
- rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down()
and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any
pending measurements
v7:
- wording fixes (Lior)
- fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior)
v8:
- copyright statements
- minor coding style fixes
- fix error path leak
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To mirror software behaviour on offload more precisely inform
the drivers about the state of the harddrop flag.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ICMP error handling is currently not possible for UDP tunnels not
employing a receiving socket with local destination port matching the
remote one, because we have no way to look them up.
Add an err_handler tunnel encapsulation operation that can be exported by
tunnels in order to pass the error to the protocol implementing the
encapsulation. We can't easily use a lookup function as we did for VXLAN
and GENEVE, as protocol error handlers, which would be in turn called by
implementations of this new operation, handle the errors themselves,
together with the tunnel lookup.
Without a socket, we can't be sure which encapsulation error handler is
the appropriate one: encapsulation handlers (the ones for FoU and GUE
introduced in the next patch, e.g.) will need to check the new error codes
returned by protocol handlers to figure out if errors match the given
encapsulation, and, in turn, report this error back, so that we can try
all of them in __udp{4,6}_lib_err_encap_no_sk() until we have a match.
v2:
- Name all arguments in err_handler prototypes (David Miller)
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll need this to handle ICMP errors for tunnels without a sending socket
(i.e. FoU and GUE). There, we might have to look up different types of IP
tunnels, registered as network protocols, before we get a match, so we
want this for the error handlers of IPPROTO_IPIP and IPPROTO_IPV6 in both
inet_protos and inet6_protos. These error codes will be used in the next
patch.
For consistency, return sensible error codes in protocol error handlers
whenever handlers can't handle errors because, even if valid, they don't
match a protocol or any of its states.
This has no effect on existing error handling paths.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow users to set the IPv4 DF bit in outgoing packets, or to inherit its
value from the IPv4 inner header. If the encapsulated protocol is IPv6 and
DF is configured to be inherited, always set it.
For IPv4, inheriting DF from the inner header was probably intended from
the very beginning judging by the comment to vxlan_xmit(), but it wasn't
actually implemented -- also because it would have done more harm than
good, without handling for ICMP Fragmentation Needed messages.
According to RFC 7348, "Path MTU discovery MAY be used". An expired RFC
draft, draft-saum-nvo3-pmtud-over-vxlan-05, whose purpose was to describe
PMTUD implementation, says that "is a MUST that Vxlan gateways [...]
SHOULD set the DF-bit [...]", whatever that means.
Given this background, the only sane option is probably to let the user
decide, and keep the current behaviour as default.
This only applies to non-lwt tunnels: if an external control plane is
used, tunnel key will still control the DF flag.
v2:
- DF behaviour configuration only applies for non-lwt tunnels, move DF
setting to if (!info) block in vxlan_xmit_one() (Stephen Hemminger)
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For both IPv4 and IPv6, if we can't match errors to a socket, try
tunnels before ignoring them. Look up a socket with the original source
and destination ports as found in the UDP packet inside the ICMP payload,
this will work for tunnels that force the same destination port for both
endpoints, i.e. VXLAN and GENEVE.
Actually, lwtunnels could break this assumption if they are configured by
an external control plane to have different destination ports on the
endpoints: in this case, we won't be able to trace ICMP messages back to
them.
For IPv6 redirect messages, call ip6_redirect() directly with the output
interface argument set to the interface we received the packet from (as
it's the very interface we should build the exception on), otherwise the
new nexthop will be rejected. There's no such need for IPv4.
Tunnels can now export an encap_err_lookup() operation that indicates a
match. Pass the packet to the lookup function, and if the tunnel driver
reports a matching association, continue with regular ICMP error handling.
v2:
- Added newline between network and transport header sets in
__udp{4,6}_lib_err_encap() (David Miller)
- Removed redundant skb_reset_network_header(skb); in
__udp4_lib_err_encap()
- Removed redundant reassignment of iph in __udp4_lib_err_encap()
(Sabrina Dubroca)
- Edited comment to __udp{4,6}_lib_err_encap() to reflect the fact this
won't work with lwtunnels configured to use asymmetric ports. By the way,
it's VXLAN, not VxLAN (Jiri Benc)
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc graft operation of offload-capable qdiscs performs a few
extra steps which are identical among all the qdiscs. Add
a helper to share this code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc dump operation of offload-capable qdiscs performs a few
extra steps which are identical among all the qdiscs. Add
a helper to share this code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper function to determine if the type of a netdev is geneve based
on its rtnl_link_ops. This allows drivers that may wish to offload tunnels
to check the underlying type of the device.
A recent patch added a similar helper to vxlan.h
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some scenarios, the GRO engine can assemble an UDP GRO packet
that ultimately lands on a non GRO-enabled socket.
This patch tries to address the issue explicitly checking for the UDP
socket features before enqueuing the packet, and eventually segmenting
the unexpected GRO packet, as needed.
We must also cope with re-insertion requests: after segmentation the
UDP code calls the helper introduced by the previous patches, as needed.
Segmentation is performed by a common helper, which takes care of
updating socket and protocol stats is case of failure.
rfc v3 -> v1
- fix compile issues with rxrpc
- when gso_segment returns NULL, treat is as an error
- added 'ipv4' argument to udp_rcv_segment()
rfc v2 -> rfc v3
- moved udp_rcv_segment() into net/udp.h, account errors to socket
and ns, always return NULL or segs list
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we can re-use it at the UDP level in the next patch
rfc v3 -> v1:
- add the helper declaration into the ipv6 header
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we can re-use it at the UDP level in a later patch
rfc v3 -> v1
- add the helper declaration into the ip header
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The *encap_needed static keys are enabled by UDP tunnels
and several UDP encapsulations type, but they are never
turned off. This can cause unneeded overall performance
degradation for systems where such features are used
transiently.
This patch introduces complete book-keeping for such keys,
decreasing the usage at socket destruction time, if needed,
and avoiding that the same socket could increase the key
usage multiple times.
rfc v3 -> v1:
- add socket lock around udp_tunnel_encap_enable()
rfc v2 -> rfc v3:
- use udp_tunnel_encap_enable() in setsockopt()
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there exist a pair of raw sockets one unbound and one bound
to a VRF but equal in all other respects, when a packet is received
in the VRF context, __raw_v4_lookup() matches on both sockets.
This results in the packet being delivered over both sockets,
instead of only the raw socket bound to the VRF. The bound device
checks in __raw_v4_lookup() are replaced with a call to
raw_sk_bound_dev_eq() which correctly handles whether the packet
should be delivered over the unbound socket in such cases.
In __raw_v6_lookup() the match on the device binding of the socket is
similarly updated to use raw_sk_bound_dev_eq() which matches the
handling in __raw_v4_lookup().
Importantly raw_sk_bound_dev_eq() takes the raw_l3mdev_accept sysctl
into account.
Signed-off-by: Duncan Eastoe <deastoe@vyatta.att-mail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@vyatta.att-mail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a sysctl raw_l3mdev_accept to control raw socket lookup in a manner
similar to use of tcp_l3mdev_accept for stream and of udp_l3mdev_accept
for datagram sockets. Have this default to enabled for reasons of
backwards compatibility. This is so as to specify the output device
with cmsg and IP_PKTINFO, but using a socket not bound to the
corresponding VRF. This allows e.g. older ping implementations to be
run with specifying the device but without executing it in the VRF.
If the option is disabled, packets received in a VRF context are only
handled by a raw socket bound to the VRF, and correspondingly packets
in the default VRF are only handled by a socket not bound to any VRF.
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@vyatta.att-mail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure an unbound datagram skt is chosen when not in a VRF. The check
for a device match in compute_score() for UDP must be performed when
there is no device match. For this, a failure is returned when there is
no device match. This ensures that bound sockets are never selected,
even if there is no unbound socket.
Allow IPv6 packets to be sent over a datagram skt bound to a VRF. These
packets are currently blocked, as flowi6_oif was set to that of the
master vrf device, and the ipi6_ifindex is that of the slave device.
Allow these packets to be sent by checking the device with ipi6_ifindex
has the same L3 scope as that of the bound device of the skt, which is
the master vrf device. Note that this check always succeeds if the skt
is unbound.
Even though the right datagram skt is now selected by compute_score(),
a different skt is being returned that is bound to the wrong vrf. The
difference between these and stream sockets is the handling of the skt
option for SO_REUSEPORT. While the handling when adding a skt for reuse
correctly checks that the bound device of the skt is a match, the skts
in the hashslot are already incorrect. So for the same hash, a skt for
the wrong vrf may be selected for the required port. The root cause is
that the skt is immediately placed into a slot when it is created,
but when the skt is then bound using SO_BINDTODEVICE, it remains in the
same slot. The solution is to move the skt to the correct slot by
forcing a rehash.
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@vyatta.att-mail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit a04a480d43 ("net: Require exact match for TCP socket
lookups if dif is l3mdev") only ensures that the correct socket is
selected for packets in a VRF. However, there is no guarantee that
the unbound socket will be selected for packets when not in a VRF.
By checking for a device match in compute_score() also for the case
when there is no bound device and attaching a score to this, the
unbound socket is selected. And if a failure is returned when there
is no device match, this ensures that bound sockets are never selected,
even if there is no unbound socket.
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@vyatta.att-mail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the inet socket lookup to avoid packets arriving on a device
enslaved to an l3mdev from matching unbound sockets by removing the
wildcard for non sk_bound_dev_if and instead relying on check against
the secondary device index, which will be 0 when the input device is
not enslaved to an l3mdev and so match against an unbound socket and
not match when the input device is enslaved.
Change the socket binding to take the l3mdev into account to allow an
unbound socket to not conflict sockets bound to an l3mdev given the
datapath isolation now guaranteed.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@vyatta.att-mail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@vyatta.att-mail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack argument to ip_fib_metrics_init and add messages for invalid
metrics.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack arg to rtnl_create_link and add messages for invalid
number of Tx or Rx queues.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains the first batch of Netfilter fixes for
your net tree:
1) Fix splat with IPv6 defragmenting locally generated fragments,
from Florian Westphal.
2) Fix Incorrect check for missing attribute in nft_osf.
3) Missing INT_MIN & INT_MAX definition for netfilter bridge uapi
header, from Jiri Slaby.
4) Revert map lookup in nft_numgen, this is already possible with
the existing infrastructure without this extension.
5) Fix wrong listing of set reference counter, make counter
synchronous again, from Stefano Brivio.
6) Fix CIDR 0 in hash:net,port,net, from Eric Westbrook.
7) Fix allocation failure with large set, use kvcalloc().
From Andrey Ryabinin.
8) No need to disable BH when fetch ip set comment, patch from
Jozsef Kadlecsik.
9) Sanity check for valid sysfs entry in xt_IDLETIMER, from
Taehee Yoo.
10) Fix suspicious rcu usage via ip_set() macro at netlink dump,
from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
11) Fix setting default timeout via nfnetlink_cttimeout, this
comes with preparation patch to add nf_{tcp,udp,...}_pernet()
helper.
12) Allow ebtables table nat to be of filter type via nft_compat.
From Florian Westphal.
13) Incorrect calculation of next bucket in early_drop, do no bump
hash value, update bucket counter instead. From Vasily Khoruzhick.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
icmp6_send() function is expensive on systems with a large number of
interfaces. Every time it’s called, it has to verify that the source
address does not correspond to an existing anycast address by looping
through every device and every anycast address on the device. This can
result in significant delays for a CPU when there are a large number of
neighbors and ND timers are frequently timing out and calling
neigh_invalidate().
Add anycast addresses to a global hashtable to allow quick searching for
matching anycast addresses. This is based on inet6_addr_lst in addrconf.c.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Barnhill <0xeffeff@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a warning from checkpatch.pl:'please no space before tabs'
in include/net/af_unix.h
Signed-off-by: Bo YU <tsu.yubo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a warning from checkpatch:
function definition argument 'struct sock *' should also have an
identifier name in include/net/af_unix.h.
Signed-off-by: Bo YU <tsu.yubo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Finish removing the custom 9p request cache mechanism
* Embed part of the fcall in the request to have better slab
performance (msize usually is power of two aligned)
* syzkaller fixes:
- add a refcount to 9p requests to avoid use after free
- a few double free issues
* A few coverity fixes
* Some old patches that were in the bugzilla:
- do not trust pdu content for size header
- mount option for lock retry interval
----------------------------------------------------------------
Dan Carpenter (1):
9p: potential NULL dereference
Dinu-Razvan Chis-Serban (1):
9p locks: add mount option for lock retry interval
Dominique Martinet (12):
9p/xen: fix check for xenbus_read error in front_probe
v9fs_dir_readdir: fix double-free on p9stat_read error
9p: clear dangling pointers in p9stat_free
9p: embed fcall in req to round down buffer allocs
9p: add a per-client fcall kmem_cache
9p/rdma: do not disconnect on down_interruptible EAGAIN
9p: acl: fix uninitialized iattr access
9p/rdma: remove useless check in cm_event_handler
9p: p9dirent_read: check network-provided name length
9p locks: fix glock.client_id leak in do_lock
9p/trans_fd: abort p9_read_work if req status changed
9p/trans_fd: put worker reqs on destroy
Gertjan Halkes (1):
9p: do not trust pdu content for stat item size
Gustavo A. R. Silva (1):
9p: fix spelling mistake in fall-through annotation
Matthew Wilcox (2):
9p: Use a slab for allocating requests
9p: Remove p9_idpool
Tomas Bortoli (3):
9p: rename p9_free_req() function
9p: Add refcount to p9_req_t
9p: Rename req to rreq in trans_fd
fs/9p/acl.c | 2 +-
fs/9p/v9fs.c | 21 +++++
fs/9p/v9fs.h | 1 +
fs/9p/vfs_dir.c | 19 +---
fs/9p/vfs_file.c | 24 +++++-
include/net/9p/9p.h | 12 +--
include/net/9p/client.h | 71 ++++++---------
net/9p/Makefile | 1 -
net/9p/client.c | 551 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------------------------------------------
net/9p/mod.c | 9 +-
net/9p/protocol.c | 20 ++++-
net/9p/trans_fd.c | 64 +++++++++-----
net/9p/trans_rdma.c | 37 ++++----
net/9p/trans_virtio.c | 44 +++++++---
net/9p/trans_xen.c | 17 ++--
net/9p/util.c | 140 ------------------------------
16 files changed, 482 insertions(+), 551 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 net/9p/util.c
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=g1OF
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag '9p-for-4.20' of git://github.com/martinetd/linux
Pull 9p updates from Dominique Martinet:
"Highlights this time around are the end of Matthew's work to remove
the custom 9p request cache and use a slab directly for requests, with
some extra patches on my end to not degrade performance, but it's a
very good cleanup.
Tomas and I fixed a few more syzkaller bugs (refcount is the big one),
and I had a go at the coverity bugs and at some of the bugzilla
reports we had open for a while.
I'm a bit disappointed that I couldn't get much reviews for a few of
my own patches, but the big ones got some and it's all been soaking in
linux-next for quite a while so I think it should be OK.
Summary:
- Finish removing the custom 9p request cache mechanism
- Embed part of the fcall in the request to have better slab
performance (msize usually is power of two aligned)
- syzkaller fixes:
* add a refcount to 9p requests to avoid use after free
* a few double free issues
- A few coverity fixes
- Some old patches that were in the bugzilla:
* do not trust pdu content for size header
* mount option for lock retry interval"
* tag '9p-for-4.20' of git://github.com/martinetd/linux: (21 commits)
9p/trans_fd: put worker reqs on destroy
9p/trans_fd: abort p9_read_work if req status changed
9p: potential NULL dereference
9p locks: fix glock.client_id leak in do_lock
9p: p9dirent_read: check network-provided name length
9p/rdma: remove useless check in cm_event_handler
9p: acl: fix uninitialized iattr access
9p locks: add mount option for lock retry interval
9p: do not trust pdu content for stat item size
9p: Rename req to rreq in trans_fd
9p: fix spelling mistake in fall-through annotation
9p/rdma: do not disconnect on down_interruptible EAGAIN
9p: Add refcount to p9_req_t
9p: rename p9_free_req() function
9p: add a per-client fcall kmem_cache
9p: embed fcall in req to round down buffer allocs
9p: Remove p9_idpool
9p: Use a slab for allocating requests
9p: clear dangling pointers in p9stat_free
v9fs_dir_readdir: fix double-free on p9stat_read error
...
When doing a route dump across all address families, do not error out
if the table does not exist. This allows a route dump for AF_UNSPEC
with a table id that may only exist for some of the families.
Do return the table does not exist error if dumping routes for a
specific family and the table does not exist.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With EDT model, SRTT no longer is inflated by pacing delays.
This means that RTO and some other xmit timers might be setup
incorrectly. This is particularly visible with either :
- Very small enforced pacing rates (SO_MAX_PACING_RATE)
- Reduced rto (from the default 200 ms)
This can lead to TCP flows aborts in the worst case,
or spurious retransmits in other cases.
For example, this session gets far more throughput
than the requested 80kbit :
$ netperf -H 127.0.0.2 -l 100 -- -q 10000
MIGRATED TCP STREAM TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 127.0.0.2 () port 0 AF_INET
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
540000 262144 262144 104.00 2.66
With the fix :
$ netperf -H 127.0.0.2 -l 100 -- -q 10000
MIGRATED TCP STREAM TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 127.0.0.2 () port 0 AF_INET
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
540000 262144 262144 104.00 0.12
EDT allows for better control of rtx timers, since TCP has
a better idea of the earliest departure time of each skb
in the rtx queue. We only have to eventually add to the
timer the difference of the EDT time with current time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit dd979b4df8.
This broke tcp_poll for SMC fallback: An AF_SMC socket establishes an
internal TCP socket for the initial handshake with the remote peer.
Whenever the SMC connection can not be established this TCP socket is
used as a fallback. All socket operations on the SMC socket are then
forwarded to the TCP socket. In case of poll, the file->private_data
pointer references the SMC socket because the TCP socket has no file
assigned. This causes tcp_poll to wait on the wrong socket.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace spurious spaces with a tab and remove superfluous tab from
unix_sock struct.
Signed-off-by: Vito Caputo <vcaputo@pengaru.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-10-21
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Implement two new kind of BPF maps, that is, queue and stack
map along with new peek, push and pop operations, from Mauricio.
2) Add support for MSG_PEEK flag when redirecting into an ingress
psock sk_msg queue, and add a new helper bpf_msg_push_data() for
insert data into the message, from John.
3) Allow for BPF programs of type BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SKB to use
direct packet access for __skb_buff, from Song.
4) Use more lightweight barriers for walking perf ring buffer for
libbpf and perf tool as well. Also, various fixes and improvements
from verifier side, from Daniel.
5) Add per-symbol visibility for DSO in libbpf and hide by default
global symbols such as netlink related functions, from Andrey.
6) Two improvements to nfp's BPF offload to check vNIC capabilities
in case prog is shared with multiple vNICs and to protect against
mis-initializing atomic counters, from Jakub.
7) Fix for bpftool to use 4 context mode for the nfp disassembler,
also from Jakub.
8) Fix a return value comparison in test_libbpf.sh and add several
bpftool improvements in bash completion, documentation of bpf fs
restrictions and batch mode summary print, from Quentin.
9) Fix a file resource leak in BPF selftest's load_kallsyms()
helper, from Peng.
10) Fix an unused variable warning in map_lookup_and_delete_elem(),
from Alexei.
11) Fix bpf_skb_adjust_room() signature in BPF UAPI helper doc,
from Nicolas.
12) Add missing executables to .gitignore in BPF selftests, from Anders.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are not used anymore and therefore should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2018-10-20
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.20 kernel.
- Added new USB ID for QCA_ROME controller
- Added debug trace support from QCA wcn3990 controllers
- Updated L2CAP to conform to latest Errata Service Release
- Fix binding to non-removable BCM43430 devices
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree:
1) Use lockdep_is_held() in ipset_dereference_protected(), from Lance Roy.
2) Remove unused variable in cttimeout, from YueHaibing.
3) Add ttl option for nft_osf, from Fernando Fernandez Mancera.
4) Use xfrm family to deal with IPv6-in-IPv4 packets from nft_xfrm,
from Florian Westphal.
5) Simplify xt_osf_match_packet().
6) Missing ct helper alias definition in snmp_trap helper, from Taehee Yoo.
7) Remove unnecessary parameter in nf_flow_table_cleanup(), from Taehee Yoo.
8) Remove unused variable definitions in nft_{dup,fwd}, from Weongyo Jeong.
9) Remove empty net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h file, from Taehee Yoo.
10) Revert xt_quota updates remain option due to problems in the listing
path for 32-bit arches, from Maze.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched/cls_api.c has overlapping changes to a call to
nlmsg_parse(), one (from 'net') added rtm_tca_policy instead of NULL
to the 5th argument, and another (from 'net-next') added cb->extack
instead of NULL to the 6th argument.
net/ipv4/ipmr_base.c is a case of a bug fix in 'net' being done to
code which moved (to mr_table_dump)) in 'net-next'. Thanks to David
Ahern for the heads up.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/include/net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h file is empty.
so that it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
parameter net of nf_flow_table_cleanup() is not used.
So that it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now it's confusing that asoc sndbuf_used is doing memory accounting with
SCTP_DATA_SNDSIZE(chunk) + sizeof(sk_buff) + sizeof(sctp_chunk) while sk
sk_wmem_alloc is doing that with skb->truesize + sizeof(sctp_chunk).
It also causes sctp_prsctp_prune to count with a wrong freed memory when
sndbuf_policy is not set.
To make this right and also keep consistent between asoc sndbuf_used, sk
sk_wmem_alloc and sk_wmem_queued, use skb->truesize + sizeof(sctp_chunk)
for them.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp data size should be calculated by subtracting data chunk header's
length from chunk_hdr->length, not just data header.
Fixes: 668c9beb90 ("sctp: implement assign_number for sctp_stream_interleave")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We shouldn't abuse exceptions: if the destination MTU is already higher
than what we're transmitting, no exception should be created.
Fixes: 52a589d51f ("geneve: update skb dst pmtu on tx path")
Fixes: a93bf0ff44 ("vxlan: update skb dst pmtu on tx path")
Signed-off-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, an FDB entry only ceases being offloaded when it is deleted.
This changes with VxLAN encapsulation.
Devices capable of performing VxLAN encapsulation usually have only one
FDB table, unlike the software data path which has two - one in the
bridge driver and another in the VxLAN driver.
Therefore, bridge FDB entries pointing to a VxLAN device are only
offloaded if there is a corresponding entry in the VxLAN FDB.
Allow clearing the offload indication in case the corresponding entry
was deleted from the VxLAN FDB.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offloaded bridge FDB entries are marked with NTF_OFFLOADED. Implement a
similar mechanism for VXLAN, where a given remote destination can be
marked as offloaded.
To that end, introduce a new event, SWITCHDEV_VXLAN_FDB_OFFLOADED,
through which the marking is communicated to the vxlan driver. To
identify which RDST should be marked as offloaded, an
switchdev_notifier_vxlan_fdb_info is passed to the listeners. The
"offloaded" flag in that object determines whether the offloaded mark
should be set or cleared.
When sending offloaded FDB entries over netlink, mark them with
NTF_OFFLOADED.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A switchdev-capable driver that is aware of VXLAN may need to query
VXLAN FDB. In the particular case of mlxsw, this functionality is
limited to querying UC FDBs. Those being easier to deal with than the
general case of RDST chain traversal, introduce an interface to query
specifically UC FDBs: vxlan_fdb_find_uc().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When offloading VXLAN devices, drivers need to know about events in
VXLAN FDB database. Since VXLAN models a bridge, it is natural to
distribute the VXLAN FDB notifications using the pre-existing switchdev
notification mechanism.
To that end, introduce two new notification types:
SWITCHDEV_VXLAN_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE and SWITCHDEV_VXLAN_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE.
Introduce a new function, vxlan_fdb_switchdev_call_notifiers() to send
the new notifier types, and a struct switchdev_notifier_vxlan_fdb_info
to communicate the details of the FDB entry under consideration.
Invoke the new function from vxlan_fdb_notify().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to determine whether a netdev is a VxLAN netdev by
calling the above mentioned function that checks the netdev's
rtnl_link_ops.
This will allow modules to identify netdev events involving a VxLAN
netdev and act accordingly. For example, drivers capable of VxLAN
offload will need to configure the underlying device when a VxLAN netdev
is being enslaved to an offloaded bridge.
Convert nfp to use the newly introduced helper.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that support tunnel decapsulation (IPinIP or NVE) need to
configure the underlying device to conform to the behavior outlined in
RFC 6040 with respect to the ECN bits.
This behavior is implemented by INET_ECN_decapsulate() which requires an
skb to be passed where the ECN CE bit can be potentially set. Since
these drivers do not need to mark an skb, but only configure the device
to do so, factor out the business logic to __INET_ECN_decapsulate() and
potentially perform the marking in INET_ECN_decapsulate().
This allows drivers to invoke __INET_ECN_decapsulate() and configure the
device.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that support VxLAN offload need to be able to sanitize the
configuration of the VxLAN device and accept / reject its offload.
For example, mlxsw requires that the local IP of the VxLAN device be set
and that packets be flooded to unicast IP(s) and not to a multicast
group.
Expose the functions that perform such checks.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for the MSG_PEEK flag when doing redirect to ingress
and receiving on the sk_msg psock queue. Previously the flag was
being ignored which could confuse applications if they expected the
flag to work as normal.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Update parsing of route dump request to enable kernel side filtering.
Allow filtering results by protocol (e.g., which routing daemon installed
the route), route type (e.g., unicast), table id and nexthop device. These
amount to the low hanging fruit, yet a huge improvement, for dumping
routes.
ip_valid_fib_dump_req is called with RTNL held, so __dev_get_by_index can
be used to look up the device index without taking a reference. From
there filter->dev is only used during dump loops with the lock still held.
Set NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED in the answer_flags so the user knows the results
have been filtered should no entries be returned.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement kernel side filtering of routes by table id, egress device index,
protocol and route type. If the table id is given in the filter, lookup the
table and call fib_table_dump directly for it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add struct fib_dump_filter for options on limiting which routes are
returned in a dump request. The current list is table id, protocol,
route type, rtm_flags and nexthop device index. struct net is needed
to lookup the net_device from the index.
Declare the filter for each route dump handler and plumb the new
arguments from dump handlers to ip_valid_fib_dump_req.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-10-16
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Convert BPF sockmap and kTLS to both use a new sk_msg API and enable
sk_msg BPF integration for the latter, from Daniel and John.
2) Enable BPF syscall side to indicate for maps that they do not support
a map lookup operation as opposed to just missing key, from Prashant.
3) Add bpftool map create command which after map creation pins the
map into bpf fs for further processing, from Jakub.
4) Add bpftool support for attaching programs to maps allowing sock_map
and sock_hash to be used from bpftool, from John.
5) Improve syscall BPF map update/delete path for map-in-map types to
wait a RCU grace period for pending references to complete, from Daniel.
6) Couple of follow-up fixes for the BPF socket lookup to get it
enabled also when IPv6 is compiled as a module, from Joe.
7) Fix a generic-XDP bug to handle the case when the Ethernet header
was mangled and thus update skb's protocol and data, from Jesper.
8) Add a missing BTF header length check between header copies from
user space, from Wenwen.
9) Minor fixups in libbpf to use __u32 instead u32 types and include
proper perf_event.h uapi header instead of perf internal one, from Yonghong.
10) Allow to pass user-defined flags through EXTRA_CFLAGS and EXTRA_LDFLAGS
to bpftool's build, from Jiri.
11) BPF kselftest tweaks to add LWTUNNEL to config fragment and to install
with_addr.sh script from flow dissector selftest, from Anders.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_pacing_rate has beed introduced as a u32 field in 2013,
effectively limiting per flow pacing to 34Gbit.
We believe it is time to allow TCP to pace high speed flows
on 64bit hosts, as we now can reach 100Gbit on one TCP flow.
This patch adds no cost for 32bit kernels.
The tcpi_pacing_rate and tcpi_max_pacing_rate were already
exported as 64bit, so iproute2/ss command require no changes.
Unfortunately the SO_MAX_PACING_RATE socket option will stay
32bit and we will need to add a new option to let applications
control high pacing rates.
State Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address:Port Peer Address:Port
ESTAB 0 1787144 10.246.9.76:49992 10.246.9.77:36741
timer:(on,003ms,0) ino:91863 sk:2 <->
skmem:(r0,rb540000,t66440,tb2363904,f605944,w1822984,o0,bl0,d0)
ts sack bbr wscale:8,8 rto:201 rtt:0.057/0.006 mss:1448
rcvmss:536 advmss:1448
cwnd:138 ssthresh:178 bytes_acked:256699822585 segs_out:177279177
segs_in:3916318 data_segs_out:177279175
bbr:(bw:31276.8Mbps,mrtt:0,pacing_gain:1.25,cwnd_gain:2)
send 28045.5Mbps lastrcv:73333
pacing_rate 38705.0Mbps delivery_rate 22997.6Mbps
busy:73333ms unacked:135 retrans:0/157 rcv_space:14480
notsent:2085120 minrtt:0.013
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Other than asoc pmtu sync from all transports, sctp_assoc_sync_pmtu
is also processing transport pmtu_pending by icmp packets. But it's
meaningless to use sctp_dst_mtu(t->dst) as new pmtu for a transport.
The right pmtu value should come from the icmp packet, and it would
be saved into transport->mtu_info in this patch and used later when
the pmtu sync happens in sctp_sendmsg_to_asoc or sctp_packet_config.
Besides, without this patch, as pmtu can only be updated correctly
when receiving a icmp packet and no place is holding sock lock, it
will take long time if the sock is busy with sending packets.
Note that it doesn't process transport->mtu_info in .release_cb(),
as there is no enough information for pmtu update, like for which
asoc or transport. It is not worth traversing all asocs to check
pmtu_pending. So unlike tcp, sctp does this in tx path, for which
mtu_info needs to be atomic_t.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When commit 270972554c ("[IPV6]: ROUTE: Add Router Reachability
Probing (RFC4191).") introduced router probing, the rt6_probe() function
required that a neighbour entry existed. This neighbour entry is used to
record the timestamp of the last probe via the ->updated field.
Later, commit 2152caea71 ("ipv6: Do not depend on rt->n in rt6_probe().")
removed the requirement for a neighbour entry. Neighbourless routes skip
the interval check and are not rate-limited.
This patch adds rate-limiting for neighbourless routes, by recording the
timestamp of the last probe in the fib6_info itself.
Fixes: 2152caea71 ("ipv6: Do not depend on rt->n in rt6_probe().")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a more complete fix than d71019b54b ("net: core: Fix build
with CONFIG_IPV6=m"), so that IPv6 sockets may be looked up if the IPv6
module is loaded (not just if it's compiled in).
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joe@wand.net.nz>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Instead of re-implementing poll routine use the poll callback to
trigger read from kTLS, we reuse the stream_memory_read callback
which is simpler and achieves the same. This helps to align sockmap
and kTLS so we can more easily embed BPF in kTLS.
Joint work with Daniel.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Convert kTLS over to make use of sk_msg interface for plaintext and
encrypted scattergather data, so it reuses all the sk_msg helpers
and data structure which later on in a second step enables to glue
this to BPF.
This also allows to remove quite a bit of open coded helpers which
are covered by the sk_msg API. Recent changes in kTLs 80ece6a03a
("tls: Remove redundant vars from tls record structure") and
4e6d47206c ("tls: Add support for inplace records encryption")
changed the data path handling a bit; while we've kept the latter
optimization intact, we had to undo the former change to better
fit the sk_msg model, hence the sg_aead_in and sg_aead_out have
been brought back and are linked into the sk_msg sgs. Now the kTLS
record contains a msg_plaintext and msg_encrypted sk_msg each.
In the original code, the zerocopy_from_iter() has been used out
of TX but also RX path. For the strparser skb-based RX path,
we've left the zerocopy_from_iter() in decrypt_internal() mostly
untouched, meaning it has been moved into tls_setup_from_iter()
with charging logic removed (as not used from RX). Given RX path
is not based on sk_msg objects, we haven't pursued setting up a
dummy sk_msg to call into sk_msg_zerocopy_from_iter(), but it
could be an option to prusue in a later step.
Joint work with John.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Add a generic sk_msg layer, and convert current sockmap and later
kTLS over to make use of it. While sk_buff handles network packet
representation from netdevice up to socket, sk_msg handles data
representation from application to socket layer.
This means that sk_msg framework spans across ULP users in the
kernel, and enables features such as introspection or filtering
of data with the help of BPF programs that operate on this data
structure.
Latter becomes in particular useful for kTLS where data encryption
is deferred into the kernel, and as such enabling the kernel to
perform L7 introspection and policy based on BPF for TLS connections
where the record is being encrypted after BPF has run and came to
a verdict. In order to get there, first step is to transform open
coding of scatter-gather list handling into a common core framework
that subsystems can use.
The code itself has been split and refactored into three bigger
pieces: i) the generic sk_msg API which deals with managing the
scatter gather ring, providing helpers for walking and mangling,
transferring application data from user space into it, and preparing
it for BPF pre/post-processing, ii) the plain sock map itself
where sockets can be attached to or detached from; these bits
are independent of i) which can now be used also without sock
map, and iii) the integration with plain TCP as one protocol
to be used for processing L7 application data (later this could
e.g. also be extended to other protocols like UDP). The semantics
are the same with the old sock map code and therefore no change
of user facing behavior or APIs. While pursuing this work it
also helped finding a number of bugs in the old sockmap code
that we've fixed already in earlier commits. The test_sockmap
kselftest suite passes through fine as well.
Joint work with John.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
In order to prepare sockmap logic to be used in combination with kTLS
we need to detangle it from ULP, and further split it in later commits
into a generic API.
Joint work with John.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Add the result values specific to L2CAP LE credit based connections
and change the old result values wherever they were used.
Signed-off-by: Mallikarjun Phulari <mallikarjun.phulari@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts were easy to resolve using immediate context mostly,
except the cls_u32.c one where I simply too the entire HEAD
chunk.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already have BUILD_BUG_ON_ZERO() which I just hadn't found
before, so we should use it here instead of open-coding another
implementation thereof.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* merge net-next, so I can finish the hwsim workqueue removal
* fix TXQ NULL pointer issue that was reported multiple times
* minstrel cleanups from Felix
* simplify lib80211 code by not using skcipher, note that this
will conflict with the crypto tree (and this new code here
should be used)
* use new netlink policy validation in nl80211
* fix up SAE (part of WPA3) in client-mode
* FTM responder support in the stack
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=RqMD
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-10-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Highlights:
* merge net-next, so I can finish the hwsim workqueue removal
* fix TXQ NULL pointer issue that was reported multiple times
* minstrel cleanups from Felix
* simplify lib80211 code by not using skcipher, note that this
will conflict with the crypto tree (and this new code here
should be used)
* use new netlink policy validation in nl80211
* fix up SAE (part of WPA3) in client-mode
* FTM responder support in the stack
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a link's carrier goes down it could be a sign of the port changing
networks. If the new network has overlapping addresses with the old one,
then the kernel will continue trying to use neighbor entries established
based on the old network until the entries finally age out - meaning a
potentially long delay with communications not working.
This patch evicts neighbor entries on carrier down with the exception of
those marked permanent. Permanent entries are managed by userspace (either
an admin or a routing daemon such as FRR).
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another difference between IPv4 and IPv6 is the generation of RTM_DELROUTE
notifications when a device is taken down (admin down) or deleted. IPv4
does not generate a message for routes evicted by the down or delete;
IPv6 does. A NOS at scale really needs to avoid these messages and have
IPv4 and IPv6 behave similarly, relying on userspace to handle link
notifications and evict the routes.
At this point existing user behavior needs to be preserved. Since
notifications are a global action (not per app) the only way to preserve
existing behavior and allow the messages to be skipped is to add a new
sysctl (net/ipv6/route/skip_notify_on_dev_down) which can be set to
disable the notificatioons.
IPv6 route code already supports the option to skip the message (it is
used for multipath routes for example). Besides the new sysctl we need
to pass the skip_notify setting through the generic fib6_clean and
fib6_walk functions to fib6_clean_node and to set skip_notify on calls
to __ip_del_rt for the addrconf_ifdown path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current mac80211 has provision to update tx status through
ieee80211_tx_status() and ieee80211_tx_status_ext(). But
drivers like ath10k updates the tx status from the skb except
txrate, txrate will be updated from a different path, peer stats.
Using ieee80211_tx_status_ext() in two different paths
(one for the stats, one for the tx rate) would duplicate
the stats instead.
To avoid this stats duplication, ieee80211_tx_rate_update()
is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@codeaurora.org>
[minor commit message editing, use initializers in code]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for drivers to report the total number of MPDUs received
and the number of MPDUs received with an FCS error from a specific
peer. These counters will be incremented only when the TA of the
frame matches the MAC address of the peer irrespective of FCS
error.
It should be noted that the TA field in the frame might be corrupted
when there is an FCS error and TA matching logic would fail in such
cases. Hence, FCS error counter might not be fully accurate, but it can
provide help in detecting bad RX links in significant number of cases.
This FCS error counter without full accuracy can be used, e.g., to
trigger a kick-out of a connected client with a bad link in AP mode to
force such a client to roam to another AP.
Signed-off-by: Ankita Bajaj <bankita@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
New bss param ftm_responder is used to notify the driver to
enable fine timing request (FTM) responder role in AP mode.
Plumb the new cfg80211 API for FTM responder statistics through to
the driver API in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since commit 5aad1de5ea ("ipv4: use separate genid for next hop
exceptions"), exceptions get deprecated separately from cached
routes. In particular, administrative changes don't clear PMTU anymore.
As Stefano described in commit e9fa1495d7 ("ipv6: Reflect MTU changes
on PMTU of exceptions for MTU-less routes"), the PMTU discovered before
the local MTU change can become stale:
- if the local MTU is now lower than the PMTU, that PMTU is now
incorrect
- if the local MTU was the lowest value in the path, and is increased,
we might discover a higher PMTU
Similarly to what commit e9fa1495d7 did for IPv6, update PMTU in those
cases.
If the exception was locked, the discovered PMTU was smaller than the
minimal accepted PMTU. In that case, if the new local MTU is smaller
than the current PMTU, let PMTU discovery figure out if locking of the
exception is still needed.
To do this, we need to know the old link MTU in the NETDEV_CHANGEMTU
notifier. By the time the notifier is called, dev->mtu has been
changed. This patch adds the old MTU as additional information in the
notifier structure, and a new call_netdevice_notifiers_u32() function.
Fixes: 5aad1de5ea ("ipv4: use separate genid for next hop exceptions")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_route_table_template is exported but there are no users outside
of route.c. Make it static.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devlink string param buffer is allocated at the size of
DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE. Add helper function which makes sure
this size is not exceeded.
Renamed DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to
__DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to emphasize that it should be used by
devlink only. The driver should use the helper function instead to
verify it doesn't exceed the allowed length.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case devlink param type is string, it needs to copy the string value
it got from the input to devlink_param_value.
Fixes: e3b7ca18ad ("devlink: Add param set command")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-10-08
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) sk_lookup_[tcp|udp] and sk_release helpers from Joe Stringer which allow
BPF programs to perform lookups for sockets in a network namespace. This would
allow programs to determine early on in processing whether the stack is
expecting to receive the packet, and perform some action (eg drop,
forward somewhere) based on this information.
2) per-cpu cgroup local storage from Roman Gushchin.
Per-cpu cgroup local storage is very similar to simple cgroup storage
except all the data is per-cpu. The main goal of per-cpu variant is to
implement super fast counters (e.g. packet counters), which don't require
neither lookups, neither atomic operations in a fast path.
The example of these hybrid counters is in selftests/bpf/netcnt_prog.c
3) allow HW offload of programs with BPF-to-BPF function calls from Quentin Monnet
4) support more than 64-byte key/value in HW offloaded BPF maps from Jakub Kicinski
5) rename of libbpf interfaces from Andrey Ignatov.
libbpf is maturing as a library and should follow good practices in
library design and implementation to play well with other libraries.
This patch set brings consistent naming convention to global symbols.
6) relicense libbpf as LGPL-2.1 OR BSD-2-Clause from Alexei Starovoitov
to let Apache2 projects use libbpf
7) various AF_XDP fixes from Björn and Magnus
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree:
1) Support for matching on ipsec policy already set in the route, from
Florian Westphal.
2) Split set destruction into deactivate and destroy phase to make it
fit better into the transaction infrastructure, also from Florian.
This includes a patch to warn on imbalance when setting the new
activate and deactivate interfaces.
3) Release transaction list from the workqueue to remove expensive
synchronize_rcu() from configuration plane path. This speeds up
configuration plane quite a bit. From Florian Westphal.
4) Add new xfrm/ipsec extension, this new extension allows you to match
for ipsec tunnel keys such as source and destination address, spi and
reqid. From Máté Eckl and Florian Westphal.
5) Add secmark support, this includes connsecmark too, patches
from Christian Gottsche.
6) Allow to specify remaining bytes in xt_quota, from Chenbo Feng.
One follow up patch to calm a clang warning for this one, from
Nathan Chancellor.
7) Flush conntrack entries based on layer 3 family, from Kristian Evensen.
8) New revision for cgroups2 to shrink the path field.
9) Get rid of obsolete need_conntrack(), as a result from recent
demodularization works.
10) Use WARN_ON instead of BUG_ON, from Florian Westphal.
11) Unused exported symbol in nf_nat_ipv4_fn(), from Florian.
12) Remove superfluous check for timeout netlink parser and dump
functions in layer 4 conntrack helpers.
13) Unnecessary redundant rcu read side locks in NAT redirect,
from Taehee Yoo.
14) Pass nf_hook_state structure to error handlers, patch from
Florian Westphal.
15) Remove ->new() interface from layer 4 protocol trackers. Place
them in the ->packet() interface. From Florian.
16) Place conntrack ->error() handling in the ->packet() interface.
Patches from Florian Westphal.
17) Remove unused parameter in the pernet initialization path,
also from Florian.
18) Remove additional parameter to specify layer 3 protocol when
looking up for protocol tracker. From Florian.
19) Shrink array of layer 4 protocol trackers, from Florian.
20) Check for linear skb only once from the ALG NAT mangling
codebase, from Taehee Yoo.
21) Use rhashtable_walk_enter() instead of deprecated
rhashtable_walk_init(), also from Taehee.
22) No need to flush all conntracks when only one single address
is gone, from Tan Hu.
23) Remove redundant check for NAT flags in flowtable code, from
Taehee Yoo.
24) Use rhashtable_lookup() instead of rhashtable_lookup_fast()
from netfilter codebase, since rcu read lock side is already
assumed in this path.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add helper to check netlink message for route dumps. If the strict flag
is set the dump request is expected to have an rtmsg struct as the header.
All elements of the struct are expected to be 0 with the exception of
rtm_flags (which is used by both ipv4 and ipv6 dumps) and no attributes
can be appended. rtm_flags can only have RTM_F_CLONED and RTM_F_PREFIX
set.
Update inet_dump_fib, inet6_dump_fib, mpls_dump_routes, ipmr_rtm_dumproute,
and ip6mr_rtm_dumproute to call this helper if strict data checking is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nla_parse is currently lenient on message parsing, allowing type to be 0
or greater than max expected and only logging a message
"netlink: %d bytes leftover after parsing attributes in process `%s'."
if the netlink message has unknown data at the end after parsing. What this
could mean is that the header at the front of the attributes is actually
wrong and the parsing is shifted from what is expected.
Add a new strict version that actually fails with EINVAL if there are any
bytes remaining after the parsing loop completes, if the atttrbitue type
is 0 or greater than max expected.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Give a user a reason why EINVAL is returned in nlmsg_parse.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge net-next, which pulled in net, so I can merge a few more
patches that would otherwise conflict.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid the socket lookup cost in udp_gro_receive if no socket has a
udp tunnel callback configured.
udp_sk(sk)->gro_receive requires a registration with
setup_udp_tunnel_sock, which enables the static key.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit ec3ed293e7 ("net_sched: change tcf_del_walker() to take idrinfo->lock")
we move fl_hw_destroy_tmplt() to a workqueue to avoid blocking
with the spinlock held. Unfortunately, this causes a lot of
troubles here:
1. tcf_chain_destroy() could be called right after we queue the work
but before the work runs. This is a use-after-free.
2. The chain refcnt is already 0, we can't even just hold it again.
We can check refcnt==1 but it is ugly.
3. The chain with refcnt 0 is still visible in its block, which means
it could be still found and used!
4. The block has a refcnt too, we can't hold it without introducing a
proper API either.
We can make it working but the end result is ugly. Instead of wasting
time on reviewing it, let's just convert the troubling spinlock to
a mutex, which allows us to use non-atomic allocations too.
Fixes: ec3ed293e7 ("net_sched: change tcf_del_walker() to take idrinfo->lock")
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@idosch.org>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already check the RSS indirection table does not use queues which
would be disabled by channel reconfiguration. Make sure user does not
try to disable queues which have a UMEM and zero-copy AF_XDP socket
installed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Move the refcounting and potential free of dst metrics associated
for ipv4 and ipv6 to a common helper.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv4 and ipv6 both use refcounted metrics if FIB entries have metrics set.
Move the common initialization code to a helper and use for both protocols.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the refcounting and potential free of dst metrics associated
with a fib entry to a helper and use it in both ipv4 and ipv6.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consolidate initialization of ipv4 and ipv6 metrics when fib entries
are created into a single helper, ip_fib_metrics_init, that handles
the call to ip_metrics_convert.
If no metrics are defined for the fib entry, then the metrics is set
to dst_default_metrics.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_block_dev() doesn't seem to be used anywhere in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
msix_vec_per_pf_min - This param sets the number of minimal MSIX
vectors required for the device initialization. This value is set
in the device which limits MSIX vectors per PF.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
msix_vec_per_pf_max - This param sets the number of MSIX vectors
that the device requests from the host on driver initialization.
This value is set in the device which is applicable per PF.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ignore_ari - Device ignores ARI(Alternate Routing ID) capability,
even when platforms has the support and creates same number of
partitions when platform does not support ARI capability.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5 core driver and ethernet netdev updates, please note there is a small
devlink releated update to allow extack argument to eswitch operations.
From Eli Britstein,
1) devlink: Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations
2) net/mlx5e: E-Switch, return extack messages for failures in the e-switch devlink callbacks
3) net/mlx5e: Add extack messages for TC offload failures
From Eran Ben Elisha,
4) mlx5e: Add counter for aRFS rule insertion failures
From Feras Daoud
5) Fast teardown support for mlx5 device
This change introduces the enhanced version of the "Force teardown" that
allows SW to perform teardown in a faster way without the need to reclaim
all the FW pages.
Fast teardown provides the following advantages:
1- Fix a FW race condition that could cause command timeout
2- Avoid moving to polling mode
3- Close the vport to prevent PCI ACK to be sent without been scatter
to memory
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbtU45AAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+/C4H/RHA4KImrb476EdB3VNYMqAN
dgXb+bmh6sZP+jHWqQ4c3aVeh6/T8qm4gwiSn2nVTtHEnxtCdIYljzDC1Nswczeg
pSjD1eOP7M1LpAOmBb8xdnJcX7yM7r1bTklnp2sN853WShbsDRYgZBHsBwTzx25U
ZdzL4QTLuohlG/aLrbGXMntIy45ya2fVQrnK54s18nFlgsdFjEs0mi0xaUKNBC6+
P8CTohHAxuuxmL5b+6MIYLZCdgd8cLNQFdtqbckEVw7SvcRTxfraRlyqJ0YOgTGB
TdSWnqZz2JYH29wSFbpFG8qX6GCv8FoiZ+fKzldbolHk442rrktHv3+Y7qQuZVs=
=NVks
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2018-10-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2018-10-03
mlx5 core driver and ethernet netdev updates, please note there is a small
devlink releated update to allow extack argument to eswitch operations.
From Eli Britstein,
1) devlink: Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations
2) net/mlx5e: E-Switch, return extack messages for failures in the e-switch devlink callbacks
3) net/mlx5e: Add extack messages for TC offload failures
From Eran Ben Elisha,
4) mlx5e: Add counter for aRFS rule insertion failures
From Feras Daoud
5) Fast teardown support for mlx5 device
This change introduces the enhanced version of the "Force teardown" that
allows SW to perform teardown in a faster way without the need to reclaim
all the FW pages.
Fast teardown provides the following advantages:
1- Fix a FW race condition that could cause command timeout
2- Avoid moving to polling mode
3- Close the vport to prevent PCI ACK to be sent without been scatter
to memory
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the epoch value to be queried on a server connection. This is in the
rxrpc header of every packet for use in routing and is derived from the
client's state. It's also not supposed to change unless the client gets
restarted.
AFS can make use of this information to deduce whether a fileserver has
been restarted because the fileserver makes client calls to the filesystem
driver's cache manager to send notifications (ie. callback breaks) about
conflicting changes from other clients. These convey the fileserver's own
epoch value back to the filesystem.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Allow the timestamp on the sk_buff holding the first DATA packet of a reply
to be queried. This can then be used as a base for the expiry time
calculation on the callback promise duration indicated by an operation
result.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Minor conflict in net/core/rtnetlink.c, David Ahern's bug fix in 'net'
overlapped the renaming of a netlink attribute in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations.
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Presently, for non-zero copy case, separate pages are allocated for
storing plaintext and encrypted text of records. These pages are stored
in sg_plaintext_data and sg_encrypted_data scatterlists inside record
structure. Further, sg_plaintext_data & sg_encrypted_data are passed
to cryptoapis for record encryption. Allocating separate pages for
plaintext and encrypted text is inefficient from both required memory
and performance point of view.
This patch adds support of inplace encryption of records. For non-zero
copy case, we reuse the pages from sg_encrypted_data scatterlist to
copy the application's plaintext data. For the movement of pages from
sg_encrypted_data to sg_plaintext_data scatterlists, we introduce a new
function move_to_plaintext_sg(). This function add pages into
sg_plaintext_data from sg_encrypted_data scatterlists.
tls_do_encryption() is modified to pass the same scatterlist as both
source and destination into aead_request_set_crypt() if inplace crypto
has been enabled. A new ariable 'inplace_crypto' has been introduced in
record structure to signify whether the same scatterlist can be used.
By default, the inplace_crypto is enabled in get_rec(). If zero-copy is
used (i.e. plaintext data is not copied), inplace_crypto is set to '0'.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2018-09-30
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.20 kernel.
- Fixes & cleanups to hci_qca driver
- NULL dereference fix to debugfs
- Improved L2CAP Connection-oriented Channel MTU & MPS handling
- Added support for USB-based RTL8822C controller
- Added device ID for BCM4335C0 UART-based controller
- Various other smaller cleanups & fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller was able to hit the WARN_ON(sock_owned_by_user(sk));
in tcp_close()
While a socket is being closed, it is very possible other
threads find it in rtnetlink dump.
tcp_get_info() will acquire the socket lock for a short amount
of time (slow = lock_sock_fast(sk)/unlock_sock_fast(sk, slow);),
enough to trigger the warning.
Fixes: 67db3e4bfb ("tcp: no longer hold ehash lock while calling tcp_get_info()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(the parameter in question is mark)
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Timer handlers do not imply rcu_read_lock(), so my recent fix
triggered a LOCKDEP warning when SYNACK is retransmit.
Lets add rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock() pairs around ireq->ireq_opt
usages instead of guessing what is done by callers, since it is
not worth the pain.
Get rid of ireq_opt_deref() helper since it hides the logic
without real benefit, since it is now a standard rcu_dereference().
Fixes: 1ad98e9d1b ("tcp/dccp: fix lockdep issue when SYN is backlogged")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no reason for drivers to be able to access the
cfg80211 internal cookie counter; move it out of the
wiphy into the rdev structure.
While at it, also make it never assign 0 as a cookie
(we consider that invalid in some places), and warn if
we manage to do that for some reason (wrapping is not
likely to happen with a u64.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow userspace to enable fine timing measurement responder
functionality with configurable lci/civic parameters in AP mode.
This can be done at AP start or changing beacon parameters.
A new EXT_FEATURE flag is introduced for drivers to advertise
the capability.
Also nl80211 API support for retrieving statistics is added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
[remove unused cfg80211_ftm_responder_params, clarify docs,
move validation into policy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the recent TCP/EDT patch series, I switched TCP and sch_fq
clocks from MONOTONIC to TAI, in order to meet the choice done
earlier for sch_etf packet scheduler.
But sure enough, this broke some setups were the TAI clock
jumps forward (by almost 50 year...), as reported
by Leonard Crestez.
If we want to converge later, we'll probably need to add
an skb field to differentiate the clock bases, or a socket option.
In the meantime, an UDP application will need to use CLOCK_MONOTONIC
base for its SCM_TXTIME timestamps if using fq packet scheduler.
Fixes: 72b0094f91 ("tcp: switch tcp_clock_ns() to CLOCK_TAI base")
Fixes: 142537e419 ("net_sched: sch_fq: switch to CLOCK_TAI")
Fixes: fd2bca2aa7 ("tcp: switch internal pacing timer to CLOCK_TAI")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Leonard Crestez <leonard.crestez@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Leonard Crestez <leonard.crestez@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to have an arbitrary validation function attached
to a netlink policy that doesn't already use the validation_data
pointer in another way.
This can be useful to validate for example the content of a binary
attribute, like in nl80211 the "(information) elements", which must
be valid streams of "u8 type, u8 length, u8 value[length]".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without further bloating the policy structs, we can overload
the `validation_data' pointer with a struct of s16 min, max
and use those to validate ranges in NLA_{U,S}{8,16,32,64}
attributes.
It may sound strange to validate NLA_U32 with a s16 max, but
in many cases NLA_U32 is used for enums etc. since there's no
size benefit in using a smaller attribute width anyway, due
to netlink attribute alignment; in cases like that it's still
useful, particularly when the attribute really transports an
enum value.
Doing so lets us remove quite a bit of validation code, if we
can be sure that these attributes aren't used by userspace in
places where they're ignored today.
To achieve all this, split the 'type' field and introduce a
new 'validation_type' field which indicates what further
validation (beyond the validation prescribed by the type of
the attribute) is done. This currently allows for no further
validation (the default), as well as min, max and range checks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In normal SYN processing, packets are handled without listener
lock and in RCU protected ingress path.
But syzkaller is known to be able to trick us and SYN
packets might be processed in process context, after being
queued into socket backlog.
In commit 06f877d613 ("tcp/dccp: fix other lockdep splats
accessing ireq_opt") I made a very stupid fix, that happened
to work mostly because of the regular path being RCU protected.
Really the thing protecting ireq->ireq_opt is RCU read lock,
and the pseudo request refcnt is not relevant.
This patch extends what I did in commit 449809a66c ("tcp/dccp:
block BH for SYN processing") by adding an extra rcu_read_{lock|unlock}
pair in the paths that might be taken when processing SYN from
socket backlog (thus possibly in process context)
Fixes: 06f877d613 ("tcp/dccp: fix other lockdep splats accessing ireq_opt")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a simple typo: attribuets -> attributes
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Structure 'tls_rec' contains sg_aead_in and sg_aead_out which point
to a aad_space and then chain scatterlists sg_plaintext_data,
sg_encrypted_data respectively. Rather than using chained scatterlists
for plaintext and encrypted data in aead_req, it is efficient to store
aad_space in sg_encrypted_data and sg_plaintext_data itself in the
first index and get rid of sg_aead_in, sg_aead_in and further chaining.
This requires increasing size of sg_encrypted_data & sg_plaintext_data
arrarys by 1 to accommodate entry for aad_space. The code which uses
sg_encrypted_data and sg_plaintext_data has been modified to skip first
index as it points to aad_space.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* two new spectre-v1 mitigations in nl80211
* TX status fix in general, and mesh in particular
* powersave vs. offchannel fix
* regulatory initialization fix
* fix for a queue hang due to a bad return value
* allocate TXQs for active monitor interfaces, fixing my
earlier patch to avoid unnecessary allocations where I
missed this case needed them
* fix TDLS data frames priority assignment
* fix scan results processing to take into account duplicate
channel numbers (over different operating classes, but we
don't necessarily know the operating class)
* various hwsim fixes for radio destruction and new radio
announcement messages
* remove an extraneous kernel-doc line
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEH1e1rEeCd0AIMq6MB8qZga/fl8QFAlusvBUACgkQB8qZga/f
l8RGlg/+LeQVHh62PJcawXxxa7UyxBhapgkrXC/Np8hnd39xUL41SNMz2wIt7snu
W2iY+5DOJZ9UyrVL70hMZ26lOLonoafhRdH0utQX3U13iD+3g35Xrps/NETlZxcy
QftxstUeh9ojdKcOmTtOlHt3PkLCSVa6kS6TsfFGXnMeAgpbmBlPpJQhsCf1x2M4
ZBUn92sdQu4c8goFUIj8XhgccJbIuAi9pOgQDOE7EXTrxq+Y1SBl1qYCH1bjOkPd
O5lvV74Sr1SPWfWE6IgUPyRGTEjrImfKm5M/1aegcQ6KRk3LZYtNfjxcrRQg9uzA
5FMO6zNpu5EEyspS18F1F/9cLo5meqVW4A+Qr6FQ8NwAJ7O31CerEFHUwSHtLfgL
EjMuWfoKbFaj8YOeShdR3N305Eitc5/uF4m+FVee1tig3GnmUEFzNB0ngMqwFmed
esHbLlVPDYqoKzN7wZYFB/rTDcQxtcHX8m1SQfMqRgmLVkfKS1AUHk0kql++pivW
ZzNlePz3gzacurTeU8FqktxXQfdB8CRyeLqKapTE+3mY9HgYZxnKz1wV6lyoMGiM
yfn0FjsRaYgNXeB0hJ8J6w/+DJWRwahVyas1QbCZKjcY9A67LRpiRlUwEGVGtu/j
OaNWDFLPVkERYNg/7qhMym5h0RyvcBumYd9TVzwupnTiV3T1ScY=
=ySdv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-09-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
More patches than I'd like perhaps, but each seems reasonable:
* two new spectre-v1 mitigations in nl80211
* TX status fix in general, and mesh in particular
* powersave vs. offchannel fix
* regulatory initialization fix
* fix for a queue hang due to a bad return value
* allocate TXQs for active monitor interfaces, fixing my
earlier patch to avoid unnecessary allocations where I
missed this case needed them
* fix TDLS data frames priority assignment
* fix scan results processing to take into account duplicate
channel numbers (over different operating classes, but we
don't necessarily know the operating class)
* various hwsim fixes for radio destruction and new radio
announcement messages
* remove an extraneous kernel-doc line
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes nested netlink attributes are just used as arrays, with
the nla_type() of each not being used; we have this in nl80211 and
e.g. NFTA_SET_ELEM_LIST_ELEMENTS.
Add the ability to validate this type of message directly in the
policy, by adding the type NLA_NESTED_ARRAY which does exactly
this: require a first level of nesting but ignore the attribute
type, and then inside each require a second level of nested and
validate those attributes against a given policy (if present).
Note that some nested array types actually require that all of
the entries have the same index, this is possible to express in
a nested policy already, apart from the validation that only the
one allowed type is used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have a validation_data pointer, and the len field in
the policy is unused for NLA_NESTED, we can allow using them both
to have nested validation. This can be nice in code, although we
still have to use nla_parse_nested() or similar which would also
take a policy; however, it also serves as documentation in the
policy without requiring a look at the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The validation data is only used within the policy that
should usually already be const, and isn't changed in any
code that uses it. Therefore, make the validation_data
pointer const.
While at it, remove the duplicate variable in the bitfield
validation that I'd otherwise have to change to const.
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This isn't used anywhere, so we might as well get rid of it.
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to set the security context of packets within the nf_tables framework.
Add a nft_object for holding security contexts in the kernel and manipulating packets on the wire.
Convert the security context strings at rule addition time to security identifiers.
This is the same behavior like in xt_SECMARK and offers better performance than computing it per packet.
Set the maximum security context length to 256.
Signed-off-by: Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Give enough rx credits for a full packet instead of using an arbitrary
number which may not be enough depending on the MTU and MPS which can
cause interruptions while waiting for more credits, also remove
debugfs entry for l2cap_le_max_credits.
With these changes the credits are restored after each SDU is received
instead of using fixed threshold, this way it is garanteed that there
will always be enough credits to send a packet without waiting more
credits to arrive.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This ensures the MPS can fit in a single HCI fragment so each
segment don't have to be reassembled at HCI level, in addition to
that also remove the debugfs entry to configure the MPS.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add the definitions for adding entries to the LE resolve list and
removing entries from the LE resolve list. When the LE resolve list
gets changed via HCI commands make sure that the internal storage of
the resolve list entries gets updated.
Signed-off-by: Ankit Navik <ankit.p.navik@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
(the parameters in question are mark and flow_flags)
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(the parameters in question are mark and flow_flags)
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch attempts to untangle the TX and RX code in qeth from
af_iucv's respective HiperTransport path:
On the TX side, pointing skb_network_header() at the IUCV header
means that qeth_l3_fill_af_iucv_hdr() no longer needs a magical offset
to access the header.
On the RX side, qeth pulls the (fake) L2 header off the skb like any
normal ethernet driver would. This makes working with the IUCV header
in af_iucv easier, since we no longer have to assume a fixed skb layout.
While at it, replace the open-coded length checks in af_iucv's RX path
with pskb_may_pull().
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop @ptr from kernel-doc for function reg_query_regdb_wmm().
This function parameter was recently removed so update the
kernel-doc to match that and remove the kernel-doc warnings.
Removes 109 occurrences of this warning message:
../include/net/cfg80211.h:4869: warning: Excess function parameter 'ptr' description in 'reg_query_regdb_wmm'
Fixes: 38cb87ee47 ("cfg80211: make wmm_rule part of the reg_rule structure")
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-09-25
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Allow for RX stack hardening by implementing the kernel's flow
dissector in BPF. Idea was originally presented at netconf 2017 [0].
Quote from merge commit:
[...] Because of the rigorous checks of the BPF verifier, this
provides significant security guarantees. In particular, the BPF
flow dissector cannot get inside of an infinite loop, as with
CVE-2013-4348, because BPF programs are guaranteed to terminate.
It cannot read outside of packet bounds, because all memory accesses
are checked. Also, with BPF the administrator can decide which
protocols to support, reducing potential attack surface. Rarely
encountered protocols can be excluded from dissection and the
program can be updated without kernel recompile or reboot if a
bug is discovered. [...]
Also, a sample flow dissector has been implemented in BPF as part
of this work, from Petar and Willem.
[0] http://vger.kernel.org/netconf2017_files/rx_hardening_and_udp_gso.pdf
2) Add support for bpftool to list currently active attachment
points of BPF networking programs providing a quick overview
similar to bpftool's perf subcommand, from Yonghong.
3) Fix a verifier pruning instability bug where a union member
from the register state was not cleared properly leading to
branches not being pruned despite them being valid candidates,
from Alexei.
4) Various smaller fast-path optimizations in XDP's map redirect
code, from Jesper.
5) Enable to recognize BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_SOCKARRAY maps
in bpftool, from Roman.
6) Remove a duplicate check in libbpf that probes for function
storage, from Taeung.
7) Fix an issue in test_progs by avoid checking for errno since
on success its value should not be checked, from Mauricio.
8) Fix unused variable warning in bpf_getsockopt() helper when
CONFIG_INET is not configured, from Anders.
9) Fix a compilation failure in the BPF sample code's use of
bpf_flow_keys, from Prashant.
10) Minor cleanups in BPF code, from Yue and Zhong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-09-25
This series contains updates to i40e and xsk.
Mariusz fixes an issue where the VF link state was not being updated
properly when the PF is down or up. Also cleaned up the promiscuous
configuration during a VF reset.
Patryk simplifies the code a bit to use the variables for PF and HW that
are declared, rather than using the VSI pointers. Cleaned up the
message length parameter to several virtchnl functions, since it was not
being used (or needed).
Harshitha fixes two potential race conditions when trying to change VF
settings by creating a helper function to validate that the VF is
enabled and that the VSI is set up.
Sergey corrects a double "link down" message by putting in a check for
whether or not the link is up or going down.
Björn addresses an AF_XDP zero-copy issue that buffers passed
from userspace to the kernel was leaked when the hardware descriptor
ring was torn down. A zero-copy capable driver picks buffers off the
fill ring and places them on the hardware receive ring to be completed at
a later point when DMA is complete. Similar on the transmit side; The
driver picks buffers off the transmit ring and places them on the
transmit hardware ring.
In the typical flow, the receive buffer will be placed onto an receive
ring (completed to the user), and the transmit buffer will be placed on
the completion ring to notify the user that the transfer is done.
However, if the driver needs to tear down the hardware rings for some
reason (interface goes down, reconfiguration and such), the userspace
buffers cannot be leaked. They have to be reused or completed back to
userspace.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement get/put function for blocks that only take/release the reference
and perform deallocation. These functions are intended to be used by
unlocked rules update path to always hold reference to block while working
with it. They use on new fine-grained locking mechanisms introduced in
previous patches in this set, instead of relying on global protection
provided by rtnl lock.
Extract code that is common with tcf_block_detach_ext() into common
function __tcf_block_put().
Extend tcf_block with rcu to allow safe deallocation when it is accessed
concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for removing rtnl lock dependency from rules update path,
change tcf block reference counter type to refcount_t to allow modification
by concurrent users.
In block put function perform decrement and check reference counter once to
accommodate concurrent modification by unlocked users. After this change
tcf_chain_put at the end of block put function is called with
block->refcnt==0 and will deallocate block after the last chain is
released, so there is no need to manually deallocate block in this case.
However, if block reference counter reached 0 and there are no chains to
release, block must still be deallocated manually.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement function to take reference to Qdisc that relies on rcu read lock
instead of rtnl mutex. Function only takes reference to Qdisc if reference
counter isn't zero. Intended to be used by unlocked cls API.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, Qdisc API functions assume that users have rtnl lock taken. To
implement rtnl unlocked classifiers update interface, Qdisc API must be
extended with functions that do not require rtnl lock.
Extend Qdisc structure with rcu. Implement special version of put function
qdisc_put_unlocked() that is called without rtnl lock taken. This function
only takes rtnl lock if Qdisc reference counter reached zero and is
intended to be used as optimization.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation of qdisc_destroy() decrements Qdisc reference
counter and only actually destroy Qdisc if reference counter value reached
zero. Rename qdisc_destroy() to qdisc_put() in order for it to better
describe the way in which this function currently implemented and used.
Extract code that deallocates Qdisc into new private qdisc_destroy()
function. It is intended to be shared between regular qdisc_put() and its
unlocked version that is introduced in next patch in this series.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XSK UMEM is strongly single producer single consumer so reuse of
frames is challenging. Add a simple "stash" of FILL packets to
reuse for drivers to optionally make use of. This is useful
when driver has to free (ndo_stop) or resize a ring with an active
AF_XDP ZC socket.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Version bump conflict in batman-adv, take what's in net-next.
iavf conflict, adjustment of netdev_ops in net-next conflicting
with poll controller method removal in net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On processors with multi-engine crypto accelerators, it is possible that
multiple records get encrypted in parallel and their encryption
completion is notified to different cpus in multicore processor. This
leads to the situation where tls_encrypt_done() starts executing in
parallel on different cores. In current implementation, encrypted
records are queued to tx_ready_list in tls_encrypt_done(). This requires
addition to linked list 'tx_ready_list' to be protected. As
tls_decrypt_done() could be executing in irq content, it is not possible
to protect linked list addition operation using a lock.
To fix the problem, we remove linked list addition operation from the
irq context. We do tx_ready_list addition/removal operation from
application context only and get rid of possible multiple access to
the linked list. Before starting encryption on the record, we add it to
the tail of tx_ready_list. To prevent tls_tx_records() from transmitting
it, we mark the record with a new flag 'tx_ready' in 'struct tls_rec'.
When record encryption gets completed, tls_encrypt_done() has to only
update the 'tx_ready' flag to true & linked list add operation is not
required.
The changed logic brings some other side benefits. Since the records
are always submitted in tls sequence number order for encryption, the
tx_ready_list always remains sorted and addition of new records to it
does not have to traverse the linked list.
Lastly, we renamed tx_ready_list in 'struct tls_sw_context_tx' to
'tx_list'. This is because now, the some of the records at the tail are
not ready to transmit.
Fixes: a42055e8d2 ("net/tls: Add support for async encryption")
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
send netlink notification if neigh_update results in NTF_ROUTER
change and if NEIGH_UPDATE_F_ISROUTER is on. Also move the
NTF_ROUTER change function into a helper.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add additional counters that will store the bytes/packets processed by
hardware. These will be exported through the netlink interface for
displaying by the iproute2 tc tool
Signed-off-by: Eelco Chaudron <echaudro@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new hardware specific basic counter, TCA_STATS_BASIC_HW. This can
be used to count packets/bytes processed by hardware offload.
Signed-off-by: Eelco Chaudron <echaudro@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch internal TCP skb->skb_mstamp to skb->skb_mstamp_ns,
from usec units to nsec units.
Do not clear skb->tstamp before entering IP stacks in TX,
so that qdisc or devices can implement pacing based on the
earliest departure time instead of socket sk->sk_pacing_rate
Packets are fed with tcp_wstamp_ns, and following patch
will update tcp_wstamp_ns when both TCP and sch_fq switch to
the earliest departure time mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP will soon provide earliest departure time on TX skbs.
It needs to track this in a new variable.
tcp_mstamp_refresh() needs to update this variable, and
became too big to stay an inline.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are few places where TCP reads skb->skb_mstamp expecting
a value in usec unit.
skb->tstamp (aka skb->skb_mstamp) will soon store CLOCK_TAI nsec value.
Add tcp_skb_timestamp_us() to provide proper conversion when needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP pacing is either implemented in sch_fq or internally.
We have the goal of being able to offload pacing on the NICS.
TCP will soon provide per skb skb->tstamp as early departure time.
Like ETF in commit 25db26a913 ("net/sched: Introduce the ETF Qdisc")
we chose CLOCK_T as the clock base, so that TCP and pacers can share
a common clock, to get better RTT samples (without pacing artificially
inflating these samples).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In current implementation, tls records are encrypted & transmitted
serially. Till the time the previously submitted user data is encrypted,
the implementation waits and on finish starts transmitting the record.
This approach of encrypt-one record at a time is inefficient when
asynchronous crypto accelerators are used. For each record, there are
overheads of interrupts, driver softIRQ scheduling etc. Also the crypto
accelerator sits idle most of time while an encrypted record's pages are
handed over to tcp stack for transmission.
This patch enables encryption of multiple records in parallel when an
async capable crypto accelerator is present in system. This is achieved
by allowing the user space application to send more data using sendmsg()
even while previously issued data is being processed by crypto
accelerator. This requires returning the control back to user space
application after submitting encryption request to accelerator. This
also means that zero-copy mode of encryption cannot be used with async
accelerator as we must be done with user space application buffer before
returning from sendmsg().
There can be multiple records in flight to/from the accelerator. Each of
the record is represented by 'struct tls_rec'. This is used to store the
memory pages for the record.
After the records are encrypted, they are added in a linked list called
tx_ready_list which contains encrypted tls records sorted as per tls
sequence number. The records from tx_ready_list are transmitted using a
newly introduced function called tls_tx_records(). The tx_ready_list is
polled for any record ready to be transmitted in sendmsg(), sendpage()
after initiating encryption of new tls records. This achieves parallel
encryption and transmission of records when async accelerator is
present.
There could be situation when crypto accelerator completes encryption
later than polling of tx_ready_list by sendmsg()/sendpage(). Therefore
we need a deferred work context to be able to transmit records from
tx_ready_list. The deferred work context gets scheduled if applications
are not sending much data through the socket. If the applications issue
sendmsg()/sendpage() in quick succession, then the scheduling of
tx_work_handler gets cancelled as the tx_ready_list would be polled from
application's context itself. This saves scheduling overhead of deferred
work.
The patch also brings some side benefit. We are able to get rid of the
concept of CLOSED record. This is because the records once closed are
either encrypted and then placed into tx_ready_list or if encryption
fails, the socket error is set. This simplifies the kernel tls
sendpath. However since tls_device.c is still using macros, accessory
functions for CLOSED records have been retained.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the device matching check in __fib_validate_source to a helper and
export it for use by netfilter modules. Code move only; no functional
change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All higher l4proto numbers are handled by the generic tracker; the
l4proto lookup function already returns generic one in case the l4proto
number exceeds max size.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
l4 protocols are demuxed by l3num, l4num pair.
However, almost all l4 trackers are l3 agnostic.
Only exceptions are:
- gre, icmp (ipv4 only)
- icmpv6 (ipv6 only)
This commit gets rid of the l3 mapping, l4 trackers can now be looked up
by their IPPROTO_XXX value alone, which gets rid of the additional l3
indirection.
For icmp, ipcmp6 and gre, add a check on state->pf and
return -NF_ACCEPT in case we're asked to track e.g. icmpv6-in-ipv4,
this seems more fitting than using the generic tracker.
Additionally we can kill the 2nd l4proto definitions that were needed
for v4/v6 split -- they are now the same so we can use single l4proto
struct for each protocol, rather than two.
The EXPORT_SYMBOLs can be removed as all these object files are
part of nf_conntrack with no external references.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Its unused, next patch will remove l4proto->l3proto number to simplify
l4 protocol demuxer lookup.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
icmp(v6) are the only two layer four protocols that need the error()
callback (to handle icmp errors that are related to an established
connections, e.g. packet too big, port unreachable and the like).
Remove the error callback and handle these two special cases from the core.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Only two protocols need the ->error() function: icmp and icmpv6.
This is because icmp error mssages might be RELATED to an existing
connection (e.g. PMTUD, port unreachable and the like), and their
->error() handlers do this.
The error callback is already optional, so remove it for
udp and call them from ->packet() instead.
As the error() callback can call checksum functions that write to
skb->csum*, the const qualifier has to be removed as well.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
->new() gets invoked after ->error() and before ->packet() if
a conntrack lookup has found no result for the tuple.
We can fold it into ->packet() -- the packet() implementations
can check if the conntrack is confirmed (new) or not
(already in hash).
If its unconfirmed, the conntrack isn't in the hash yet so current
skb created a new conntrack entry.
Only relevant side effect -- if packet() doesn't return NF_ACCEPT
but -NF_ACCEPT (or drop), while the conntrack was just created,
then the newly allocated conntrack is freed right away, rather than not
created in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_hook_state contains all the hook meta-information: netns, protocol family,
hook location, and so on.
Instead of only passing selected information, pass a pointer to entire
structure.
This will allow to merge the error and the packet handlers and remove
the ->new() function in followup patches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
According to ETSI TS 102 622 specification chapter 4.4 pipe identifier
is 7 bits long which allows for 128 unique pipe IDs. Because
NFC_HCI_MAX_PIPES is used as the number of pipes supported and not
as the max pipe ID, its value should be 128 instead of 127.
nfc_hci_recv_from_llc extracts pipe ID from packet header using
NFC_HCI_FRAGMENT(0x7F) mask which allows for pipe ID value of 127.
Same happens when NCI_HCP_MSG_GET_PIPE() is being used. With
pipes array having only 127 elements and pipe ID of 127 the OOB memory
access will result.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Allen Pais <allen.pais@oracle.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Suren Baghdasaryan <surenb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commonly, ethernet addresses are just using a policy of
{ .len = ETH_ALEN }
which leaves userspace free to send more data than it should,
which may hide bugs.
Introduce NLA_EXACT_LEN which checks for exact size, rejecting
the attribute if it's not exactly that length. Also add
NLA_EXACT_LEN_WARN which requires the minimum length and will
warn on longer attributes, for backward compatibility.
Use these to define NLA_POLICY_ETH_ADDR (new strict policy) and
NLA_POLICY_ETH_ADDR_COMPAT (compatible policy with warning);
these are used like this:
static const struct nla_policy <name>[...] = {
[NL_ATTR_NAME] = NLA_POLICY_ETH_ADDR,
...
};
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some situations some netlink attributes may be used for output
only (kernel->userspace) or may be reserved for future use. It's
then helpful to be able to prevent userspace from using them in
messages sent to the kernel, since they'd otherwise be ignored and
any future will become impossible if this happens.
Add NLA_REJECT to the policy which does nothing but reject (with
EINVAL) validation of any messages containing this attribute.
Allow for returning a specific extended ACK error message in the
validation_data pointer.
While at it clear up the documentation a bit - the NLA_BITFIELD32
documentation was added to the list of len field descriptions.
Also, use NL_SET_BAD_ATTR() in one place where it's open-coded.
The specific case I have in mind now is a shared nested attribute
containing request/response data, and it would be pointless and
potentially confusing to have userspace include response data in
the messages that actually contain a request.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new tls tests added in parallel in both net and net-next.
Used Stephen Rothwell's linux-next resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When async support was added it needed to access the sk from the async
callback to report errors up the stack. The patch tried to use space
after the aead request struct by directly setting the reqsize field in
aead_request. This is an internal field that should not be used
outside the crypto APIs. It is used by the crypto code to define extra
space for private structures used in the crypto context. Users of the
API then use crypto_aead_reqsize() and add the returned amount of
bytes to the end of the request memory allocation before posting the
request to encrypt/decrypt APIs.
So this breaks (with general protection fault and KASAN error, if
enabled) because the request sent to decrypt is shorter than required
causing the crypto API out-of-bounds errors. Also it seems unlikely the
sk is even valid by the time it gets to the callback because of memset
in crypto layer.
Anyways, fix this by holding the sk in the skb->sk field when the
callback is set up and because the skb is already passed through to
the callback handler via void* we can access it in the handler. Then
in the handler we need to be careful to NULL the pointer again before
kfree_skb. I added comments on both the setup (in tls_do_decryption)
and when we clear it from the crypto callback handler
tls_decrypt_done(). After this selftests pass again and fixes KASAN
errors/warnings.
Fixes: 94524d8fc9 ("net/tls: Add support for async decryption of tls records")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vakul Garg <Vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Release the committed transaction log from a work queue, moving
expensive synchronize_rcu out of the locked section and providing
opportunity to batch this.
On my test machine this cuts runtime of nft-test.py in half.
Based on earlier patch from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Splits unbind_set into destroy_set and unbinding operation.
Unbinding removes set from lists (so new transaction would not
find it anymore) but keeps memory allocated (so packet path continues
to work).
Rebind function is added to allow unrolling in case transaction
that wants to remove set is aborted.
Destroy function is added to free the memory, but this could occur
outside of transaction in the future.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Adds a hook for programs of type BPF_PROG_TYPE_FLOW_DISSECTOR and
attach type BPF_FLOW_DISSECTOR that is executed in the flow dissector
path. The BPF program is per-network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Petar Penkov <ppenkov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This contains key material in crypto_send_aes_gcm_128 and
crypto_recv_aes_gcm_128.
Introduce union tls_crypto_context, and replace the two identical
unions directly embedded in struct tls_context with it. We can then
use this union to clean up the memory in the new tls_ctx_free()
function.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ("tls: kernel TLS support")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a new sock flag - SOCK_XDP. This will be used
for notifying the upper layer that XDP program is attached on the
lower socket, and requires for extra headroom.
TUN will be the first user.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
llc_sap_close() is called by llc_sap_put() which
could be called in BH context in llc_rcv(). We can't
block in BH.
There is no reason to block it here, kfree_rcu() should
be sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This handles the tag added by the PMAC on the VRX200 SoC line.
The GSWIP uses internally a GSWIP special tag which is located after the
Ethernet header. The PMAC which connects the GSWIP to the CPU converts
this special tag used by the GSWIP into the PMAC special tag which is
added in front of the Ethernet header.
This was tested with GSWIP 2.1 found in the VRX200 SoCs, other GSWIP
versions use slightly different PMAC special tags.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fib6_info reference in rt6_info is rcu protected. Add a helper
to extract prefsrc from and update cxgbi_check_route6 to use it.
Fixes: 0153167aeb ("net/ipv6: Remove rt6i_prefsrc")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for you net tree:
1) Remove duplicated include at the end of UDP conntrack, from Yue Haibing.
2) Restore conntrack dependency on xt_cluster, from Martin Willi.
3) Fix splat with GSO skbs from the checksum target, from Florian Westphal.
4) Rework ct timeout support, the template strategy to attach custom timeouts
is not correct since it will not work in conjunction with conntrack zones
and we have a possible free after use when removing the rule due to missing
refcounting. To fix these problems, do not use conntrack template at all
and set custom timeout on the already valid conntrack object. This
fix comes with a preparation patch to simplify timeout adjustment by
initializating the first position of the timeout array for all of the
existing trackers. Patchset from Florian Westphal.
5) Fix missing dependency on from IPv4 chain NAT type, from Florian.
6) Release chain reference counter from the flush path, from Taehee Yoo.
7) After flushing an iptables ruleset, conntrack hooks are unregistered
and entries are left stale to be cleaned up by the timeout garbage
collector. No TCP tracking is done on established flows by this time.
If ruleset is reloaded, then hooks are registered again and TCP
tracking is restored, which considers packets to be invalid. Clear
window tracking to exercise TCP flow pickup from the middle given that
history is lost for us. Again from Florian.
8) Fix crash from netlink interface with CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_TIMEOUT=y
and CONFIG_NF_CT_NETLINK_TIMEOUT=n.
9) Broken CT target due to returning incorrect type from
ctnl_timeout_find_get().
10) Solve conntrack clash on NF_REPEAT verdicts too, from Michal Vaner.
11) Missing conversion of hashlimit sysctl interface to new API, from
Cong Wang.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change flower in_hw_count type to fixed-size u32 and dump it as
TCA_FLOWER_IN_HW_COUNT. This change is necessary to properly test shared
blocks and re-offload functionality.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead, adjust __qdisc_enqueue_tail() such that HTB can use it
instead.
The only other caller of __qdisc_enqueue_tail() is
qdisc_enqueue_tail() so we can move the backlog and return value
handling (which HTB doesn't need/want) to the latter.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the conversion to fib6_info, rt6i_prefsrc has a single user that
reads the value and otherwise it is only set. The one reader can be
converted to use rt->from so rt6i_prefsrc can be removed, reducing
rt6_info by another 20 bytes.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid use-after-free(s), use a refcount to keep track of the
usable references to any instantiated struct p9_req_t.
This commit adds p9_req_put(), p9_req_get() and p9_req_try_get() as
wrappers to kref_put(), kref_get() and kref_get_unless_zero().
These are used by the client and the transports to keep track of
valid requests' references.
p9_free_req() is added back and used as callback by kref_put().
Add SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU as it ensures that the memory freed by
kmem_cache_free() will not be reused for another type until the rcu
synchronisation period is over, so an address gotten under rcu read
lock is safe to inc_ref() without corrupting random memory while
the lock is held.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1535626341-20693-1-git-send-email-asmadeus@codewreck.org
Co-developed-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Bortoli <tomasbortoli@gmail.com>
Reported-by: syzbot+467050c1ce275af2a5b8@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Having a specific cache for the fcall allocations helps speed up
end-to-end latency.
The caches will automatically be merged if there are multiple caches
of items with the same size so we do not need to try to share a cache
between different clients of the same size.
Since the msize is negotiated with the server, only allocate the cache
after that negotiation has happened - previous allocations or
allocations of different sizes (e.g. zero-copy fcall) are made with
kmalloc directly.
Some figures on two beefy VMs with Connect-IB (sriov) / trans=rdma,
with ior running 32 processes in parallel doing small 32 bytes IOs:
- no alloc (4.18-rc7 request cache): 65.4k req/s
- non-power of two alloc, no patch: 61.6k req/s
- power of two alloc, no patch: 62.2k req/s
- non-power of two alloc, with patch: 64.7k req/s
- power of two alloc, with patch: 65.1k req/s
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1532943263-24378-2-git-send-email-asmadeus@codewreck.org
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Acked-by: Jun Piao <piaojun@huawei.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
'msize' is often a power of two, or at least page-aligned, so avoiding
an overhead of two dozen bytes for each allocation will help the
allocator do its work and reduce memory fragmentation.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1533825236-22896-1-git-send-email-asmadeus@codewreck.org
Suggested-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Acked-by: Jun Piao <piaojun@huawei.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
get_target_net() will be used in follow-up patches in ipv{4,6} codepaths to
retrieve network namespaces based on network namespace identifiers. So
remove the static declaration and export in the rtnetlink header. Also,
rename it to rtnl_get_net_ns_capable() to make it obvious what this
function is doing.
Export rtnl_get_net_ns_capable() so it can be used when ipv6 is built as
a module.
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hardwares have limitations on the packets' type in AMSDU.
Add an optional driver callback to determine if two skbs can
be used in the same AMSDU or not.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may have AMSDU size limitation per TID, due to
HW constrains. Add an option to set this limit.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We have a TXQ abstraction for non-data packets that need
powersave buffering. Since the AP cannot sleep, in case
of station we can use this TXQ for all management frames,
regardless if they are bufferable. Add HW flag to allow
that.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For certain sounding frames, it may be useful to report them
to userspace even though they don't have a PSDU in order to
determine the PHY parameters (e.g. VHT rate/stream config.)
Add support for this to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rekeying PTK keys without "Extended Key ID for Individually Addressed
Frames" did use a procedure not suitable to replace in-use keys and
could caused the following issues:
1) Freeze caused by incoming frames:
If the local STA installed the key prior to the remote STA we still
had the old key active in the hardware when mac80211 switched over
to the new key.
Therefore there was a window where the card could hand over frames
decoded with the old key to mac80211 and bump the new PN (IV) value
to an incorrect high number. When it happened the local replay
detection silently started to drop all frames sent with the new key.
2) Freeze caused by outgoing frames:
If mac80211 was providing the PN (IV) and handed over a clear text
frame for encryption to the hardware prior to a key change the
driver/card could have processed the queued frame after switching
to the new key. This bumped the PN value on the remote STA to an
incorrect high number, tricking the remote STA to discard all frames
we sent later.
3) Freeze caused by RX aggregation reorder buffer:
An aggregation session started with the old key and ending after the
switch to the new key also bumped the PN to an incorrect high number,
freezing the connection quite similar to 1).
4) Freeze caused by repeating lost frames in an aggregation session:
A driver could repeat a lost frame and encrypt it with the new key
while in a TX aggregation session without updating the PN for the
new key. This also could freeze connections similar to 2).
5) Clear text leak:
Removing encryption offload from the card cleared the encryption
offload flag only after the card had deleted the key and we did not
stop TX during the rekey. The driver/card could therefore get
unencrypted frames from mac80211 while no longer be instructed to
encrypt them.
To prevent those issues the key install logic has been changed:
- Mac80211 divers known to be able to rekey PTK0 keys have to set
@NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
- mac80211 stops queuing frames depending on the key during the replace
- the key is first replaced in the hardware and after that in mac80211
- and mac80211 stops/blocks new aggregation sessions during the rekey.
For drivers not setting
@NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 the user space must avoid PTK
rekeys if "Extended Key ID for Individually Addressed Frames" is not
being used. Rekeys for mac80211 drivers without this flag will generate a
warning and use an extra call to ieee80211_flush_queues() to both
highlight and try to prevent the issues with not updated drivers.
The core of the fix changes the key install procedure from:
- atomic switch over to the new key in mac80211
- remove the old key in the hardware (stops encryption offloading, fall
back to software encryption with a potential clear text packet leak
in between)
- delete the inactive old key in mac80211
- enable hardware encryption offloading for the new key
to:
- if it's a PTK mark the old key as tainted to drop TX frames with the
outgoing key
- replace the key in hardware with the new one
- atomic switch over to the new (not marked as tainted) key in
mac80211 (which also resumes TX)
- delete the inactive old key in mac80211
With the new sequence the hardware will be unable to decrypt frames
encrypted with the old key prior to switching to the new key in mac80211
and thus prevent PNs from packets decrypted with the old key to be
accounted against the new key.
For that to work the drivers have to provide a clear boundary.
Mac80211 drivers setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 confirm
to provide it and mac80211 will then be able to correctly rekey in-use
PTK keys with those drivers.
The mac80211 requirements for drivers to set the flag have been added to
the "Hardware crypto acceleration" documentation section. It drills down
to:
The drivers must not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
mac80211 once the call to set_key() with %DISABLE_KEY has been
completed. It's allowed to either drop or continue to use the old key
for any outgoing frames which are already in the queues, but it must not
send out any of them unencrypted or encrypted with the new key.
Even with the new boundary in place aggregation sessions with the
reorder buffer are problematic:
RX aggregation session started prior and completed after the rekey could
still dump frames received with the old key at mac80211 after it
switched over to the new key. This is side stepped by stopping all (RX
and TX) aggregation sessions when replacing a PTK key and hardware key
offloading.
Stopping TX aggregation sessions avoids the need to get
the PNs (IVs) updated in frames prepared for the old key and
(re)transmitted after the switch to the new key. As a bonus it improves
the compatibility when the remote STA is not handling rekeys as it
should.
When using software crypto aggregation sessions are not stopped.
Mac80211 won't be able to decode the dangerous frames and discard them
without special handling.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de>
[trim overly long rekey warning]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As before with HE, the data needs to be provided by the
driver in the skb head, since there's not enough space
in the skb CB.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make it possibly for drivers to adjust the default skb_pacing_shift
by storing it in the hardware struct.
Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org>
[adjust commit log, move & adjust comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on whether or not rate control supports selecting
rates depending on the bandwidth, we can use VHT extended
NSS support. In essence, this is dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable
from the spec, since depending on that we'll need to parse
the bandwidth.
If needed, also set/clear the VHT Capability Element bit for
this capability so that we don't advertise it erroneously or
don't advertise it when we actually use it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Same as for HT and VHT.
This helps the lower level to know whether the AP supports HE.
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers may want to also use the TXQ abstraction with
non-data packets that need powersave buffering, so add a
hardware flag to allow this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* various A-MSDU building fixes (currently only affects mt76)
* syzkaller & spectre fixes in hwsim
* TXQ vs. teardown fix that was causing crashes
* embed WMM info in reg rule, bad code here had been causing crashes
* one compilation issue with fix from Arnd (rfkill-gpio includes)
* fixes for a race and bad data during/after channel switch
* nl80211: a validation fix, attribute type & unit fixes
along with other small fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=lLBA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-09-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Here are quite a large number of fixes, notably:
* various A-MSDU building fixes (currently only affects mt76)
* syzkaller & spectre fixes in hwsim
* TXQ vs. teardown fix that was causing crashes
* embed WMM info in reg rule, bad code here had been causing crashes
* one compilation issue with fix from Arnd (rfkill-gpio includes)
* fixes for a race and bad data during/after channel switch
* nl80211: a validation fix, attribute type & unit fixes
along with other small fixes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tls records are decrypted using asynchronous acclerators such as
NXP CAAM engine, the crypto apis return -EINPROGRESS. Presently, on
getting -EINPROGRESS, the tls record processing stops till the time the
crypto accelerator finishes off and returns the result. This incurs a
context switch and is not an efficient way of accessing the crypto
accelerators. Crypto accelerators work efficient when they are queued
with multiple crypto jobs without having to wait for the previous ones
to complete.
The patch submits multiple crypto requests without having to wait for
for previous ones to complete. This has been implemented for records
which are decrypted in zero-copy mode. At the end of recvmsg(), we wait
for all the asynchronous decryption requests to complete.
The references to records which have been sent for async decryption are
dropped. For cases where record decryption is not possible in zero-copy
mode, asynchronous decryption is not used and we wait for decryption
crypto api to complete.
For crypto requests executing in async fashion, the memory for
aead_request, sglists and skb etc is freed from the decryption
completion handler. The decryption completion handler wakesup the
sleeping user context when recvmsg() flags that it has done sending
all the decryption requests and there are no more decryption requests
pending to be completed.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 331a9295de ("net: sched: act: add extack for lookup callback").
This extack is never used after 6 months... In fact, it can be just
set in the caller, right after ->lookup().
Cc: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-09-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add AF_XDP zero-copy support for i40e driver (!), from Björn and Magnus.
2) BPF verifier improvements by giving each register its own liveness
chain which allows to simplify and getting rid of skip_callee() logic,
from Edward.
3) Add bpf fs pretty print support for percpu arraymap, percpu hashmap
and percpu lru hashmap. Also add generic percpu formatted print on
bpftool so the same can be dumped there, from Yonghong.
4) Add bpf_{set,get}sockopt() helper support for TCP_SAVE_SYN and
TCP_SAVED_SYN options to allow reflection of tos/tclass from received
SYN packet, from Nikita.
5) Misc improvements to the BPF sockmap test cases in terms of cgroup v2
interaction and removal of incorrect shutdown() calls, from John.
6) Few cleanups in xdp_umem_assign_dev() and xdpsock samples, from Prashant.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit gets rid of the structure xdp_umem_props. It was there to
be able to break a dependency at one point, but this is no longer
needed. The values in the struct are instead stored directly in the
xdp_umem structure. This simplifies the xsk code as well as af_xdp
zero-copy drivers and as a bonus gets rid of one internal header file.
The i40e driver is also adapted to the new interface in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
* new channels in 60 GHz
* clarify (average) ACK signal reporting API
* expose ieee80211_send_layer2_update() for all drivers
* start/stop mac80211's TXQs properly when required
* avoid regulatory restore with IE ignoring
* spelling: contidion -> condition
* fully implement WFA Multi-AP backhaul
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=BW1J
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-08-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Only a few changes at this point:
* new channels in 60 GHz
* clarify (average) ACK signal reporting API
* expose ieee80211_send_layer2_update() for all drivers
* start/stop mac80211's TXQs properly when required
* avoid regulatory restore with IE ignoring
* spelling: contidion -> condition
* fully implement WFA Multi-AP backhaul
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
genl_err_attr() sets netlink_ext_ack::bad_attr which is a pointer to const
struct nlattr so make the attr argument also const.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the xdp_umem_get_{data,dma} functions to include/net/xdp_sock.h,
so that the upcoming zero-copy implementation in the Ethernet drivers
can utilize them.
Also, supply some dummy function implementations for
CONFIG_XDP_SOCKETS=n configs.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Export __xdp_rxq_info_unreg_mem_model as xdp_rxq_info_unreg_mem_model,
so it can be used from netdev drivers. Also, add additional checks for
the memory type.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This commit adds proper MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY support for
convert_to_xdp_frame. Converting a MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY xdp_buff to an
xdp_frame is done by transforming the MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY buffer into a
MEM_TYPE_PAGE_ORDER0 frame. This is costly, and in the future it might
make sense to implement a more sophisticated thread-safe alloc/free
scheme for MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY, so that no allocation and copy is
required in the fast-path.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Using a private template is problematic:
1. We can't assign both a zone and a timeout policy
(zone assigns a conntrack template, so we hit problem 1)
2. Using a template needs to take care of ct refcount, else we'll
eventually free the private template due to ->use underflow.
This patch reworks template policy to instead work with existing conntrack.
As long as such conntrack has not yet been placed into the hash table
(unconfirmed) we can still add the timeout extension.
The only caveat is that we now need to update/correct ct->timeout to
reflect the initial/new state, otherwise the conntrack entry retains the
default 'new' timeout.
Side effect of this change is that setting the policy must
now occur from chains that are evaluated *after* the conntrack lookup
has taken place.
No released kernel contains the timeout policy feature yet, so this change
should be ok.
Changes since v2:
- don't handle 'ct is confirmed case'
- after previous patch, no need to special-case tcp/dccp/sctp timeout
anymore
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There are no more users left of the p9_idpool; delete it.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180711210225.19730-7-willy@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Replace the custom batch allocation with a slab. Use an IDR to store
pointers to the active requests instead of an array. We don't try to
handle P9_NOTAG specially; the IDR will happily shrink all the way back
once the TVERSION call has completed.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180711210225.19730-6-willy@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
The current support in the 60GHz band is for channels 1-4.
Add support for channels 5 and 6.
This requires enlarging ieee80211_channel.center_freq from u16 to u32.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <ailizaro@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes, it is required to stop the transmissions momentarily and
resume it later; stopping the txqs becomes very critical in scenarios where
the packet transmission has to be ceased completely. For example, during
the hardware restart, during off channel operations,
when initiating CSA(upon detecting a radar on the DFS channel), etc.
The TX queue stop/start logic in mac80211 works well in stopping the TX
when drivers make use of netdev queues, i.e, when Qdiscs in network layer
take care of traffic scheduling. Since the devices implementing
wake_tx_queue can run without Qdiscs, packets will be handed to mac80211
directly without queueing them in the netdev queues.
Also, mac80211 does not invoke any of the
netif_stop_*/netif_wake_* APIs if wake_tx_queue is implemented.
Since the queues are not stopped in this case, transmissions can continue
and this will impact negatively on the operation of the wireless device.
For example,
During hardware restart, we stop the netdev queues so that packets are
not sent to the driver. Since ath10k implements wake_tx_queue,
TX queues will not be stopped and packets might reach the hardware while
it is restarting; this can make hardware unresponsive and the only
possible option for recovery is to reboot the entire system.
There is another problem to this, it is observed that the packets
were sent on the DFS channel for a prolonged duration after radar
detection impacting the channel closing time.
We can still invoke netif stop/wake APIs when wake_tx_queue is implemented
but this could lead to packet drops in network layer; adding stop/start
logic for software TXQs in mac80211 instead makes more sense; the change
proposed adds the same in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make ieee80211_send_layer2_update() a common function so other drivers
can re-use it.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <dlansky@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make wmm_rule be part of the reg_rule structure. This simplifies the
code a lot at the cost of having bigger memory usage. However in most
cases we have only few reg_rule's and when we do have many like in
iwlwifi we do not save memory as it allocates a separate wmm_rule for
each channel anyway.
This also fixes a bug reported in various places where somewhere the
pointers were corrupted and we ended up doing a null-dereference.
Fixes: 230ebaa189 ("cfg80211: read wmm rules from regulatory database")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[rephrase commit message slightly]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) ICE, E1000, IGB, IXGBE, and I40E bug fixes from the Intel folks.
2) Better fix for AB-BA deadlock in packet scheduler code, from Cong
Wang.
3) bpf sockmap fixes (zero sized key handling, etc.) from Daniel
Borkmann.
4) Send zero IPID in TCP resets and SYN-RECV state ACKs, to prevent
attackers using it as a side-channel. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Memory leak in mediatek bluetooth driver, from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
6) Hook up rt->dst.input of ipv6 anycast routes properly, from Hangbin
Liu.
7) hns and hns3 bug fixes from Huazhong Tan.
8) Fix RIF leak in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
9) iova range check fix in vhost, from Jason Wang.
10) Fix hang in do_tcp_sendpages() with tls, from John Fastabend.
11) More r8152 chips need to disable RX aggregation, from Kai-Heng Feng.
12) Memory exposure in TCA_U32_SEL handling, from Kees Cook.
13) TCP BBR congestion control fixes from Kevin Yang.
14) hv_netvsc, ignore non-PCI devices, from Stephen Hemminger.
15) qed driver fixes from Tomer Tayar.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (77 commits)
net: sched: Fix memory exposure from short TCA_U32_SEL
qed: fix spelling mistake "comparsion" -> "comparison"
vhost: correctly check the iova range when waking virtqueue
qlge: Fix netdev features configuration.
net: macb: do not disable MDIO bus at open/close time
Revert "net: stmmac: fix build failure due to missing COMMON_CLK dependency"
net: macb: Fix regression breaking non-MDIO fixed-link PHYs
mlxsw: spectrum_switchdev: Do not leak RIFs when removing bridge
i40e: fix condition of WARN_ONCE for stat strings
i40e: Fix for Tx timeouts when interface is brought up if DCB is enabled
ixgbe: fix driver behaviour after issuing VFLR
ixgbe: Prevent unsupported configurations with XDP
ixgbe: Replace GFP_ATOMIC with GFP_KERNEL
igb: Replace mdelay() with msleep() in igb_integrated_phy_loopback()
igb: Replace GFP_ATOMIC with GFP_KERNEL in igb_sw_init()
igb: Use an advanced ctx descriptor for launchtime
e1000: ensure to free old tx/rx rings in set_ringparam()
e1000: check on netif_running() before calling e1000_up()
ixgb: use dma_zalloc_coherent instead of allocator/memset
ice: Trivial formatting fixes
...
The new tcf_exts_for_each_action() macro doesn't reference its
arguments when CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT is disabled, which leads to
a harmless warning in at least one driver:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_tc.c: In function 'tc_fill_actions':
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_tc.c:64:6: error: unused variable 'i' [-Werror=unused-variable]
Adding a cast to void lets us avoid this kind of warning.
To be on the safe side, do it for all three arguments, not
just the one that caused the warning.
Fixes: 244cd96adb ("net_sched: remove list_head from tc_action")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull core signal handling updates from Eric Biederman:
"It was observed that a periodic timer in combination with a
sufficiently expensive fork could prevent fork from every completing.
This contains the changes to remove the need for that restart.
This set of changes is split into several parts:
- The first part makes PIDTYPE_TGID a proper pid type instead
something only for very special cases. The part starts using
PIDTYPE_TGID enough so that in __send_signal where signals are
actually delivered we know if the signal is being sent to a a group
of processes or just a single process.
- With that prep work out of the way the logic in fork is modified so
that fork logically makes signals received while it is running
appear to be received after the fork completes"
* 'siginfo-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (22 commits)
signal: Don't send signals to tasks that don't exist
signal: Don't restart fork when signals come in.
fork: Have new threads join on-going signal group stops
fork: Skip setting TIF_SIGPENDING in ptrace_init_task
signal: Add calculate_sigpending()
fork: Unconditionally exit if a fatal signal is pending
fork: Move and describe why the code examines PIDNS_ADDING
signal: Push pid type down into complete_signal.
signal: Push pid type down into __send_signal
signal: Push pid type down into send_signal
signal: Pass pid type into do_send_sig_info
signal: Pass pid type into send_sigio_to_task & send_sigurg_to_task
signal: Pass pid type into group_send_sig_info
signal: Pass pid and pid type into send_sigqueue
posix-timers: Noralize good_sigevent
signal: Use PIDTYPE_TGID to clearly store where file signals will be sent
pid: Implement PIDTYPE_TGID
pids: Move the pgrp and session pid pointers from task_struct to signal_struct
kvm: Don't open code task_pid in kvm_vcpu_ioctl
pids: Compute task_tgid using signal->leader_pid
...
After commit 90b73b77d0, list_head is no longer needed.
Now we just need to convert the list iteration to array
iteration for drivers.
Fixes: 90b73b77d0 ("net: sched: change action API to use array of pointers to actions")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_idr_check() is replaced by tcf_idr_check_alloc(),
and __tcf_idr_check() now can be folded into tcf_idr_search().
Fixes: 0190c1d452 ("net: sched: atomically check-allocate action")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All ops->delete() wants is getting the tn->idrinfo, but we already
have tc_action before calling ops->delete(), and tc_action has
a pointer ->idrinfo.
More importantly, each type of action does the same thing, that is,
just calling tcf_idr_delete_index().
So it can be just removed.
Fixes: b409074e66 ("net: sched: add 'delete' function to action ops")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix races in IPVS, from Tan Hu.
2) Missing unbind in matchall classifier, from Hangbin Liu.
3) Missing act_ife action release, from Vlad Buslov.
4) Cure lockdep splats in ila, from Cong Wang.
5) veth queue leak on link delete, from Toshiaki Makita.
6) Disable isdn's IIOCDBGVAR ioctl, it exposes kernel addresses. From
Kees Cook.
7) RCU usage fixup in XDP, from Tariq Toukan.
8) Two TCP ULP fixes from Daniel Borkmann.
9) r8169 needs REALTEK_PHY as a Kconfig dependency, from Heiner
Kallweit.
10) Always take tcf_lock with BH disabled, otherwise we can deadlock
with rate estimator code paths. From Vlad Buslov.
11) Don't use MSI-X on RTL8106e r8169 chips, they don't resume properly.
From Jian-Hong Pan.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (41 commits)
ip6_vti: fix creating fallback tunnel device for vti6
ip_vti: fix a null pointer deferrence when create vti fallback tunnel
r8169: don't use MSI-X on RTL8106e
net: lan743x_ptp: convert to ktime_get_clocktai_ts64
net: sched: always disable bh when taking tcf_lock
ip6_vti: simplify stats handling in vti6_xmit
bpf: fix redirect to map under tail calls
r8169: add missing Kconfig dependency
tools/bpf: fix bpf selftest test_cgroup_storage failure
bpf, sockmap: fix sock_map_ctx_update_elem race with exist/noexist
bpf, sockmap: fix map elem deletion race with smap_stop_sock
bpf, sockmap: fix leakage of smap_psock_map_entry
tcp, ulp: fix leftover icsk_ulp_ops preventing sock from reattach
tcp, ulp: add alias for all ulp modules
bpf: fix a rcu usage warning in bpf_prog_array_copy_core()
samples/bpf: all XDP samples should unload xdp/bpf prog on SIGTERM
net/xdp: Fix suspicious RCU usage warning
net/mlx5e: Delete unneeded function argument
Documentation: networking: ti-cpsw: correct cbs parameters for Eth1 100Mb
isdn: Disable IIOCDBGVAR
...
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-08-18
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Fix a BPF selftest failure in test_cgroup_storage due to rlimit
restrictions, from Yonghong.
2) Fix a suspicious RCU rcu_dereference_check() warning triggered
from removing a device's XDP memory allocator by using the correct
rhashtable lookup function, from Tariq.
3) A batch of BPF sockmap and ULP fixes mainly fixing leaks and races
as well as enforcing module aliases for ULPs. Another fix for BPF
map redirect to make them work again with tail calls, from Daniel.
4) Fix XDP BPF samples to unload their programs upon SIGTERM, from Jesper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tag is the same as 9p-for-4.19 without the two MAINTAINERS patches
Contains mostly fixes (6 to be backported to stable) and a few changes,
here is the breakdown:
* Rework how fids are attributed by replacing some custom tracking in a
list by an idr (f28cdf0430)
* For packet-based transports (virtio/rdma) validate that the packet
length matches what the header says (f984579a01)
* A few race condition fixes found by syzkaller (9f476d7c54,
430ac66eb4)
* Missing argument check when NULL device is passed in sys_mount
(10aa14527f)
* A few virtio fixes (23cba9cbde, 31934da810, d28c756cae)
* Some spelling and style fixes
----------------------------------------------------------------
Chirantan Ekbote (1):
9p/net: Fix zero-copy path in the 9p virtio transport
Colin Ian King (1):
fs/9p/v9fs.c: fix spelling mistake "Uknown" -> "Unknown"
Jean-Philippe Brucker (1):
net/9p: fix error path of p9_virtio_probe
Matthew Wilcox (4):
9p: Fix comment on smp_wmb
9p: Change p9_fid_create calling convention
9p: Replace the fidlist with an IDR
9p: Embed wait_queue_head into p9_req_t
Souptick Joarder (1):
fs/9p/vfs_file.c: use new return type vm_fault_t
Stephen Hemminger (1):
9p: fix whitespace issues
Tomas Bortoli (5):
net/9p/client.c: version pointer uninitialized
net/9p/trans_fd.c: fix race-condition by flushing workqueue before the kfree()
net/9p/trans_fd.c: fix race by holding the lock
9p: validate PDU length
9p: fix multiple NULL-pointer-dereferences
jiangyiwen (2):
net/9p/virtio: Fix hard lockup in req_done
9p/virtio: fix off-by-one error in sg list bounds check
piaojun (5):
net/9p/client.c: add missing '\n' at the end of p9_debug()
9p/net/protocol.c: return -ENOMEM when kmalloc() failed
net/9p/trans_virtio.c: fix some spell mistakes in comments
fs/9p/xattr.c: catch the error of p9_client_clunk when setting xattr failed
net/9p/trans_virtio.c: add null terminal for mount tag
fs/9p/v9fs.c | 2 +-
fs/9p/vfs_file.c | 2 +-
fs/9p/xattr.c | 6 ++++--
include/net/9p/client.h | 11 ++++-------
net/9p/client.c | 119 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------------------------------------------------------
net/9p/protocol.c | 2 +-
net/9p/trans_fd.c | 22 +++++++++++++++-------
net/9p/trans_rdma.c | 4 ++++
net/9p/trans_virtio.c | 66 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------------
net/9p/trans_xen.c | 3 +++
net/9p/util.c | 1 -
12 files changed, 122 insertions(+), 116 deletions(-)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQ8idm2ZSicIMLgzKqoqIItDqvwPAUCW3ElNwAKCRCoqIItDqvw
PMzfAKCkCYFyNC89vcpxcCNsK7rFQ1qKlwCgoaBpZDdegOu0jMB7cyKwAWrB0LM=
=h3T0
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag '9p-for-4.19-2' of git://github.com/martinetd/linux
Pull 9p updates from Dominique Martinet:
"This contains mostly fixes (6 to be backported to stable) and a few
changes, here is the breakdown:
- rework how fids are attributed by replacing some custom tracking in
a list by an idr
- for packet-based transports (virtio/rdma) validate that the packet
length matches what the header says
- a few race condition fixes found by syzkaller
- missing argument check when NULL device is passed in sys_mount
- a few virtio fixes
- some spelling and style fixes"
* tag '9p-for-4.19-2' of git://github.com/martinetd/linux: (21 commits)
net/9p/trans_virtio.c: add null terminal for mount tag
9p/virtio: fix off-by-one error in sg list bounds check
9p: fix whitespace issues
9p: fix multiple NULL-pointer-dereferences
fs/9p/xattr.c: catch the error of p9_client_clunk when setting xattr failed
9p: validate PDU length
net/9p/trans_fd.c: fix race by holding the lock
net/9p/trans_fd.c: fix race-condition by flushing workqueue before the kfree()
net/9p/virtio: Fix hard lockup in req_done
net/9p/trans_virtio.c: fix some spell mistakes in comments
9p/net: Fix zero-copy path in the 9p virtio transport
9p: Embed wait_queue_head into p9_req_t
9p: Replace the fidlist with an IDR
9p: Change p9_fid_create calling convention
9p: Fix comment on smp_wmb
net/9p/client.c: version pointer uninitialized
fs/9p/v9fs.c: fix spelling mistake "Uknown" -> "Unknown"
net/9p: fix error path of p9_virtio_probe
9p/net/protocol.c: return -ENOMEM when kmalloc() failed
net/9p/client.c: add missing '\n' at the end of p9_debug()
...
Lets not turn the TCP ULP lookup into an arbitrary module loader as
we only intend to load ULP modules through this mechanism, not other
unrelated kernel modules:
[root@bar]# cat foo.c
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <linux/tcp.h>
#include <linux/in.h>
int main(void)
{
int sock = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
setsockopt(sock, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_ULP, "sctp", sizeof("sctp"));
return 0;
}
[root@bar]# gcc foo.c -O2 -Wall
[root@bar]# lsmod | grep sctp
[root@bar]# ./a.out
[root@bar]# lsmod | grep sctp
sctp 1077248 4
libcrc32c 16384 3 nf_conntrack,nf_nat,sctp
[root@bar]#
Fix it by adding module alias to TCP ULP modules, so probing module
via request_module() will be limited to tcp-ulp-[name]. The existing
modules like kTLS will load fine given tcp-ulp-tls alias, but others
will fail to load:
[root@bar]# lsmod | grep sctp
[root@bar]# ./a.out
[root@bar]# lsmod | grep sctp
[root@bar]#
Sockmap is not affected from this since it's either built-in or not.
Fixes: 734942cc4e ("tcp: ULP infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
We must register nfnetlink ops last, as that exposes nf_tables to
userspace. Without this, we could theoretically get nfnetlink request
before net->nft state has been initialized.
Fixes: 99633ab29b ("netfilter: nf_tables: complete net namespace support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
- Gustavo A. R. Silva keeps working on the implicit switch fallthru
changes.
- Support 802.11ax High-Efficiency wireless in cfg80211 et al, From
Luca Coelho.
- Re-enable ASPM in r8169, from Kai-Heng Feng.
- Add virtual XFRM interfaces, which avoids all of the limitations of
existing IPSEC tunnels. From Steffen Klassert.
- Convert GRO over to use a hash table, so that when we have many
flows active we don't traverse a long list during accumluation.
- Many new self tests for routing, TC, tunnels, etc. Too many
contributors to mention them all, but I'm really happy to keep
seeing this stuff.
- Hardware timestamping support for dpaa_eth/fsl-fman from Yangbo Lu.
- Lots of cleanups and fixes in L2TP code from Guillaume Nault.
- Add IPSEC offload support to netdevsim, from Shannon Nelson.
- Add support for slotting with non-uniform distribution to netem
packet scheduler, from Yousuk Seung.
- Add UDP GSO support to mlx5e, from Boris Pismenny.
- Support offloading of Team LAG in NFP, from John Hurley.
- Allow to configure TX queue selection based upon RX queue, from
Amritha Nambiar.
- Support ethtool ring size configuration in aquantia, from Anton
Mikaev.
- Support DSCP and flowlabel per-transport in SCTP, from Xin Long.
- Support list based batching and stack traversal of SKBs, this is
very exciting work. From Edward Cree.
- Busyloop optimizations in vhost_net, from Toshiaki Makita.
- Introduce the ETF qdisc, which allows time based transmissions. IGB
can offload this in hardware. From Vinicius Costa Gomes.
- Add parameter support to devlink, from Moshe Shemesh.
- Several multiplication and division optimizations for BPF JIT in
nfp driver, from Jiong Wang.
- Lots of prepatory work to make more of the packet scheduler layer
lockless, when possible, from Vlad Buslov.
- Add ACK filter and NAT awareness to sch_cake packet scheduler, from
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen.
- Support regions and region snapshots in devlink, from Alex Vesker.
- Allow to attach XDP programs to both HW and SW at the same time on
a given device, with initial support in nfp. From Jakub Kicinski.
- Add TLS RX offload and support in mlx5, from Ilya Lesokhin.
- Use PHYLIB in r8169 driver, from Heiner Kallweit.
- All sorts of changes to support Spectrum 2 in mlxsw driver, from
Ido Schimmel.
- PTP support in mv88e6xxx DSA driver, from Andrew Lunn.
- Make TCP_USER_TIMEOUT socket option more accurate, from Jon
Maxwell.
- Support for templates in packet scheduler classifier, from Jiri
Pirko.
- IPV6 support in RDS, from Ka-Cheong Poon.
- Native tproxy support in nf_tables, from Máté Eckl.
- Maintain IP fragment queue in an rbtree, but optimize properly for
in-order frags. From Peter Oskolkov.
- Improvde handling of ACKs on hole repairs, from Yuchung Cheng"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1996 commits)
bpf: test: fix spelling mistake "REUSEEPORT" -> "REUSEPORT"
hv/netvsc: Fix NULL dereference at single queue mode fallback
net: filter: mark expected switch fall-through
xen-netfront: fix warn message as irq device name has '/'
cxgb4: Add new T5 PCI device ids 0x50af and 0x50b0
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: missing unlock on error path
rds: fix building with IPV6=m
inet/connection_sock: prefer _THIS_IP_ to current_text_addr
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: bitwise vs logical bug
net: sock_diag: Fix spectre v1 gadget in __sock_diag_cmd()
ieee802154: hwsim: using right kind of iteration
net: hns3: Add vlan filter setting by ethtool command -K
net: hns3: Set tx ring' tc info when netdev is up
net: hns3: Remove tx ring BD len register in hns3_enet
net: hns3: Fix desc num set to default when setting channel
net: hns3: Fix for phy link issue when using marvell phy driver
net: hns3: Fix for information of phydev lost problem when down/up
net: hns3: Fix for command format parsing error in hclge_is_all_function_id_zero
net: hns3: Add support for serdes loopback selftest
bnxt_en: take coredump_record structure off stack
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=tnPz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'audit-pr-20180814' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/audit
Pull audit patches from Paul Moore:
"Twelve audit patches for v4.19 and they run the full gamut from fixes
to features.
Notable changes include the ability to use the "exe" audit filter
field in a wider variety of filter types, a fix for our comparison of
GID/EGID in audit filter rules, better association of related audit
records (connecting related audit records together into one audit
event), and a fix for a potential use-after-free in audit_add_watch().
All the patches pass the audit-testsuite and merge cleanly on your
current master branch"
* tag 'audit-pr-20180814' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/audit:
audit: fix use-after-free in audit_add_watch
audit: use ktime_get_coarse_real_ts64() for timestamps
audit: use ktime_get_coarse_ts64() for time access
audit: simplify audit_enabled check in audit_watch_log_rule_change()
audit: check audit_enabled in audit_tree_log_remove_rule()
cred: conditionally declare groups-related functions
audit: eliminate audit_enabled magic number comparison
audit: rename FILTER_TYPE to FILTER_EXCLUDE
audit: Fix extended comparison of GID/EGID
audit: tie ANOM_ABEND records to syscall
audit: tie SECCOMP records to syscall
audit: allow other filter list types for AUDIT_EXE
As part of the effort to reduce the code duplication between _THIS_IP_
and current_text_addr(), let's consolidate callers of
current_text_addr() to use _THIS_IP_.
Signed-off-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-08-13
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add driver XDP support for veth. This can be used in conjunction with
redirect of another XDP program e.g. sitting on NIC so the xdp_frame
can be forwarded to the peer veth directly without modification,
from Toshiaki.
2) Add a new BPF map type REUSEPORT_SOCKARRAY and prog type SK_REUSEPORT
in order to provide more control and visibility on where a SO_REUSEPORT
sk should be located, and the latter enables to directly select a sk
from the bpf map. This also enables map-in-map for application migration
use cases, from Martin.
3) Add a new BPF helper bpf_skb_ancestor_cgroup_id() that returns the id
of cgroup v2 that is the ancestor of the cgroup associated with the
skb at the ancestor_level, from Andrey.
4) Implement BPF fs map pretty-print support based on BTF data for regular
hash table and LRU map, from Yonghong.
5) Decouple the ability to attach BTF for a map from the key and value
pretty-printer in BPF fs, and enable further support of BTF for maps for
percpu and LPM trie, from Daniel.
6) Implement a better BPF sample of using XDP's CPU redirect feature for
load balancing SKB processing to remote CPU. The sample implements the
same XDP load balancing as Suricata does which is symmetric hash based
on IP and L4 protocol, from Jesper.
7) Revert adding NULL pointer check with WARN_ON_ONCE() in __xdp_return()'s
critical path as it is ensured that the allocator is present, from Björn.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preventing the kernel from responding to ICMP Echo Requests messages
can be useful in several ways. The sysctl parameter
'icmp_echo_ignore_all' can be used to prevent the kernel from
responding to IPv4 ICMP echo requests. For IPv6 pings, such
a sysctl kernel parameter did not exist.
Add the ability to prevent the kernel from responding to IPv6
ICMP echo requests through the use of the following sysctl
parameter : /proc/sys/net/ipv6/icmp/echo_ignore_all.
Update the documentation to reflect this change.
Signed-off-by: Virgile Jarry <virgile@acceis.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For preparing decryption request, several memory chunks are required
(aead_req, sgin, sgout, iv, aad). For submitting the decrypt request to
an accelerator, it is required that the buffers which are read by the
accelerator must be dma-able and not come from stack. The buffers for
aad and iv can be separately kmalloced each, but it is inefficient.
This patch does a combined allocation for preparing decryption request
and then segments into aead_req || sgin || sgout || iv || aad.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a 64-bit system, the wait_queue_head_t is 24 bytes while the pointer
to it is 8 bytes. Growing the p9_req_t by 16 bytes is better than
performing a 24-byte memory allocation.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180711210225.19730-5-willy@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
The p9_idpool being used to allocate the IDs uses an IDR to allocate
the IDs ... which we then keep in a doubly-linked list, rather than in
the IDR which allocated them. We can use an IDR directly which saves
two pointers per p9_fid, and a tiny memory allocation per p9_client.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180711210225.19730-4-willy@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
This patch introduces several helper functions/macros that will be
used in the follow-up patch. No runtime changes yet.
The new logic (fully implemented in the second patch) is as follows:
* Nodes in the rb-tree will now contain not single fragments, but lists
of consecutive fragments ("runs").
* At each point in time, the current "active" run at the tail is
maintained/tracked. Fragments that arrive in-order, adjacent
to the previous tail fragment, are added to this tail run without
triggering the re-balancing of the rb-tree.
* If a fragment arrives out of order with the offset _before_ the tail run,
it is inserted into the rb-tree as a single fragment.
* If a fragment arrives after the current tail fragment (with a gap),
it starts a new "tail" run, as is inserted into the rb-tree
at the end as the head of the new run.
skb->cb is used to store additional information
needed here (suggested by Eric Dumazet).
Reported-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend gen_new_estimator() to also take stats_lock when re-assigning rate
estimator statistics pointer. (to be used by unlocked actions)
Rename 'stats_lock' to 'lock' and change argument description to explain
that it is now also used for control path.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for removing dependency on rtnl lock from rules update
path, all users of shared objects must take reference while working with
them.
Extend action ops with put_dev() API to be used on net device returned by
get_dev().
Modify mirred action (only action that implements get_dev callback):
- Take reference to net device in get_dev.
- Implement put_dev API that releases reference to net device.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This path replaces physically contiguous memory arrays
allocated using kmalloc_array() with flexible arrays.
This enables to avoid memory allocation failures on the
systems under a memory stress.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Babin <obabin@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khorenko <khorenko@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces wrappers for accessing in/out streams indirectly.
This will enable to replace physically contiguous memory arrays
of streams with flexible arrays (or maybe any other appropriate
mechanism) which do memory allocation on a per-page basis.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Babin <obabin@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khorenko <khorenko@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new flag to indicate a one-time immediate ACK. This flag is
occasionaly set under specific TCP protocol states in addition to
the more common quickack mechanism for interactive application.
In several cases in the TCP code we want to force an immediate ACK
but do not want to call tcp_enter_quickack_mode() because we do
not want to forget the icsk_ack.pingpong or icsk_ack.ato state.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows a BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT bpf prog to select a
SO_REUSEPORT sk from a BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY introduced in
the earlier patch. "bpf_run_sk_reuseport()" will return -ECONNREFUSED
when the BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT prog returns SK_DROP.
The callers, in inet[6]_hashtable.c and ipv[46]/udp.c, are modified to
handle this case and return NULL immediately instead of continuing the
sk search from its hashtable.
It re-uses the existing SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_EBPF setsockopt to attach
BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT. The "sk_reuseport_attach_bpf()" will check
if the attaching bpf prog is in the new SK_REUSEPORT or the existing
SOCKET_FILTER type and then check different things accordingly.
One level of "__reuseport_attach_prog()" call is removed. The
"sk_unhashed() && ..." and "sk->sk_reuseport_cb" tests are pushed
back to "reuseport_attach_prog()" in sock_reuseport.c. sock_reuseport.c
seems to have more knowledge on those test requirements than filter.c.
In "reuseport_attach_prog()", after new_prog is attached to reuse->prog,
the old_prog (if any) is also directly freed instead of returning the
old_prog to the caller and asking the caller to free.
The sysctl_optmem_max check is moved back to the
"sk_reuseport_attach_filter()" and "sk_reuseport_attach_bpf()".
As of other bpf prog types, the new BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT is only
bounded by the usual "bpf_prog_charge_memlock()" during load time
instead of bounded by both bpf_prog_charge_memlock and sysctl_optmem_max.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
This patch adds a BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT which can select
a SO_REUSEPORT sk from a BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY. Like other
non SK_FILTER/CGROUP_SKB program, it requires CAP_SYS_ADMIN.
BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT introduces "struct sk_reuseport_kern"
to store the bpf context instead of using the skb->cb[48].
At the SO_REUSEPORT sk lookup time, it is in the middle of transiting
from a lower layer (ipv4/ipv6) to a upper layer (udp/tcp). At this
point, it is not always clear where the bpf context can be appended
in the skb->cb[48] to avoid saving-and-restoring cb[]. Even putting
aside the difference between ipv4-vs-ipv6 and udp-vs-tcp. It is not
clear if the lower layer is only ipv4 and ipv6 in the future and
will it not touch the cb[] again before transiting to the upper
layer.
For example, in udp_gro_receive(), it uses the 48 byte NAPI_GRO_CB
instead of IP[6]CB and it may still modify the cb[] after calling
the udp[46]_lib_lookup_skb(). Because of the above reason, if
sk->cb is used for the bpf ctx, saving-and-restoring is needed
and likely the whole 48 bytes cb[] has to be saved and restored.
Instead of saving, setting and restoring the cb[], this patch opts
to create a new "struct sk_reuseport_kern" and setting the needed
values in there.
The new BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT and "struct sk_reuseport_(kern|md)"
will serve all ipv4/ipv6 + udp/tcp combinations. There is no protocol
specific usage at this point and it is also inline with the current
sock_reuseport.c implementation (i.e. no protocol specific requirement).
In "struct sk_reuseport_md", this patch exposes data/data_end/len
with semantic similar to other existing usages. Together
with "bpf_skb_load_bytes()" and "bpf_skb_load_bytes_relative()",
the bpf prog can peek anywhere in the skb. The "bind_inany" tells
the bpf prog that the reuseport group is bind-ed to a local
INANY address which cannot be learned from skb.
The new "bind_inany" is added to "struct sock_reuseport" which will be
used when running the new "BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT" bpf prog in order
to avoid repeating the "bind INANY" test on
"sk_v6_rcv_saddr/sk->sk_rcv_saddr" every time a bpf prog is run. It can
only be properly initialized when a "sk->sk_reuseport" enabled sk is
adding to a hashtable (i.e. during "reuseport_alloc()" and
"reuseport_add_sock()").
The new "sk_select_reuseport()" is the main helper that the
bpf prog will use to select a SO_REUSEPORT sk. It is the only function
that can use the new BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY. As mentioned in
the earlier patch, the validity of a selected sk is checked in
run time in "sk_select_reuseport()". Doing the check in
verification time is difficult and inflexible (consider the map-in-map
use case). The runtime check is to compare the selected sk's reuseport_id
with the reuseport_id that we want. This helper will return -EXXX if the
selected sk cannot serve the incoming request (e.g. reuseport_id
not match). The bpf prog can decide if it wants to do SK_DROP as its
discretion.
When the bpf prog returns SK_PASS, the kernel will check if a
valid sk has been selected (i.e. "reuse_kern->selected_sk != NULL").
If it does , it will use the selected sk. If not, the kernel
will select one from "reuse->socks[]" (as before this patch).
The SK_DROP and SK_PASS handling logic will be in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
A later patch will introduce a BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY which
allows a SO_REUSEPORT sk to be added to a bpf map. When a sk
is removed from reuse->socks[], it also needs to be removed from
the bpf map. Also, when adding a sk to a bpf map, the bpf
map needs to ensure it is indeed in a reuse->socks[].
Hence, reuseport_lock is needed by the bpf map to ensure its
map_update_elem() and map_delete_elem() operations are in-sync with
the reuse->socks[]. The BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY map will only
acquire the reuseport_lock after ensuring the adding sk is already
in a reuseport group (i.e. reuse->socks[]). The map_lookup_elem()
will be lockless.
This patch also adds an ID to sock_reuseport. A later patch
will introduce BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT which allows
a bpf prog to select a sk from a bpf map. It is inflexible to
statically enforce a bpf map can only contain the sk belonging to
a particular reuse->socks[] (i.e. same IP:PORT) during the bpf
verification time. For example, think about the the map-in-map situation
where the inner map can be dynamically changed in runtime and the outer
map may have inner maps belonging to different reuseport groups.
Hence, when the bpf prog (in the new BPF_PROG_TYPE_SK_REUSEPORT
type) selects a sk, this selected sk has to be checked to ensure it
belongs to the requesting reuseport group (i.e. the group serving
that IP:PORT).
The "sk->sk_reuseport_cb" pointer cannot be used for this checking
purpose because the pointer value will change after reuseport_grow().
Instead of saving all checking conditions like the ones
preced calling "reuseport_add_sock()" and compare them everytime a
bpf_prog is run, a 32bits ID is introduced to survive the
reuseport_grow(). The ID is only acquired if any of the
reuse->socks[] is added to the newly introduced
"BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY" map.
If "BPF_MAP_TYPE_REUSEPORT_ARRAY" is not used, the changes in this
patch is a no-op.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Although the actual cookie check "__cookie_v[46]_check()" does
not involve sk specific info, it checks whether the sk has recent
synq overflow event in "tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow()". The
tcp_sk(sk)->rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp is updated every second
when it has sent out a syncookie (through "tcp_synq_overflow()").
The above per sk "recent synq overflow event timestamp" works well
for non SO_REUSEPORT use case. However, it may cause random
connection request reject/discard when SO_REUSEPORT is used with
syncookie because it fails the "tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow()"
test.
When SO_REUSEPORT is used, it usually has multiple listening
socks serving TCP connection requests destinated to the same local IP:PORT.
There are cases that the TCP-ACK-COOKIE may not be received
by the same sk that sent out the syncookie. For example,
if reuse->socks[] began with {sk0, sk1},
1) sk1 sent out syncookies and tcp_sk(sk1)->rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp
was updated.
2) the reuse->socks[] became {sk1, sk2} later. e.g. sk0 was first closed
and then sk2 was added. Here, sk2 does not have ts_recent_stamp set.
There are other ordering that will trigger the similar situation
below but the idea is the same.
3) When the TCP-ACK-COOKIE comes back, sk2 was selected.
"tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow(sk2)" returns true. In this case,
all syncookies sent by sk1 will be handled (and rejected)
by sk2 while sk1 is still alive.
The userspace may create and remove listening SO_REUSEPORT sockets
as it sees fit. E.g. Adding new thread (and SO_REUSEPORT sock) to handle
incoming requests, old process stopping and new process starting...etc.
With or without SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CB]BPF,
the sockets leaving and joining a reuseport group makes picking
the same sk to check the syncookie very difficult (if not impossible).
The later patches will allow bpf prog more flexibility in deciding
where a sk should be located in a bpf map and selecting a particular
SO_REUSEPORT sock as it sees fit. e.g. Without closing any sock,
replace the whole bpf reuseport_array in one map_update() by using
map-in-map. Getting the syncookie check working smoothly across
socks in the same "reuse->socks[]" is important.
A partial solution is to set the newly added sk's ts_recent_stamp
to the max ts_recent_stamp of a reuseport group but that will require
to iterate through reuse->socks[] OR
pessimistically set it to "now - TCP_SYNCOOKIE_VALID" when a sk is
joining a reuseport group. However, neither of them will solve the
existing sk getting moved around the reuse->socks[] and that
sk may not have ts_recent_stamp updated, unlikely under continuous
synflood but not impossible.
This patch opts to treat the reuseport group as a whole when
considering the last synq overflow timestamp since
they are serving the same IP:PORT from the userspace
(and BPF program) perspective.
"synq_overflow_ts" is added to "struct sock_reuseport".
The tcp_synq_overflow() and tcp_synq_no_recent_overflow()
will update/check reuse->synq_overflow_ts if the sk is
in a reuseport group. Similar to the reuseport decision in
__inet_lookup_listener(), both sk->sk_reuseport and
sk->sk_reuseport_cb are tested for SO_REUSEPORT usage.
Update on "synq_overflow_ts" happens at roughly once
every second.
A synflood test was done with a 16 rx-queues and 16 reuseport sockets.
No meaningful performance change is observed. Before and
after the change is ~9Mpps in IPv4.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2018-08-10
Here's one more (most likely last) bluetooth-next pull request for the
4.19 kernel.
- Added support for MediaTek serial Bluetooth devices
- Initial skeleton for controller-side address resolution support
- Fix BT_HCIUART_RTL related Kconfig dependencies
- A few other minor fixes/cleanups
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following batch contains netfilter updates for your net-next tree:
1) Expose NFT_OSF_MAXGENRELEN maximum OS name length from the new OS
passive fingerprint matching extension, from Fernando Fernandez.
2) Add extension to support for fine grain conntrack timeout policies
from nf_tables. As preparation works, this patchset moves
nf_ct_untimeout() to nf_conntrack_timeout and it also decouples the
timeout policy from the ctnl_timeout object, most work done by
Harsha Sharma.
3) Enable connection tracking when conntrack helper is in place.
4) Missing enumeration in uapi header when splitting original xt_osf
to nfnetlink_osf, also from Fernando.
5) Fix a sparse warning due to incorrect typing in the nf_osf_find(),
from Wei Yongjun.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the definitions for LE address resolution enable HCI commands.
When the LE address resolution enable gets changed via HCI commands
make sure that flag gets updated.
Signed-off-by: Ankit Navik <ankit.p.navik@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
xdp_frame has kernel pointers which should not be readable from bpf
programs. When we want to reuse xdp_frame region but it may be read by
bpf programs later, we can use this helper to clear kernel pointers.
This is more efficient than calling memset() for the entire struct.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
llc_sap_put() decreases the refcnt before deleting sap
from the global list. Therefore, there is a chance
llc_sap_find() could find a sap with zero refcnt
in this global list.
Close this race condition by checking if refcnt is zero
or not in llc_sap_find(), if it is zero then it is being
removed so we can just treat it as gone.
Reported-by: <syzbot+278893f3f7803871f7ce@syzkaller.appspotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
